Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2025/503 of 18 March 2025 laying down rules for the application of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as regards the template to be used by Member States to ensure that their national asylum and migration management strategies are comparable on specific core elements

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/503 20.3.2025
(1) Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 introduces a comprehensive approach to migration management through integrated policymaking in the field of asylum and migration management, including both its internal and external components.
(2) Article 7(1) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 requires the Member States to adopt national strategies establishing a strategic approach to ensure that they have the capacity and capability to effectively implement their asylum and migration management system, in full compliance with their obligations under Union and international law, including respect for fundamental rights. The national strategies are to include at least preventive measures to reduce the migratory pressure and contingency planning, information on the implementation at national level of the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility and information on the measures undertaken to take into account relevant results of the monitoring of the European Union Agency for Asylum (EUAA) and the European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex).
(3) In order to establish such a strategic approach, the national strategies should convey the Member States’ long-term vision through strategic objectives of an integrated asylum and migration management system at the national level, taking into account among other things their specific situation, in particular geographical locations and reflecting the comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management with its internal and external components, in accordance with Articles 3, 4 and 5 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, and the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility, in accordance with Article 6 of that Regulation.
(4) To ensure that the national strategies are comparable, a template should be used by Member States when establishing their national strategies, providing for a common structure and necessary comparable elements, while maintaining Member States’ discretion in deciding the nature and the scope of relevant measures. National strategies should not serve as a monitoring tool, as they only outline Member States’ strategic approach to asylum and migration management and their future needs in this regard.
(5) To ensure consistent implementation of Member States’ national strategies, the Commission is to draw up, in line with Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, a five-year European Asylum and Migration Management Strategy setting out the strategic and long-term approach to migration and asylum management at Union level. The European Asylum and Migration Management Strategy is to build upon and take into account the national strategies developed by Member States.
(6) The template should support Member States in developing well-structured strategies for managing asylum and migration and help them formulate their strategic objectives for each area by identifying specific core elements. It should include specific essential elements and measures, so that all strategies are comprehensive and can be compared.
(7) The national strategies should include a comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management based on the internal and external components referred to in Articles 3, 4 and 5 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. Managing asylum and migration effectively requires measures aiming at the reduction of the migratory pressure, as well as actions to be taken both within the Member States and in cooperation with third countries. The national strategies should therefore set their strategic objectives accordingly and should consist of relevant measures and actions addressing the relevant migratory routes as well as reducing incentives for and preventing of absconding and unauthorised movements of third-country nationals or stateless persons between Member States. Such measures and actions within both, the internal and external components, are equally necessary to reduce the overall number of irregular arrivals into the Union, thus reducing the migratory pressure.
(8) Taking into account Member States obligations under the external component of the comprehensive approach referred to in Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include key measures and actions that would address the relevant migratory routes, such as measures promoting partnerships with third countries, promoting legal migration and legal pathways, supporting partner countries that host large number of migrants and refugees, preventing and reducing irregular migration, addressing the root causes and drivers of irregular migration, and enhancing return, readmission and reintegration, in full compliance with fundamental rights and in line with the international obligations of the Union. Those measures and actions are of key importance for migration management at national level and for reducing the risk of migratory pressure in the long term.
(9) Taking into account Member States’ obligations under the internal component of the comprehensive approach referred to in Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include relevant key measures and actions to ensure the application of the rules on determination of the Member State responsible for examining an application for international protection, measures to fight exploitation and reduce illegal employment, and prevent the exploitation of migrants in the labour market, as well as measures to ensure the effective management of the return of illegally staying third-country nationals. Those measures and actions are crucial for addressing effectively migratory challenges and limiting the possible abuses of the asylum procedures implemented at national level.
(10) In order to ensure the effective functioning of the Union’s asylum and migration policies based on the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility in in the context of the obligations laid down in Article 6(2), point (a), and Article 7(1), second subparagraph, point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include relevant key measures and actions in the field of border management, necessary to ensure a coherent and fair approach towards asylum and migration, such as measures dedicated to enhancing the border procedures, improving the issuing of visas and preventing abuse of visa-free schemes.
(11) In order to ensure that the national asylum and migration systems provide for effective access to procedures for international protection, the national strategies should include specific key measures and actions for ensuring swift and effective access to asylum procedures in the territory of a Member State, measures indicating how the respect for fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU and other relevant international treaties are ensured and monitored, measures aimed at building a robust reception system, measures to provide effective support to other Member States, measures to promote legal migration opportunities and well-managed mobility and measures creating the conditions for a successful integration. These measures are key for ensuring the effective implementation of Member States’ obligations under Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. The strategic objectives encompassing these measures is of paramount importance in complying with the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility.
(12) The strategic objectives and related measures included in the national strategies contribute to Member States’ resilience and adaptability to future developments in the area of asylum and migration, and their preparedness to absorb fluctuations in the migratory situations as well as to address situations of crisis.
(13) Taking into account the preparedness and the ability of Member States to adjust to the developing and evolving realities of asylum and migration management, the national strategies should embed a strategic approach to contingency planning needs, as well as ensure complementarity and consistency of various other instruments in the area of preparedness and contingency.
(14) To ensure that the national asylum and migration systems are prepared for possible mass arrivals of third-country nationals or stateless persons, situations of instrumentalisation in the field of asylum and migration, or situations offorce majeure, the national strategies should include measures dedicated to equipping those systems with necessary measures and tools providing for overall readiness to prepare for, respond to and resolve these situations.
(15) In order to deliver on the integrated approach, the national strategies should also include strategic objectives, supported by relevant measures, to implement the principle of integrated policymaking and whole-of-government approach, as referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 regarding the comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management.
(16) In order to ensure coherence and effectiveness of the actions and measures taken by the Union and its Member States acting within their respective competencies, in accordance with the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility, regarding the need to ensure necessary human, material and financial resources as referred to in Article 6(2) point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the template should envisage measures to be included to ensure a sufficient capacity and capability to implement the different components of the strategy, considering that the national strategy is to be implemented over a period of five years.
(17) Furthermore, in accordance with Article 7(1), second subparagraph, point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies are to contain information on how relevant results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA, established by Regulation (EU) 2021/2303(2), and by Frontex, established by Regulation (EU) 2019/1896(3), should be taken into account.
(18) The strategies are also to take into account the Schengen evaluation carried out in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) 2022/922(4), as well as relevant results of the monitoring of fundamental rights carried out in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1356(5).
(19) In accordance with Articles 1 and 2 of Protocol No 22 on the position of Denmark, annexed to the Treaty on European Union and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, Denmark is not taking part in the adoption of this Decision and is not bound by it or subject to its application.
(20) In accordance with Article 4 of Protocol No 21 on the position of the United Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the area of freedom, security and justice, annexed to the Treaty on European Union and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, Ireland has notified, by letter of 27 June 2024, its wish to take part in the adoption and application of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. The participation of Ireland was confirmed by Commission Decision (EU) 2024/2088(6). Ireland is therefore bound by this Decision.
(21) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 77(1) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351,
— How to best promote and build tailor-made and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries of origin and transit and how to foster cooperation with relevant third countries at bilateral, regional and multilateral level, including on effective return.
— How to promote legal migration and legal pathways for third country nationals in need of international protection as well as for those otherwise admitted to legally reside in the Member State, including, where relevant, participation in EU Talent Partnership(2)and in the Union Resettlement Framework(3).
— Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in this area, such as: measures to support third countries that host large numbers of migrants and refugees, measures to support third countries’ operational capacities in migration, asylum and border management in full respect of human rights, measures to address root causes of irregular migration and forced displacement and to prevent and reduce irregular migration to the territories of the Member States, while ensuring the right to apply for international protection, measures to prevent and combat migrant smuggling and measures countering trafficking in human beings, while reducing the vulnerabilities caused by them, and to protect the rights of smuggled and trafficked human beings. Consider measures to address the root causes and drivers of irregular migration and forced displacement.
— How to best ensure the correct and expeditious application of the rules on the determination of the Member State responsible for examining an application for international protection, and where necessary, carry out the transfer to the Member State responsible. Furthermore, indicate measures aiming at an effective implementation of the take-back-and take-charge procedures, measures limiting abuses of the national asylum system, including through absconding and unauthorised movements, and how the results of the monitoring carried out in accordance with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 of the European Parliament and of the Council(4)have been or will be taken into account, as relevant.
— Measures to fight exploitation and reduce illegal employment, in accordance with Directive 2009/52/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5), including measures to ensure the correct application of sanctions and to effectively prevent the exploitation of migrants in the labour market.
— Regarding the effective management of return, describe your strategic policy approach ensuring effective management of the return of illegally staying third country nationals, including their effective and dignified return, in accordance with Directive 2008/115/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(6).
— Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in the area of return management, such as: establishing cooperation between relevant actors and authorities, strategic planning of capacities, using relevant Frontex tools or developing reintegration support measures. Moreover, consider how the results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA and Frontex and the evaluation carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022/922(7)are being or will be taken into account, as relevant.
— Describe your strategic approach to ensure the Member State capacity to provide effective support to other Member States in the form of solidarity contributions and under the Permanent EU Migration Support Toolbox referred to in Article 6(3) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 of the European Parliament and of the Council(8).
— How to achieve a high level of complementarity between this strategy and the national strategy for European Integrated Border Management as set out in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1896 of the European Parliament and of the Council(9). If relevant, consider measures ensuring full respect for the obligations laid down in international and Union law with regard to persons rescued at sea.
— How to ensure full implementation of the common visa policy at national level, including how to best organise the appropriate migration and security checks ahead of timely issuance of visa and how to prevent abuse of visa free schemes.
— How the main results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA and Frontex, and the evaluation carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022/922 of the European Parliament and of the Council as well as of the monitoring carried out in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1356 of the European Parliament and of the Council(10)are being or will be taken into account, as relevant.
— How to best ensure timely and effective access to a fair and efficient procedure for international protection at the EU external borders, transit zones and the territorial seas.
— In relation to the need for a continuous and effective implementation of the border procedure set out in Regulations (EU) 2024/1348(11)and (EU) 2024/1349 of the European Parliament and of the Council(12)in the future, describe any relevant measures that will ensure, among other, its correct application at the borders and will preserve the right of asylum. Moreover, consider and describe how to best streamline the asylum and return procedure in case of a rejection of the application for international protection, including at the stage of the judicial review.
— Your strategic approach to ensure, at administrative and judicial level (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, high quality and consistency of the administrative and judicial decision-making processes in timely manner in the Member State, including through measures aiming at convergence of asylum decisions and reducing the risk of abuse of the national asylum system.
— Measures aiming at strategic planning, ensuring necessary capacities at administrative and judicial level (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, to correctly comply with the obligations laid down in Regulation (EU) 2024/1348 and (EU) 2024/1347 of the European Parliament and of the Council(13), regarding access to procedure and review of applications for international protection.
— How the strategic policy approach, accompanied by relevant key measures ensuring respect for fundamental rights and safeguards, including those enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU, including procedural safeguards and conditions of detention, is ensured, and monitored with due regard to national, Union and international case law. Take into account specific needs of unaccompanied minors and vulnerable applicants.
— Your strategic approach to best ensure that the reception system has the capacity to provide access for applicants to adequate reception conditions in accordance with Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council(14).
— Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in this area, such as: measures to ensure a sustainable, resilient and adequate reception system, measures to ensure the monitoring of adequate reception conditions (and basic needs, if applicable), measures to reduce the risk of abuses of the reception system, measures to cater for specific needs of unaccompanied minors and vulnerable persons; add measures related to integration, in accordance with Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
— Your strategic approach to ensure successful integration of beneficiaries of international protection and beneficiaries of other national protection schemes, including the respect of the rights under Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 (education, including language courses, employment, healthcare, housing, social security and social assistance).
— How to best ensure that the obligations in Regulation (EU) 2024/1359, Regulation (EU) 2019/1896, Directive (EU) 2024/1346 and Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 of the European Parliament and of the Council are taken into account and reflected when implementing the national strategy.
— How to achieve, on a strategic level, and based on continuous analysis of emerging challenges and possible future risks, the relevance of your contingency plans on asylum and migration, while also ensuring the obligations laid down in Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council are met. Moreover, consider how to ensure that the national strategy is consistent with and strategically complements other relevant national contingency and preparedness strategies, such as in the area of security.
— How to make use of reports issued by the Commission within the framework of the Migration Preparedness and Crisis Blueprint(16), so that they support your contingency planning needs.
— How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures to prepare for, respond to and resolve exceptional situations of mass arrivals of third-country nationals or stateless persons in your Member State by land, air or sea, including of persons that have been disembarked, where relevant. Including through measures to protect the fundamental rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and of other forms of protection.
— How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures providing for overall readiness to prepare for, respond to and resolve situations of instrumentalisation in the field of migration and asylum, where a third country or a hostile non-state actor encourages or facilitates the movement of third-country nationals or stateless persons to the external borders or to your Member State, with the aim of destabilising the Union or a Member State, and where such actions are liable to put at risk essential functions of a Member State, including measures to protect the fundamental rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and other forms of protection.
— How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures to prepare for, respond to and resolve situations offorce majeure, including measures to protect the rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and other forms of protection.
— How to best set up institutional arrangements for migration and asylum governance based on the comprehensive approach to migration and asylum management at the national level, including coordination structures between various government departments (relevant ministries and agencies) to deliver on the internal and external components of the comprehensive approach to migration and asylum and their mutual coherence.
— How to ensure effective arrangements aiming at efficient coordination and cooperation between the government and the judiciary (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, and between different State levels (national, regional, local), as appropriate and in accordance with national law.
— How other stakeholders, including international and non-governmental organisations, economic and social partners and migration organisations, can be meaningfully involved.
— How the overall cooperation with other Member States is ensured (including exchange of information required under Union law) and how the consistency with the actions by other Member States and Union institutions is ensured.
— How the availability of the necessary human, material and financial resources and infrastructure to effectively implement this strategy is best ensured, considering that the strategy will be implemented over a period of five years.
— How modern digital data management and communication tools are used for an effective asylum and migration management system at national level, including the large-scale IT systems and tools of the Union, managed by eu-LISA.
— How the available operational support tools set up at Union level are or could be used for an effective asylum and migration management system, such as those provided by the EUAA and Frontex or the Permanent EU Migration Support Toolbox.
— How to best ensure that available financial support by the Union can efficiently contribute to support the implementation of the strategy, while complementing national funds, and to ensure effective functioning of the asylum and migration management system.
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 on asylum and migration management, amending Regulations (EU) 2021/1147 and (EU) 2021/1060 and repealing Regulation (EU) No 604/2013 (1), and in particular Article 7(6) thereof,
Whereas:
(1) Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 introduces a comprehensive approach to migration management through integrated policymaking in the field of asylum and migration management, including both its internal and external components.
(2) Article 7(1) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 requires the Member States to adopt national strategies establishing a strategic approach to ensure that they have the capacity and capability to effectively implement their asylum and migration management system, in full compliance with their obligations under Union and international law, including respect for fundamental rights. The national strategies are to include at least preventive measures to reduce the migratory pressure and contingency planning, information on the implementation at national level of the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility and information on the measures undertaken to take into account relevant results of the monitoring of the European Union Agency for Asylum (EUAA) and the European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex).
(3) In order to establish such a strategic approach, the national strategies should convey the Member States’ long-term vision through strategic objectives of an integrated asylum and migration management system at the national level, taking into account among other things their specific situation, in particular geographical locations and reflecting the comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management with its internal and external components, in accordance with Articles 3, 4 and 5 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, and the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility, in accordance with Article 6 of that Regulation.
(4) To ensure that the national strategies are comparable, a template should be used by Member States when establishing their national strategies, providing for a common structure and necessary comparable elements, while maintaining Member States’ discretion in deciding the nature and the scope of relevant measures. National strategies should not serve as a monitoring tool, as they only outline Member States’ strategic approach to asylum and migration management and their future needs in this regard.
(5) To ensure consistent implementation of Member States’ national strategies, the Commission is to draw up, in line with Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, a five-year European Asylum and Migration Management Strategy setting out the strategic and long-term approach to migration and asylum management at Union level. The European Asylum and Migration Management Strategy is to build upon and take into account the national strategies developed by Member States.
(6) The template should support Member States in developing well-structured strategies for managing asylum and migration and help them formulate their strategic objectives for each area by identifying specific core elements. It should include specific essential elements and measures, so that all strategies are comprehensive and can be compared.
(7) The national strategies should include a comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management based on the internal and external components referred to in Articles 3, 4 and 5 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. Managing asylum and migration effectively requires measures aiming at the reduction of the migratory pressure, as well as actions to be taken both within the Member States and in cooperation with third countries. The national strategies should therefore set their strategic objectives accordingly and should consist of relevant measures and actions addressing the relevant migratory routes as well as reducing incentives for and preventing of absconding and unauthorised movements of third-country nationals or stateless persons between Member States. Such measures and actions within both, the internal and external components, are equally necessary to reduce the overall number of irregular arrivals into the Union, thus reducing the migratory pressure.
(8) Taking into account Member States obligations under the external component of the comprehensive approach referred to in Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include key measures and actions that would address the relevant migratory routes, such as measures promoting partnerships with third countries, promoting legal migration and legal pathways, supporting partner countries that host large number of migrants and refugees, preventing and reducing irregular migration, addressing the root causes and drivers of irregular migration, and enhancing return, readmission and reintegration, in full compliance with fundamental rights and in line with the international obligations of the Union. Those measures and actions are of key importance for migration management at national level and for reducing the risk of migratory pressure in the long term.
(9) Taking into account Member States’ obligations under the internal component of the comprehensive approach referred to in Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include relevant key measures and actions to ensure the application of the rules on determination of the Member State responsible for examining an application for international protection, measures to fight exploitation and reduce illegal employment, and prevent the exploitation of migrants in the labour market, as well as measures to ensure the effective management of the return of illegally staying third-country nationals. Those measures and actions are crucial for addressing effectively migratory challenges and limiting the possible abuses of the asylum procedures implemented at national level.
(10) In order to ensure the effective functioning of the Union’s asylum and migration policies based on the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility in in the context of the obligations laid down in Article 6(2), point (a), and Article 7(1), second subparagraph, point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies should include relevant key measures and actions in the field of border management, necessary to ensure a coherent and fair approach towards asylum and migration, such as measures dedicated to enhancing the border procedures, improving the issuing of visas and preventing abuse of visa-free schemes.
(11) In order to ensure that the national asylum and migration systems provide for effective access to procedures for international protection, the national strategies should include specific key measures and actions for ensuring swift and effective access to asylum procedures in the territory of a Member State, measures indicating how the respect for fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU and other relevant international treaties are ensured and monitored, measures aimed at building a robust reception system, measures to provide effective support to other Member States, measures to promote legal migration opportunities and well-managed mobility and measures creating the conditions for a successful integration. These measures are key for ensuring the effective implementation of Member States’ obligations under Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. The strategic objectives encompassing these measures is of paramount importance in complying with the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility.
(12) The strategic objectives and related measures included in the national strategies contribute to Member States’ resilience and adaptability to future developments in the area of asylum and migration, and their preparedness to absorb fluctuations in the migratory situations as well as to address situations of crisis.
(13) Taking into account the preparedness and the ability of Member States to adjust to the developing and evolving realities of asylum and migration management, the national strategies should embed a strategic approach to contingency planning needs, as well as ensure complementarity and consistency of various other instruments in the area of preparedness and contingency.
(14) To ensure that the national asylum and migration systems are prepared for possible mass arrivals of third-country nationals or stateless persons, situations of instrumentalisation in the field of asylum and migration, or situations of force majeure, the national strategies should include measures dedicated to equipping those systems with necessary measures and tools providing for overall readiness to prepare for, respond to and resolve these situations.
(15) In order to deliver on the integrated approach, the national strategies should also include strategic objectives, supported by relevant measures, to implement the principle of integrated policymaking and whole-of-government approach, as referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 regarding the comprehensive approach to asylum and migration management.
(16) In order to ensure coherence and effectiveness of the actions and measures taken by the Union and its Member States acting within their respective competencies, in accordance with the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility, regarding the need to ensure necessary human, material and financial resources as referred to in Article 6(2) point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the template should envisage measures to be included to ensure a sufficient capacity and capability to implement the different components of the strategy, considering that the national strategy is to be implemented over a period of five years.
(17) Furthermore, in accordance with Article 7(1), second subparagraph, point (c), of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351, the national strategies are to contain information on how relevant results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA, established by Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 (2), and by Frontex, established by Regulation (EU) 2019/1896 (3), should be taken into account.
(18) The strategies are also to take into account the Schengen evaluation carried out in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) 2022/922 (4), as well as relevant results of the monitoring of fundamental rights carried out in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1356 (5).
(19) In accordance with Articles 1 and 2 of Protocol No 22 on the position of Denmark, annexed to the Treaty on European Union and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, Denmark is not taking part in the adoption of this Decision and is not bound by it or subject to its application.
(20) In accordance with Article 4 of Protocol No 21 on the position of the United Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the area of freedom, security and justice, annexed to the Treaty on European Union and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, Ireland has notified, by letter of 27 June 2024, its wish to take part in the adoption and application of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351. The participation of Ireland was confirmed by Commission Decision (EU) 2024/2088 (6). Ireland is therefore bound by this Decision.
(21) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 77(1) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The template for the national strategies as referred to in Article 7 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 shall be as set out in the Annex to this Decision.
This Decision shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

1.   NATIONAL ASYLUM AND MIGRATION MANAGEMENT CONTEXT

Provide detailed summary of the current national asylum and migration situation, based, inter alia, on the results of risk analyses and assessments of the operational situation. Provide key elements of a strategic outlook, highlighting possible existing and future migratory risks, challenges, needs and opportunities taking into account Member States’ specific situation, in particular their geographical locations.

2. STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES AND KEY MEASURES IN THE FIELD OF ASYLUM AND MIGRATION MANAGEMENT

Establish under each of the following areas the strategic policy objectives and related key measures to effectively implement your asylum and migration management system, in accordance with the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility, the principle of integrated policy making and in full compliance with Union and international law and on the basis of full respect of fundamental rights. While designing these objectives, consider all identified current and future challenges, needs and opportunities for each heading. When describing the measures, consider which of them are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in the area concerned over the next five years. Include information on how the results of the monitoring undertaken by the EU Asylum Agency (EUAA) and the European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex), as well as how other relevant evaluations and monitoring results
(1) are being taken into account. In addition, include, as necessary, references to other strategies and plans, including the national Strategy for Integrated Border Management and other relevant national contingency plans, in order to ensure synergies, consistency and complementarity.

2.1. Effective management of the asylum and migration system aiming at the reduction of migratory pressure on the basis of the comprehensive approach

2.1.1.
External dimension elements:

Considering your national context and geographic location and identified current and future challenges, as well as identified needs, describe how the strategic policy objectives will address the relevant migratory routes, in full compliance with Union and international law and in full respect for fundamental rights.

Describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

—
How to best promote and build tailor-made and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries of origin and transit and how to foster cooperation with relevant third countries at bilateral, regional and multilateral level, including on effective return.

—
How to promote legal migration and legal pathways for third country nationals in need of international protection as well as for those otherwise admitted to legally reside in the Member State, including, where relevant, participation in EU Talent Partnership (2) and in the Union Resettlement Framework (3).

—
Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in this area, such as: measures to support third countries that host large numbers of migrants and refugees, measures to support third countries’ operational capacities in migration, asylum and border management in full respect of human rights, measures to address root causes of irregular migration and forced displacement and to prevent and reduce irregular migration to the territories of the Member States, while ensuring the right to apply for international protection, measures to prevent and combat migrant smuggling and measures countering trafficking in human beings, while reducing the vulnerabilities caused by them, and to protect the rights of smuggled and trafficked human beings. Consider measures to address the root causes and drivers of irregular migration and forced displacement.

2.1.2.
Internal dimension elements:

Considering your national context and geographic location and identified current and future challenges, as well as identified needs, describe the strategic policy objectives aiming notably to reduce incentives for and to prevent absconding and unauthorised movements of third country nationals or stateless persons between Member States.

Describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

—
How to best ensure the correct and expeditious application of the rules on the determination of the Member State responsible for examining an application for international protection, and where necessary, carry out the transfer to the Member State responsible. Furthermore, indicate measures aiming at an effective implementation of the take-back-and take-charge procedures, measures limiting abuses of the national asylum system, including through absconding and unauthorised movements, and how the results of the monitoring carried out in accordance with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 of the European Parliament and of the Council (4) have been or will be taken into account, as relevant.

—
Measures to fight exploitation and reduce illegal employment, in accordance with Directive 2009/52/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (5), including measures to ensure the correct application of sanctions and to effectively prevent the exploitation of migrants in the labour market.

—
Regarding the effective management of return, describe your strategic policy approach ensuring effective management of the return of illegally staying third country nationals, including their effective and dignified return, in accordance with Directive 2008/115/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (6).

—
Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in the area of return management, such as: establishing cooperation between relevant actors and authorities, strategic planning of capacities, using relevant Frontex tools or developing reintegration support measures. Moreover, consider how the results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA and Frontex and the evaluation carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022/922 (7) are being or will be taken into account, as relevant.

2.1.3.
Measures to provide effective support to other Member States:

—
Describe your strategic approach to ensure the Member State capacity to provide effective support to other Member States in the form of solidarity contributions and under the Permanent EU Migration Support Toolbox referred to in Article 6(3) of Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 of the European Parliament and of the Council (8).

2.2. Effective management of the EU external borders

Considering your national context and geographic location and identified current and future challenges, as well as identified needs, describe the strategic policy objectives to ensure an effective integrated management of the external borders.

Describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

2.2.1.
Effective management of the EU external borders and access to international protection:

—
How to achieve a high level of complementarity between this strategy and the national strategy for European Integrated Border Management as set out in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1896 of the European Parliament and of the Council (9). If relevant, consider measures ensuring full respect for the obligations laid down in international and Union law with regard to persons rescued at sea.

—
How to ensure full implementation of the common visa policy at national level, including how to best organise the appropriate migration and security checks ahead of timely issuance of visa and how to prevent abuse of visa free schemes.

—
How the main results of the monitoring undertaken by the EUAA and Frontex, and the evaluation carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022/922 of the European Parliament and of the Council as well as of the monitoring carried out in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1356 of the European Parliament and of the Council (10) are being or will be taken into account, as relevant.

2.2.2.
Effective access to international protection at the EU external borders:

—
How to best ensure timely and effective access to a fair and efficient procedure for international protection at the EU external borders, transit zones and the territorial seas.

—
In relation to the need for a continuous and effective implementation of the border procedure set out in Regulations (EU) 2024/1348 (11) and (EU) 2024/1349 of the European Parliament and of the Council (12) in the future, describe any relevant measures that will ensure, among other, its correct application at the borders and will preserve the right of asylum. Moreover, consider and describe how to best streamline the asylum and return procedure in case of a rejection of the application for international protection, including at the stage of the judicial review.

2.3. A fair asylum and integration system

Considering your national context and geographic location and identified current and future challenges, as well as already identified needs, describe the strategic policy objectives ensuring that the asylum management system provides an effective access to the international protection procedure that provides applicants with an adequate standard of living and grants international protection to applicants who are in need, ensuring their adequate integration.

Describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

2.3.1.
Ensuring timely and effective access to fair and efficient asylum procedures in the territory of a Member State:

—
Your strategic approach to ensure, at administrative and judicial level (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, high quality and consistency of the administrative and judicial decision-making processes in timely manner in the Member State, including through measures aiming at convergence of asylum decisions and reducing the risk of abuse of the national asylum system.

—
Measures aiming at strategic planning, ensuring necessary capacities at administrative and judicial level (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, to correctly comply with the obligations laid down in Regulation (EU) 2024/1348 and (EU) 2024/1347 of the European Parliament and of the Council (13), regarding access to procedure and review of applications for international protection.

2.3.2.
Procedural safeguards and fundamental rights:

—
How the strategic policy approach, accompanied by relevant key measures ensuring respect for fundamental rights and safeguards, including those enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU, including procedural safeguards and conditions of detention, is ensured, and monitored with due regard to national, Union and international case law. Take into account specific needs of unaccompanied minors and vulnerable applicants.

2.3.3.
A robust reception system:

—
Your strategic approach to best ensure that the reception system has the capacity to provide access for applicants to adequate reception conditions in accordance with Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council (14).

—
Other measures that could facilitate your strategic objectives in this area, such as: measures to ensure a sustainable, resilient and adequate reception system, measures to ensure the monitoring of adequate reception conditions (and basic needs, if applicable), measures to reduce the risk of abuses of the reception system, measures to cater for specific needs of unaccompanied minors and vulnerable persons; add measures related to integration, in accordance with Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

2.3.4.
Creating conditions for a successful and early integration:

—
Your strategic approach to ensure successful integration of beneficiaries of international protection and beneficiaries of other national protection schemes, including the respect of the rights under Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 (education, including language courses, employment, healthcare, housing, social security and social assistance).

2.4. Preparedness and contingency planning

Consider how, in relation to the current and future identified challenges, as well as identified needs, contingency planning and preparedness for crises are embedded in the strategic approach to asylum and migration.

Consider and describe key elements and measures that are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. Consider that Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 and (EU) 2024/1359 of the European Parliament and of the Council
(15) stipulate that the elements listed below are to be covered in the strategy. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

—
How to best ensure that the obligations in Regulation (EU) 2024/1359, Regulation (EU) 2019/1896, Directive (EU) 2024/1346 and Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 of the European Parliament and of the Council are taken into account and reflected when implementing the national strategy.

—
How to achieve, on a strategic level, and based on continuous analysis of emerging challenges and possible future risks, the relevance of your contingency plans on asylum and migration, while also ensuring the obligations laid down in Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council are met. Moreover, consider how to ensure that the national strategy is consistent with and strategically complements other relevant national contingency and preparedness strategies, such as in the area of security.

—
How to make use of reports issued by the Commission within the framework of the Migration Preparedness and Crisis Blueprint (16), so that they support your contingency planning needs.

—
How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures to prepare for, respond to and resolve exceptional situations of mass arrivals of third-country nationals or stateless persons in your Member State by land, air or sea, including of persons that have been disembarked, where relevant. Including through measures to protect the fundamental rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and of other forms of protection.

—
How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures providing for overall readiness to prepare for, respond to and resolve situations of instrumentalisation in the field of migration and asylum, where a third country or a hostile non-state actor encourages or facilitates the movement of third-country nationals or stateless persons to the external borders or to your Member State, with the aim of destabilising the Union or a Member State, and where such actions are liable to put at risk essential functions of a Member State, including measures to protect the fundamental rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and other forms of protection.

—
How to ensure that your national system is equipped with necessary measures to prepare for, respond to and resolve situations of force majeure, including measures to protect the rights of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection and other forms of protection.

2.5. Delivering on the integrated approach – measures to implement the principle of integrated policymaking

Consider how the implementation of the principle of integrated policy making on the basis of a comprehensive approach to the asylum and migration management policies is ensured and further developed on a strategical level, including the consistency between the internal and external components of those policies and the necessity for close inter-institutional collaboration at national level.

Consider and describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

—
How to best set up institutional arrangements for migration and asylum governance based on the comprehensive approach to migration and asylum management at the national level, including coordination structures between various government departments (relevant ministries and agencies) to deliver on the internal and external components of the comprehensive approach to migration and asylum and their mutual coherence.

—
How to ensure effective arrangements aiming at efficient coordination and cooperation between the government and the judiciary (courts and tribunals), in full respect of the principle of judicial independence, and between different State levels (national, regional, local), as appropriate and in accordance with national law.

—
How other stakeholders, including international and non-governmental organisations, economic and social partners and migration organisations, can be meaningfully involved.

—
How the overall cooperation with other Member States is ensured (including exchange of information required under Union law) and how the consistency with the actions by other Member States and Union institutions is ensured.

2.6. Ensuring sufficient capacity and capability for an effective implementation of the national strategy

Considering the identified current and future challenges, as well as identified needs, describe your strategic policy objectives to ensure sufficient human resources, material and financial capacity to implement the different components of the strategy.

Describe which of the following key elements and measures are relevant for achieving your current and future strategic objectives in this area. In addition, include any other measures that you consider the most relevant for achieving the strategic objectives.

—
How the availability of the necessary human, material and financial resources and infrastructure to effectively implement this strategy is best ensured, considering that the strategy will be implemented over a period of five years.

—
How modern digital data management and communication tools are used for an effective asylum and migration management system at national level, including the large-scale IT systems and tools of the Union, managed by eu-LISA.

—
How the available operational support tools set up at Union level are or could be used for an effective asylum and migration management system, such as those provided by the EUAA and Frontex or the Permanent EU Migration Support Toolbox.

—
How to best ensure that available financial support by the Union can efficiently contribute to support the implementation of the strategy, while complementing national funds, and to ensure effective functioning of the asylum and migration management system.

(1) The evaluation carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2022/922 as well as of the monitoring carried out in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1356.

(2) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on Attracting skills and talent to the EU COM(2022) 657 final (ELI: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52022DC0657).

(3) Regulation (EU) 2024/1350 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 establishing a Union Resettlement and Humanitarian Admission Framework, and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/1147 (OJ L, 2024/1350, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1350/oj).

(4) Regulation (EU) 2021/2303 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2021 on the European Union Agency for Asylum and repealing Regulation (EU) No 439/2010 (OJ L 468, 30.12.2021, p. 1 ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/2303/oj).

(5) Directive 2009/52/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 providing for minimum standards on sanctions and measures against employers of illegally staying third-country nationals (OJ L 168, 30.6.2009, p. 24, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2009/52/oj).

(6) Directive 2008/115/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on common standards and procedures in Member States for returning illegally staying third-country nationals (OJ L 348, 24.12.2008, p. 98, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2008/115/oj).

(7) Regulation (EU) 2022/922 of 9 June 2022 on the establishment and operation of an evaluation and monitoring mechanism to verify the application of the Schengen acquis, and repealing Regulation (EU) No 1053/2013 (OJ L 160, 15.6.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/922/oj).

(8) Regulation (EU) 2024/1351 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 on asylum and migration management, amending Regulations (EU) 2021/1147 and (EU) 2021/1060 and repealing Regulation (EU) No 604/2013 (OJ L, 2024/1351, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1351/oj).

(9) Regulation (EU) 2019/1896 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2019 on the European Border and Coast Guard and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1052/2013 and (EU) 2016/1624 (OJ L 295, 14.11.2019, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2019/1896/oj).

(10) Regulation (EU) 2024/1356 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 introducing the screening of third-country nationals at the external borders and amending Regulations (EC) No 767/2008, (EU) 2017/2226, (EU) 2018/1240 and (EU) 2019/817 (OJ L, 2024/1356, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1356/oj).

(11) Regulation (EU) 2024/1348 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 establishing a common procedure for international protection in the Union and repealing Directive 2013/32/EU (OJ L, 2024/1348, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1348/oj).

(12) Regulation (EU) 2024/1349 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 establishing a return border procedure, and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/1148 (OJ L, 2024/1349, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1349/oj).

(13) Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 on standards for the qualification of third-country nationals or stateless persons as beneficiaries of international protection, for a uniform status for refugees or for persons eligible for subsidiary protection and for the content of the protection granted, amending Council Directive 2003/109/EC and repealing Directive 2011/95/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L, 2024/1347, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1347/oj).

(14) Directive (EU) 2024/1346 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 laying down standards for the reception of applicants for international protection (OJ L, 2024/1346, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1346/oj).

(15) Regulation (EU) 2024/1359 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 addressing situations of crisis and force majeure in the field of migration and asylum and amending Regulation (EU) 2021/1147 (OJ L, 2024/1359, 22.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1359/oj).

(16) Commission Recommendation (EU) 2020/1366 of 23 September 2020 on an EU mechanism for preparedness and management of crises related to migration (Migration Preparedness and Crisis Blueprint) (
OJ L 317, 1.10.2020, p. 26, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reco/2020/1366/oj).

Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2025/502 of 5 March 2025 authorising Greece to introduce a special measure derogating from Articles 218 and 232 of Directive 2006/112/EC on the common system of value added tax

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/502 13.3.2025
(1) By letter registered with the Commission on 2 July 2024, Greece requested an authorisation for a special measure to derogate from Articles 218 and 232 of Directive 2006/112/EC in order to introduce mandatory electronic invoicing for all transactions carried out between taxable persons established in the territory of Greece (the ‘special measure’). The special measure was requested for a period from 1 July 2025 to 31 December 2027.
(2) In accordance with Article 395(2), second subparagraph, of Directive 2006/112/EC, the Commission transmitted the request made by Greece to the other Member States by letter dated 24 September 2024 (the ‘request’). By letter dated 25 September 2024, the Commission notified Greece that it had all the information necessary for the appraisal of the request.
(3) Greece has in place a digital platform called myDATA. Entities that are obliged to keep accounting records under national legislation are also obliged to transmit transaction data on income and expenses to that platform. The implementation of the special measure would allow the data from electronic invoices to be transmitted directly to the myDATA platform. As a result, high-quality information would reach the myDATA platform in real time, making it easier and faster for the Greek tax administration to detect cases of non-declaration or under-declaration of value added tax (VAT). Furthermore, it would help the tax administration in the fight against circular or ‘carousel’ fraud, shortening the time taken to identify the parties involved.
(4) Greece considers that the implementation of the special measure would not be too burdensome for taxable persons, because electronic invoicing is already commonplace in many sectors of the economy. Greece is also about to implement mandatory electronic invoicing in the field of public procurement. Furthermore, the special measure would make issuing prefilled VAT returns easier and would allow taxable persons to comply with more than one reporting obligation at once, which would reduce errors and administrative costs. According to Greece, the increase in costs for business due to the special measure would be compensated for by a reduction in costs associated with the issuing, sending and storing of paper invoices and by the benefits for taxable persons resulting from the improvement of their processes though digitalisation.
(5) Greece should therefore be authorised to apply the special measure until 31 December 2027. In the event that Greece considers an extension of the special measure beyond 2027 to be necessary, it should submit a request for an extension to the Commission. That request should be accompanied by a report on the application of the special measure, including an assessment of the special measure concerning its effectiveness in fighting VAT fraud and evasion and in simplifying tax collection.
(6) However, the special measure should cease to apply from the date of application of a general system for electronic invoicing adopted by the Council on the basis of Article 113 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union or on the basis of any other relevant provision of that Treaty, should such a general system become applicable prior to 31 December 2027.
(7) The special measure should not affect the right of customers to receive paper invoices in the case of intra-Community transactions.
(8) The special measure is proportionate to the objectives pursued since it is limited in time and scope. In addition, the special measure does not give rise to the risk that fraud would shift to other sectors or to other Member States.
(9) The special measure will not negatively affect the overall amount of tax revenue collected at the stage of final consumption and will have no adverse impact on the Union’s own resources accruing from VAT,
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of valued added tax (1), and in particular Article 395(1), first subparagraph, thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
Whereas:
(1) By letter registered with the Commission on 2 July 2024, Greece requested an authorisation for a special measure to derogate from Articles 218 and 232 of Directive 2006/112/EC in order to introduce mandatory electronic invoicing for all transactions carried out between taxable persons established in the territory of Greece (the ‘special measure’). The special measure was requested for a period from 1 July 2025 to 31 December 2027.
(2) In accordance with Article 395(2), second subparagraph, of Directive 2006/112/EC, the Commission transmitted the request made by Greece to the other Member States by letter dated 24 September 2024 (the ‘request’). By letter dated 25 September 2024, the Commission notified Greece that it had all the information necessary for the appraisal of the request.
(3) Greece has in place a digital platform called myDATA. Entities that are obliged to keep accounting records under national legislation are also obliged to transmit transaction data on income and expenses to that platform. The implementation of the special measure would allow the data from electronic invoices to be transmitted directly to the myDATA platform. As a result, high-quality information would reach the myDATA platform in real time, making it easier and faster for the Greek tax administration to detect cases of non-declaration or under-declaration of value added tax (VAT). Furthermore, it would help the tax administration in the fight against circular or ‘carousel’ fraud, shortening the time taken to identify the parties involved.
(4) Greece considers that the implementation of the special measure would not be too burdensome for taxable persons, because electronic invoicing is already commonplace in many sectors of the economy. Greece is also about to implement mandatory electronic invoicing in the field of public procurement. Furthermore, the special measure would make issuing prefilled VAT returns easier and would allow taxable persons to comply with more than one reporting obligation at once, which would reduce errors and administrative costs. According to Greece, the increase in costs for business due to the special measure would be compensated for by a reduction in costs associated with the issuing, sending and storing of paper invoices and by the benefits for taxable persons resulting from the improvement of their processes though digitalisation.
(5) Greece should therefore be authorised to apply the special measure until 31 December 2027. In the event that Greece considers an extension of the special measure beyond 2027 to be necessary, it should submit a request for an extension to the Commission. That request should be accompanied by a report on the application of the special measure, including an assessment of the special measure concerning its effectiveness in fighting VAT fraud and evasion and in simplifying tax collection.
(6) However, the special measure should cease to apply from the date of application of a general system for electronic invoicing adopted by the Council on the basis of Article 113 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union or on the basis of any other relevant provision of that Treaty, should such a general system become applicable prior to 31 December 2027.
(7) The special measure should not affect the right of customers to receive paper invoices in the case of intra-Community transactions.
(8) The special measure is proportionate to the objectives pursued since it is limited in time and scope. In addition, the special measure does not give rise to the risk that fraud would shift to other sectors or to other Member States.
(9) The special measure will not negatively affect the overall amount of tax revenue collected at the stage of final consumption and will have no adverse impact on the Union’s own resources accruing from VAT,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
By way of derogation from Article 218 of Directive 2006/112/EC, Greece is authorised to only accept invoices which have been issued by taxable persons established in the territory of Greece in the form of documents or messages in electronic format.
By way of derogation from Article 232 of Directive 2006/112/EC, Greece is authorised to provide that the use of electronic invoices issued by taxable persons established in the territory of Greece shall not be subject to acceptance by the recipient established in the territory of Greece.
Greece shall notify the national measures implementing the special measure laid down in Articles 1 and 2 to the Commission.
1. This Decision shall apply from 1 July 2025 until 31 December 2027.
2. Any request for the extension of the authorisation provided for in this Decision shall be submitted to the Commission by 31 March 2027, and shall be accompanied by a report which includes an assessment of the extent to which the national measures referred to in Article 3 have been effective in combatting VAT fraud and evasion and in simplifying tax collection. In addition, that report shall evaluate the impact of those measures on taxable persons and in particular whether those measures increase their administrative burden and costs.

3. However, in the event that the Council, acting on the basis of Article 113 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union or on the basis of any other relevant provision of that Treaty, introduces a general system for electronic invoicing, this Decision shall cease to apply on the day on which that general system becomes applicable.

This Decision shall take effect on the date of its notification.
This Decision is addressed to the Hellenic Republic.

Commission Decision of 12 September 2025 on instructing the central administrator to enter changes to the national aviation allocation tables of Member States into the Union Registry to account for the use of eligible aviation fuels in the year 2024

Official Journalof the European Union ENC series
C/2025/5004 16.9.2025
(1) To support the transition from the use of fossil fuels and incentivise climate action in commercial air transport, Directive (EU) 2023/958 of the European Parliament and of the Council(3)introduced an additional support under the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) by reserving a maximum of 20 million allowances to be allocated to cover part of the remaining price difference between fossil kerosene and the eligible aviation fuels used by commercial aircraft operators from 1 January 2024 until 31 December 2030.
(2) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 lays down the detailed rules for the yearly calculation of the price difference between eligible aviation fuels and fossil kerosene and the detailed rules for allocating the 20 million allowances in order to operationalise the allocation.
(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 competent authorities under Directive 2003/87/EC determined the demand for allowances for each commercial aircraft operator they administer, which used eligible aviation fuels in 2024 and applied for this additional ETS support.
(4) In accordance with Article 6(4) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Croatia, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Finland and Sweden notified the demand for allocation of allowances to the Commission. Bulgaria, Czechia, Estonia, Cyprus, Lithuania, Slovenia, Slovakia and Switzerland did not notify any demand.
(5) The notified changes to national aviation allocation tables are in accordance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(6) In accordance with Article 6(5) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 the Commission aggregated the total demand for allowances for the year 2024 and determined that the calculation of an allocation reduction factor is not necessary.
(7) In order to ensure uniform application of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 across Member States and aircraft operators in the first year of application of the ETS support system for uplift of eligible aviation fuels, Member States continue reviewing the annual emissions reports and the related demand for allowances for the use of eligible fuels submitted by aircraft operators. Changes to the allocation tables that would result from such review will require the application of the correction procedure laid down in Article 7 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(8) It is therefore appropriate to instruct the central administrator to enter the changes to allocation of allowances as notified by Member States into the Union Registry,
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
30011 TUI AIRLINES – JAF 142
27011 ASL AIRLINES BELGIUM 92
TOTAL 234
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
47549 JETTIME A/S 707
3456 AIR ALSIE 2 967
TOTAL 3 674
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
1389 TUIFLY GMBH 4 241
36121 EAT LEIPZIG GMBH 10 217
2034 EUROWINGS GMBH 109 830
1776 DEUTSCHE LUFTHANSA AG 19 672
TOTAL 143 960
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
8651 RYANAIR DAC 5 338
132 AER LINGUS 60 126
TOTAL 65 464
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
20514 AEGEAN AIRLINES 8 899
TOTAL 8 899
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
40052 EVELOP AIRLINES S.L. 36
50192 BRITISH AIRWAYS EUROFLYER 90 767
38329 COMPANIA OPERADORA DE CORTO Y MEDIO RADIO IBERIA EXPRESS S.A. 118 066
7532 JET2.COM LTD 1 783
30190 VUELING AIRLINES 157 478
22380 AIR NOSTRUM 2 693
12669 BA CITYFLYER LTD 36 520
1475 IBERIA 7 201
4402 GESTAIR 526
38266 VOLOTEA S.L. 6 796
TOTAL 421 866
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
10054 AIR CORSICA 2 498
227 AIR FRANCE 254 418
308 AIRBUS SAS 511
24094 AIRBUS TRANSPORT 63 011
27518 ASL AIRLINES 491
1147 FEDERAL EXPRESS 1 189
258 ROYAL AIR MAROC 5
32673 TRANSAVIA FRANCE SAS 10 861
TOTAL 332 984
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
12495 CROATIA AIRLINES HRVATSKA ZRAKOPLOVNA TVRTKA D.D. 373
TOTAL 373
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
8487 POSTE AIR CARGO S.R.L. 264
590 BRITISH AIRWAYS PLC 27 381
TOTAL 27 645
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
23085 AIR BALTIC CORPORATION 162
TOTAL 162
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
724 CARGOLUX 10 022
26052 GLOBAL JET LUXEMBOURG 359
TOTAL 10 381
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
30078 WIZZ AIR HUNGARY LTD 454
TOTAL 454
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
38482 VISTAJET LIMITED 11 439
51006 KM MALTA AIRLINES 296
48419 FLEXJET OPERATIONS MALTA LIMITED 946
TOTAL 12 681
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
1640 KLM 90 443
2723 TRANSAVIA AIRLINES 24 565
30852 TUI NED. ARKEFLY 9 516
TOTAL 124 524
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
440 AUSTRIAN AIRLINES 50 048
TOTAL 50 048
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
1763 LOT POLISH AIRLINES 873
TOTAL 873
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
2656 TAP-TRANSPORTES AÉREOS PORTUGUESES, S.A. 1 599
25573 SATA INTERNACIONAL, S.A. 22
TOTAL 1 621
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
2658 TAROM 273
TOTAL 273
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
1167 FINNAIR OY 6 810
TOTAL 6 810
ETSID OPERATOR NAME 2024
22830 BRAATHENS REGIONAL AIRWAYS AB 1 137
50041 BRAATHENS INTERNATIONAL AIRWAYS AB 303
48827 NORWEGIAN AIR SWEDEN AOC AB 19 339
23235 TUIFLY NORDIC AB 2 972
49462 SAS AB 62 739
TOTAL 86 490
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Union and amending Council Directive 96/61/EC(1),
Having regard to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 of 6 February 2025 supplementing Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council by laying down detailed rules for the yearly calculation of price differences between eligible aviation fuels and fossil kerosene and for the EU ETS allocation of allowances for the use of eligible aviation fuels(2), and in particular Article 6(6) thereof,
(1) To support the transition from the use of fossil fuels and incentivise climate action in commercial air transport, Directive (EU) 2023/958 of the European Parliament and of the Council(3)introduced an additional support under the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) by reserving a maximum of 20 million allowances to be allocated to cover part of the remaining price difference between fossil kerosene and the eligible aviation fuels used by commercial aircraft operators from 1 January 2024 until 31 December 2030.
(2) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 lays down the detailed rules for the yearly calculation of the price difference between eligible aviation fuels and fossil kerosene and the detailed rules for allocating the 20 million allowances in order to operationalise the allocation.
(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 competent authorities under Directive 2003/87/EC determined the demand for allowances for each commercial aircraft operator they administer, which used eligible aviation fuels in 2024 and applied for this additional ETS support.
(4) In accordance with Article 6(4) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Croatia, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Finland and Sweden notified the demand for allocation of allowances to the Commission. Bulgaria, Czechia, Estonia, Cyprus, Lithuania, Slovenia, Slovakia and Switzerland did not notify any demand.
(5) The notified changes to national aviation allocation tables are in accordance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(6) In accordance with Article 6(5) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 the Commission aggregated the total demand for allowances for the year 2024 and determined that the calculation of an allocation reduction factor is not necessary.
(7) In order to ensure uniform application of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 across Member States and aircraft operators in the first year of application of the ETS support system for uplift of eligible aviation fuels, Member States continue reviewing the annual emissions reports and the related demand for allowances for the use of eligible fuels submitted by aircraft operators. Changes to the allocation tables that would result from such review will require the application of the correction procedure laid down in Article 7 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(8) It is therefore appropriate to instruct the central administrator to enter the changes to allocation of allowances as notified by Member States into the Union Registry,
HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Sole article
The central administrator of the Union Registry is hereby instructed to enter changes to the national allocation tables of Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Croatia, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Finland and Sweden for 2024, as set out in the Annex, into the Union Registry.

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Union and amending Council Directive 96/61/EC(1),
Having regard to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 of 6 February 2025 supplementing Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council by laying down detailed rules for the yearly calculation of price differences between eligible aviation fuels and fossil kerosene and for the EU ETS allocation of allowances for the use of eligible aviation fuels(2), and in particular Article 6(6) thereof,
(1) To support the transition from the use of fossil fuels and incentivise climate action in commercial air transport, Directive (EU) 2023/958 of the European Parliament and of the Council(3)introduced an additional support under the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) by reserving a maximum of 20 million allowances to be allocated to cover part of the remaining price difference between fossil kerosene and the eligible aviation fuels used by commercial aircraft operators from 1 January 2024 until 31 December 2030.
(2) Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 lays down the detailed rules for the yearly calculation of the price difference between eligible aviation fuels and fossil kerosene and the detailed rules for allocating the 20 million allowances in order to operationalise the allocation.
(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 competent authorities under Directive 2003/87/EC determined the demand for allowances for each commercial aircraft operator they administer, which used eligible aviation fuels in 2024 and applied for this additional ETS support.
(4) In accordance with Article 6(4) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Croatia, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Finland and Sweden notified the demand for allocation of allowances to the Commission. Bulgaria, Czechia, Estonia, Cyprus, Lithuania, Slovenia, Slovakia and Switzerland did not notify any demand.
(5) The notified changes to national aviation allocation tables are in accordance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(6) In accordance with Article 6(5) of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 the Commission aggregated the total demand for allowances for the year 2024 and determined that the calculation of an allocation reduction factor is not necessary.
(7) In order to ensure uniform application of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723 across Member States and aircraft operators in the first year of application of the ETS support system for uplift of eligible aviation fuels, Member States continue reviewing the annual emissions reports and the related demand for allowances for the use of eligible fuels submitted by aircraft operators. Changes to the allocation tables that would result from such review will require the application of the correction procedure laid down in Article 7 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/723.
(8) It is therefore appropriate to instruct the central administrator to enter the changes to allocation of allowances as notified by Member States into the Union Registry,
HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:
The central administrator of the Union Registry is hereby instructed to enter changes to the national allocation tables of Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Croatia, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Finland and Sweden for 2024, as set out in the Annex, into the Union Registry.

Member State: Belgium

ANNEXChanges to national aviation allocation tables pursuant to Article 3c(6) of Directive 2003/87/EC for the year 2024
ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
30011 | TUI AIRLINES – JAF | 142
27011 | ASL AIRLINES BELGIUM | 92
| TOTAL | 234
| |
Member State: Denmark

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
47549 | JETTIME A/S | 707
3456 | AIR ALSIE | 2 967
| TOTAL | 3 674
| |
Member State: Germany

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
1389 | TUIFLY GMBH | 4 241
36121 | EAT LEIPZIG GMBH | 10 217
2034 | EUROWINGS GMBH | 109 830
1776 | DEUTSCHE LUFTHANSA AG | 19 672
| TOTAL | 143 960
| |
Member State: Ireland

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
8651 | RYANAIR DAC | 5 338
132 | AER LINGUS | 60 126
| TOTAL | 65 464
| |
Member State: Greece

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
20514 | AEGEAN AIRLINES | 8 899
| TOTAL | 8 899
| |
Member State: Spain

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
40052 | EVELOP AIRLINES S.L. | 36
50192 | BRITISH AIRWAYS EUROFLYER | 90 767
38329 | COMPANIA OPERADORA DE CORTO Y MEDIO RADIO IBERIA EXPRESS S.A. | 118 066
7532 | JET2.COM LTD | 1 783
30190 | VUELING AIRLINES | 157 478
22380 | AIR NOSTRUM | 2 693
12669 | BA CITYFLYER LTD | 36 520
1475 | IBERIA | 7 201
4402 | GESTAIR | 526
38266 | VOLOTEA S.L. | 6 796
| TOTAL | 421 866
| |
Member State: France

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
10054 | AIR CORSICA | 2 498
227 | AIR FRANCE | 254 418
308 | AIRBUS SAS | 511
24094 | AIRBUS TRANSPORT | 63 011
27518 | ASL AIRLINES | 491
1147 | FEDERAL EXPRESS | 1 189
258 | ROYAL AIR MAROC | 5
32673 | TRANSAVIA FRANCE SAS | 10 861
| TOTAL | 332 984
| |
Member State: Croatia

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
12495 | CROATIA AIRLINES HRVATSKA ZRAKOPLOVNA TVRTKA D.D. | 373
| TOTAL | 373
| |
Member State: Italy

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
8487 | POSTE AIR CARGO S.R.L. | 264
590 | BRITISH AIRWAYS PLC | 27 381
| TOTAL | 27 645
| |
Member State: Latvia

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
23085 | AIR BALTIC CORPORATION | 162
| TOTAL | 162
| |
Member State: Luxembourg

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
724 | CARGOLUX | 10 022
26052 | GLOBAL JET LUXEMBOURG | 359
| TOTAL | 10 381
| |
Member State: Hungary

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
30078 | WIZZ AIR HUNGARY LTD | 454
| TOTAL | 454
| |
Member State: Malta

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
38482 | VISTAJET LIMITED | 11 439
51006 | KM MALTA AIRLINES | 296
48419 | FLEXJET OPERATIONS MALTA LIMITED | 946
| TOTAL | 12 681
| |
Member State: The Netherlands

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
1640 | KLM | 90 443
2723 | TRANSAVIA AIRLINES | 24 565
30852 | TUI NED. ARKEFLY | 9 516
| TOTAL | 124 524
| |
Member State: Austria

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
440 | AUSTRIAN AIRLINES | 50 048
| TOTAL | 50 048
| |
Member State: Poland

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
1763 | LOT POLISH AIRLINES | 873
| TOTAL | 873
| |
Member State: Portugal

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
2656 | TAP-TRANSPORTES AÉREOS PORTUGUESES, S.A. | 1 599
25573 | SATA INTERNACIONAL, S.A. | 22
| TOTAL | 1 621
| |
Member State: Romania

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
2658 | TAROM | 273
| TOTAL | 273
| |
Member State: Finland

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
1167 | FINNAIR OY | 6 810
| TOTAL | 6 810
| |
Member State: Sweden

ETSID | OPERATOR NAME | 2024
22830 | BRAATHENS REGIONAL AIRWAYS AB | 1 137
50041 | BRAATHENS INTERNATIONAL AIRWAYS AB | 303
48827 | NORWEGIAN AIR SWEDEN AOC AB | 19 339
23235 | TUIFLY NORDIC AB | 2 972
49462 | SAS AB | 62 739
| TOTAL | 86 490
| |

Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2025/497 of 11 March 2025 amending Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 concerning certain emergency measures relating to infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in Bulgaria (notified under document C(2025) 1625)

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/497 14.3.2025
(1) Infection with peste des petits ruminants virus is an infectious disease affecting caprine and ovine animals and can have a severe impact on the concerned animal population and the profitability of farming causing disturbance to movements of consignments of those animals and products thereof within the Union and exports to third countries.
(2) In the event of an outbreak of infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in caprine or ovine animals, there is a serious risk of the spread of that disease to other establishments of caprine or ovine animals.
(3) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687(2)supplements the rules for the control of the listed diseases referred to in Article 9(1), points (a), (b) and (c), of Regulation (EU) 2016/429, and defined as category A, B and C diseases in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1882(3). In particular, Articles 21 and 22 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687 provide for the establishment of a restricted zone in the event of an outbreak of a category A disease, including infection with peste des petits ruminants virus, and for certain measures to be applied therein. Article 21(1) of that Delegated Regulation provides that the restricted zone is to comprise a protection zone, a surveillance zone, and, if necessary, further restricted zones around or adjacent to the protection and surveillance zones.
(4) Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238(4)was adopted on the basis of Regulation (EU) 2016/429 and lays down certain emergency measures relating to infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in Bulgaria in response to an outbreak confirmed on 25 November 2024 in Velingrad municipality, in the region of Pazardzhik. More specifically, Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 provides that the protection, surveillance and further restricted zones to be established by that Member State, in accordance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687 are to comprise at least the areas listed in the Annex to that Implementing Decision.
(5) Since the last amendment of Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238, Bulgaria has notified the Commission of continued delays in the application of the disease control measures required to be applied in the event of official confirmation of an outbreak of a category A disease in kept animals in an establishment in accordance with Article 12 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687, as regards the outbreak that was confirmed in Velingrad municipality, in the region of Pazardzhik.
(6) In light of the current epidemiological situation to effectively mitigate the risk of disease spread both within Bulgaria and to other Member States, it is crucial to adjust the duration of the control measures in the restricted zones listed as protection, surveillance and further restricted zones for Bulgaria, in the Annex to Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238. These adjustments address the significant risk posed by the continued circulation and potential spread of the disease beyond the currently affected areas as long as the disease control measures have not been completed.
(7) The duration of the protection, surveillance and further restricted zones is based on the criteria set out in Article 64(1) of Regulation (EU) 2016/429, and on the rules laid down in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687. In addition, the epidemiological situation regarding infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in the affected areas as well as the overall epidemiological situation of infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in Bulgaria, as well as the level of risk for further spread of that disease within that Member State and in the Union is taken into account. Furthermore, the duration of the measures provided for by this decision has been determined in line with international standards set out in the Terrestrial Animal Health Code of the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH).
(8) Taking into account the current epidemiological situation in the Union as regards infection with peste des petits ruminants virus and the period during which the measures provided for by Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 need to apply, the application of that Decision should be prolonged until 31 July 2025.
(9) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plants, Animals, Food and Feed,
1. in Article 4, the date ‘31 May 2025’ is replaced by ‘31 July 2025’;
2. the Annex is replaced by the text set out in the Annex to this Decision.
Regional unit and ADIS reference number of the outbreak Areas established as protection and surveillance zones, part of the restricted zone in Bulgaria referred to in Article 1 Date until applicable
Pazardzhik regionBG-PPR-2024-00001 Protection zone:Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 5 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1) 22.5.2025
Surveillance zone:Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 20 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1) excluding the areas contained in the protection zone 31.5.2025
Surveillance zone:Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 20 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1) 23.5.2025 – 31.5.2025
Regional unit Areas included in the further restricted zone established in Bulgaria as referred to in Article 1 Date until applicable
Region of Pazardzhik —Entire territory of Pazardzhik region, excluding the areas included in any protection or surveillance zone. — Entire territory of Pazardzhik region, excluding the areas included in any protection or surveillance zone. 30.6.2025
— Entire territory of Pazardzhik region, excluding the areas included in any protection or surveillance zone.
—Entire territory of Pazardzhik region — Entire territory of Pazardzhik region 1.6.2025 – 30.6.2025
— Entire territory of Pazardzhik region
Region of Blagoevgrad —Municipalities Razlog, Satovcha, Garmen, Bansko, Belitsa, Yakoruda — Municipalities Razlog, Satovcha, Garmen, Bansko, Belitsa, Yakoruda 30.6.2025
— Municipalities Razlog, Satovcha, Garmen, Bansko, Belitsa, Yakoruda
Region of Smolyan —Dospat Municipality — Dospat Municipality 30.6.2025
— Dospat Municipality
Region of Sofia oblast —Municipalities Kostenets and Dolna Banya — Municipalities Kostenets and Dolna Banya 30.6.2025
— Municipalities Kostenets and Dolna Banya
— Entire territory of Pazardzhik region, excluding the areas included in any protection or surveillance zone.
— Entire territory of Pazardzhik region
— Municipalities Razlog, Satovcha, Garmen, Bansko, Belitsa, Yakoruda
— Dospat Municipality
— Municipalities Kostenets and Dolna Banya
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/429 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 March 2016 on transmissible animal diseases and amending and repealing certain acts in the area of animal health (‘Animal Health Law’) (1), and in particular Article 259(1) thereof,
Whereas:
(1) Infection with peste des petits ruminants virus is an infectious disease affecting caprine and ovine animals and can have a severe impact on the concerned animal population and the profitability of farming causing disturbance to movements of consignments of those animals and products thereof within the Union and exports to third countries.
(2) In the event of an outbreak of infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in caprine or ovine animals, there is a serious risk of the spread of that disease to other establishments of caprine or ovine animals.
(3) Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687 (2) supplements the rules for the control of the listed diseases referred to in Article 9(1), points (a), (b) and (c), of Regulation (EU) 2016/429, and defined as category A, B and C diseases in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1882 (3). In particular, Articles 21 and 22 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687 provide for the establishment of a restricted zone in the event of an outbreak of a category A disease, including infection with peste des petits ruminants virus, and for certain measures to be applied therein. Article 21(1) of that Delegated Regulation provides that the restricted zone is to comprise a protection zone, a surveillance zone, and, if necessary, further restricted zones around or adjacent to the protection and surveillance zones.
(4) Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 (4) was adopted on the basis of Regulation (EU) 2016/429 and lays down certain emergency measures relating to infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in Bulgaria in response to an outbreak confirmed on 25 November 2024 in Velingrad municipality, in the region of Pazardzhik. More specifically, Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 provides that the protection, surveillance and further restricted zones to be established by that Member State, in accordance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687 are to comprise at least the areas listed in the Annex to that Implementing Decision.
(5) Since the last amendment of Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238, Bulgaria has notified the Commission of continued delays in the application of the disease control measures required to be applied in the event of official confirmation of an outbreak of a category A disease in kept animals in an establishment in accordance with Article 12 of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687, as regards the outbreak that was confirmed in Velingrad municipality, in the region of Pazardzhik.
(6) In light of the current epidemiological situation to effectively mitigate the risk of disease spread both within Bulgaria and to other Member States, it is crucial to adjust the duration of the control measures in the restricted zones listed as protection, surveillance and further restricted zones for Bulgaria, in the Annex to Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238. These adjustments address the significant risk posed by the continued circulation and potential spread of the disease beyond the currently affected areas as long as the disease control measures have not been completed.
(7) The duration of the protection, surveillance and further restricted zones is based on the criteria set out in Article 64(1) of Regulation (EU) 2016/429, and on the rules laid down in Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/687. In addition, the epidemiological situation regarding infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in the affected areas as well as the overall epidemiological situation of infection with peste des petits ruminants virus in Bulgaria, as well as the level of risk for further spread of that disease within that Member State and in the Union is taken into account. Furthermore, the duration of the measures provided for by this decision has been determined in line with international standards set out in the Terrestrial Animal Health Code of the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH).
(8) Taking into account the current epidemiological situation in the Union as regards infection with peste des petits ruminants virus and the period during which the measures provided for by Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 need to apply, the application of that Decision should be prolonged until 31 July 2025.
(9) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plants, Animals, Food and Feed,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Amendments to Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238

Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3238 is amended as follows:
1. in Article 4, the date ‘31 May 2025’ is replaced by ‘31 July 2025’;

2. the Annex is replaced by the text set out in the Annex to this Decision.

Addressee

This Decision is addressed to the Republic of Bulgaria.

A.   Protection and surveillance zones established around the confirmed outbreak

Regional unit and ADIS reference number of the outbreak
Areas established as protection and surveillance zones, part of the restricted zone in Bulgaria referred to in Article 1
Date until applicable
Pazardzhik region
BG-PPR-2024-00001
Protection zone:
Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 5 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1)
22.5.2025
Surveillance zone:
Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 20 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1) excluding the areas contained in the protection zone
31.5.2025
Surveillance zone:
Those parts of Pazardzhik region, contained within a circle of a radius of 20 kilometres, centred on UTM 30, ETRS89 coordinates Lat. 42.0156, Long. 23.9989 (2024/1)
23.5.2025 – 31.5.2025

B. Further restricted zones

Regional unit
Areas included in the further restricted zone established in Bulgaria as referred to in Article 1
Date until applicable
Region of Pazardzhik
—
Entire territory of Pazardzhik region, excluding the areas included in any protection or surveillance zone.
30.6.2025
—
Entire territory of Pazardzhik region
1.6.2025 – 30.6.2025
Region of Blagoevgrad
—
Municipalities Razlog, Satovcha, Garmen, Bansko, Belitsa, Yakoruda
30.6.2025
Region of Smolyan
—
Dospat Municipality
30.6.2025
Region of Sofia oblast
—
Municipalities Kostenets and Dolna Banya
30.6.2025

Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2025/495 of 17 March 2025 concerning the extension of the action taken by the Belgian Federal Public Service Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment permitting the making available on the market and use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/495 19.3.2025
(1) On 30 April 2024, the Belgian Federal Public Service Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment (‘the Belgian competent authority’) adopted, in accordance with Article 55(1), first subparagraph, of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, a decision to permit until 27 October 2024 the making available on the market for, and use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus for the disinfection of the isolators at Ghent University Hospital (UZ Ghent) (‘the action’). The Belgian competent authority informed the Commission and the competent authorities of the other Member States of the action and the justification for it in accordance with Article 55(1), second subparagraph, of that Regulation.
(2) According to the information provided by the Belgian competent authority, the action was necessary in order to protect public health. The biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus is used for the disinfection of the isolators at UZ Ghent. The operation of hospital isolators requires biocidal products for the disinfection of their internal surfaces and their disinfection must be validated by the supplier of the isolators. The disinfection of the isolators is needed in order to ensure the preparation of sterile, therefore safe, end products for patients.
(3) The validated disinfection method for the isolators in place at UZ Ghent implies the use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus by automated vaporisation. The availability of Interox SG 35 Plus is therefore necessary to enable the operation of the isolators and the continued delivery of essential care adapted to the needs of patients. Discontinuing the use of Interox SG 35 Plus for the validated disinfection of the isolators would mean that isolators would have to be disinfected manually. Manual disinfection entails a significantly increased risk for patients due to potential non-sterile preparations and – given the role of UZ Ghent as tertiary care hospital – for public health.
(4) The biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus contains hydrogen peroxide as an active substance and is applied by automated vaporisation for the disinfection of the internal surfaces of the isolators. A Union authorisation for Interox SG 35 Plus has been granted, as part of the biocidal product family ‘Interox Biocidal Product Family 1’(2). However, the product is authorised for disinfection of enclosures of at least 15 m3, while the volume of the isolators at UZ Ghent is 1,5 m3. The temporary permit granted by the Belgian competent authority allows the use of the Interox SG 35 Plus under different conditions than those included in the authorisation.
(5) On 21 October 2024, the Commission received a reasoned request from the Belgian competent authority to allow the extension of the action in accordance with Article 55(1), third subparagraph, of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012. The reasoned request included the same information provided already when the action was taken and was based on concerns that the discontinued use of Interox SG 35 Plus, in the absence of validated alternatives to be used in the isolators at UZ Ghent, would constitute a threat to public health, given that the delivery of essential sterile products adapted to the needs of patients would no longer be ensured. The Commission analysed the information included in the reasoned request, as outlined above.
(6) The Belgian competent authority advised UZ Ghent to contact the holder of the Union authorisation for Interox SG 35 Plus and request them to apply for a change concerning the instructions for use, which include the volume of the enclosure to be disinfected. Such change, if authorised, would constitute a permanent solution for the future use of the product at UZ Ghent.
(7) The lack of proper disinfection of the isolators at UZ Ghent might endanger public health and that danger cannot be adequately contained by using another biocidal product or by other means. It is therefore appropriate to allow the Belgian competent authority to extend the action for a period of 550 days.
(8) As the action expired on 27 October 2024, this Decision should apply retroactively.
(9) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Biocidal Products,
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2012 concerning the making available on the market and use of biocidal products (1), and in particular Article 55(1), third subparagraph, thereof,
Whereas:
(1) On 30 April 2024, the Belgian Federal Public Service Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment (‘the Belgian competent authority’) adopted, in accordance with Article 55(1), first subparagraph, of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, a decision to permit until 27 October 2024 the making available on the market for, and use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus for the disinfection of the isolators at Ghent University Hospital (UZ Ghent) (‘the action’). The Belgian competent authority informed the Commission and the competent authorities of the other Member States of the action and the justification for it in accordance with Article 55(1), second subparagraph, of that Regulation.
(2) According to the information provided by the Belgian competent authority, the action was necessary in order to protect public health. The biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus is used for the disinfection of the isolators at UZ Ghent. The operation of hospital isolators requires biocidal products for the disinfection of their internal surfaces and their disinfection must be validated by the supplier of the isolators. The disinfection of the isolators is needed in order to ensure the preparation of sterile, therefore safe, end products for patients.
(3) The validated disinfection method for the isolators in place at UZ Ghent implies the use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus by automated vaporisation. The availability of Interox SG 35 Plus is therefore necessary to enable the operation of the isolators and the continued delivery of essential care adapted to the needs of patients. Discontinuing the use of Interox SG 35 Plus for the validated disinfection of the isolators would mean that isolators would have to be disinfected manually. Manual disinfection entails a significantly increased risk for patients due to potential non-sterile preparations and – given the role of UZ Ghent as tertiary care hospital – for public health.
(4) The biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus contains hydrogen peroxide as an active substance and is applied by automated vaporisation for the disinfection of the internal surfaces of the isolators. A Union authorisation for Interox SG 35 Plus has been granted, as part of the biocidal product family ‘Interox Biocidal Product Family 1’ (2). However, the product is authorised for disinfection of enclosures of at least 15 m3, while the volume of the isolators at UZ Ghent is 1,5 m3. The temporary permit granted by the Belgian competent authority allows the use of the Interox SG 35 Plus under different conditions than those included in the authorisation.
(5) On 21 October 2024, the Commission received a reasoned request from the Belgian competent authority to allow the extension of the action in accordance with Article 55(1), third subparagraph, of Regulation (EU) No 528/2012. The reasoned request included the same information provided already when the action was taken and was based on concerns that the discontinued use of Interox SG 35 Plus, in the absence of validated alternatives to be used in the isolators at UZ Ghent, would constitute a threat to public health, given that the delivery of essential sterile products adapted to the needs of patients would no longer be ensured. The Commission analysed the information included in the reasoned request, as outlined above.
(6) The Belgian competent authority advised UZ Ghent to contact the holder of the Union authorisation for Interox SG 35 Plus and request them to apply for a change concerning the instructions for use, which include the volume of the enclosure to be disinfected. Such change, if authorised, would constitute a permanent solution for the future use of the product at UZ Ghent.
(7) The lack of proper disinfection of the isolators at UZ Ghent might endanger public health and that danger cannot be adequately contained by using another biocidal product or by other means. It is therefore appropriate to allow the Belgian competent authority to extend the action for a period of 550 days.
(8) As the action expired on 27 October 2024, this Decision should apply retroactively.
(9) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Biocidal Products,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The Belgian Federal Public Service Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment may extend until 1 May 2026 the action to permit the making available on the market and use of the biocidal product Interox SG 35 Plus for the disinfection of the isolators at Ghent University Hospital provided that it ensures that the product is only used under its supervision.
This Decision is addressed to the Belgian Federal Public Service Health, Food Chain Safety and Environment.
It shall apply from 28 October 2024.

Council Decision of 5 September 2025 adopting the Council’s position on the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026

Official Journalof the European Union ENC series
C/2025/4940 9.9.2025
1. On 9 July 2025, the Commission submitted a proposal containing the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026(1),
2. The Council examined the Commission proposal with a view to defining a position consistent, on the revenue side, with Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053(2), and, on the expenditure side, with Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093(3), as amended by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/765(4).
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 314(3) thereof, in conjunction with the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community and in particular Article 106a thereof,
1. On 9 July 2025, the Commission submitted a proposal containing the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026(1),
2. The Council examined the Commission proposal with a view to defining a position consistent, on the revenue side, with Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053(2), and, on the expenditure side, with Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093(3), as amended by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/765(4).
HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

Sole Article
The Council’s position on the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026 was adopted by the Council on 5 September 2025.
The full text(5)is available for consultation or download on the Council’s website:
https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/documents/public-register/public-register-search

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 314(3) thereof, in conjunction with the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community and in particular Article 106a thereof,
1. On 9 July 2025, the Commission submitted a proposal containing the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026(1),
2. The Council examined the Commission proposal with a view to defining a position consistent, on the revenue side, with Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053(2), and, on the expenditure side, with Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093(3), as amended by Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/765(4).
HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:
The Council’s position on the draft general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2026 was adopted by the Council on 5 September 2025.
The full text(5)is available for consultation or download on the Council’s website:
https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/documents/public-register/public-register-search

Council Decision (CFSP) 2025/494 of 11 March 2025 in support of the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention, its inter-sessional programme and the preparations for its Tenth Review Conference

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/494 12.3.2025
(1) On 12 December 2003, the European Council adopted the EU Strategy against Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (the ‘EU Strategy’).
(2) The Union is actively implementing the EU Strategy and giving effect to the measures listed in Chapter III thereof, in particular those measures related to the reinforcement, implementation and universalisation of the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC).
(3) The 2022 Strategic Compass for Security and Defence refers to the persistent threat of the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and their means of delivery, and expresses the Union’s objective of reinforcing concrete actions in support of the goals of disarmament, non-proliferation and arms control.
(4) Within the framework of the EU Strategy, the Council has adopted in support of the BTWC Council Joint Actions 2006/184/CFSP(1)and 2008/858/CFSP(2)and Council Decisions 2012/421/CFSP(3), (CFSP) 2016/51(4), (CFSP) 2019/97(5), (CFSP) 2021/2033(6), (CFSP) 2023/123(7)and (CFSP) 2024/349(8). That Union support should be continued.
(5) The technical implementation of this Decision should be entrusted to the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs (UNODA),
(a) to support the BTWC inter-sessional programme by facilitating the discussions taking place within the Working Group on the Strengthening of the BTWC as well as the preparations for the Tenth Review Conference in 2027.
(b) to strengthen implementation of the Convention by building on the achievements of previous Council Decisions (CFSP).
a) Measures on international cooperation and assistance under Article X;
b) Measures on scientific and technological developments relevant to the Convention;
c) Measures on confidence-building and transparency;
d) Measures on compliance and verification;
e) Measures on national implementation of the Convention;
f) Measures on assistance, response and preparedness under Article VII;
g) Measures on organizational, institutional and financial arrangements.
(a) Making best use of the experience gained through Joint Actions 2006/184/CFSP and 2008/858/CFSP and Council Decisions 2012/421/CFSP, (CFSP) 2016/51, (CFSP) 2019/97 and (CFSP) 2021/2072;
(b) Focusing on the outcomes of the Ninth Review Conference, supporting the new intersessional programme and the preparations of the Tenth Review Conference;
(c) Supporting the Chairs of the BTWC meetings and making best use of the mandate of the BTWC ISU;
(d) Encouraging local and regional ownership of the projects in order to ensure their long-term sustainability and to build a partnership between the European Union and third parties in the framework of the BTWC;
(e) Contributing to the advancement of global peace and security- and health-related objectives through the effective implementation of the BTWC by its States Parties;
(f) In line with UN policies, encourage equal geographical and gender representation in all project activities.
1. The consultations held in different formats – for example regional workshops or retreats for BTWC States Parties and observers – on topics under discussion in the Working Group, are expected to inform and feed into the substantive discussions that will take place in the framework of the Working Group and during the Tenth Review Conference.
2. The sponsored experts will be expected to make critical contributions and enrich the deliberations within the Working Group with their expertise.
3. The ‘Science for Diplomats’ event series will aim at ensuring that policy makers are aware of how technological and scientific advances can both benefit and challenge the Convention as well as expose them to and increase their understanding of scientific approaches to topics under discussion in the Working Group. The event series will also provide an opportunity for the S&T community and industry to contribute to and support the diplomatic efforts to strengthen the BTWC. The events would be closely coordinated with the Chairperson of the Working Group, the Friends of the Chair and the EU Delegation in Geneva and would give them additional opportunities to hold informal consultations with States Parties as well as seek input and feedback from an extended range of actors.
1. As a positive consequence of this training course, it is expected that through the continued availability of dedicated training opportunities for new NCPs, more States Parties will nominate NCPs.
2. It is also expected that the provided training will continue to result in higher numbers and quality of annually submitted Confidence-Building Measures reports, which will provide additional information on the status of the implementation of the Convention globally.
3. This activity is furthermore expected to facilitate information exchange and sharing of best practices between NCPs as well as to inform the ongoing discussions in the Working Group.
4. NCPs feedback will inform the discussions held in the framework of the BTWC Working Group on topics such as national implementation, confidence-building and transparency.
1. The activity is expected to lead to increased awareness of the BTWC and the Tenth Review Conference in 2027 and its significance for the future evolution of the BTWC.
2. The regional workshops will facilitate a comprehensive and cross-regional dialogue on issues to be considered at the Tenth Review Conference.
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Articles 28(1) and 31(1) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy,
Whereas:
(1) On 12 December 2003, the European Council adopted the EU Strategy against Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (the ‘EU Strategy’).
(2) The Union is actively implementing the EU Strategy and giving effect to the measures listed in Chapter III thereof, in particular those measures related to the reinforcement, implementation and universalisation of the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC).
(3) The 2022 Strategic Compass for Security and Defence refers to the persistent threat of the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and their means of delivery, and expresses the Union’s objective of reinforcing concrete actions in support of the goals of disarmament, non-proliferation and arms control.
(4) Within the framework of the EU Strategy, the Council has adopted in support of the BTWC Council Joint Actions 2006/184/CFSP (1) and 2008/858/CFSP (2) and Council Decisions 2012/421/CFSP (3), (CFSP) 2016/51 (4), (CFSP) 2019/97 (5), (CFSP) 2021/2033 (6), (CFSP) 2023/123 (7) and (CFSP) 2024/349 (8). That Union support should be continued.
(5) The technical implementation of this Decision should be entrusted to the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs (UNODA),
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
1. In the context of the implementation of the EU Strategy against Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, the Global Strategy for the European Union’s Foreign and Security Policy and the Strategic Compass for Security and Defence, the Union shall further support the activities of the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs (UNODA) through an operational action in support of the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC), its inter-sessional programme and preparations for the Tenth Review Conference (the ‘action’).

2. The objectives of the action shall be:
(a) to support the BTWC inter-sessional programme by facilitating the discussions taking place within the Working Group on the Strengthening of the BTWC as well as the preparations for the Tenth Review Conference in 2027. (b) to strengthen implementation of the Convention by building on the achievements of previous Council Decisions (CFSP).

3. A detailed description of the action is set out in the Annex to this Decision.

1. The High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (the ‘High Representative’) shall be responsible for the implementation of this Decision.

2. The technical implementation of the activities referred to in Article 1(1) shall be carried out by UNODA.

3. UNODA shall perform the task referred to in paragraph 2 under the responsibility of the High Representative. For that purpose, the High Representative shall enter into the necessary arrangements with UNODA.

1. The financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to the implementation of the action (the ‘expenditure’) shall be EUR 1 474 753,82.
2. The expenditure shall be managed in accordance with the rules and procedures applicable to the general budget of the Union.

3. The Commission shall supervise the proper management of the expenditure. For that purpose, it shall conclude a contribution agreement with UNODA (the ‘agreement’). The agreement shall stipulate that UNODA is to ensure the visibility of the Union’s contribution, appropriate to its size.

4. The Commission shall endeavour to conclude the agreement as soon as possible after the entry into force of this Decision. It shall inform the Council of any difficulties in that process and of the date of conclusion of the agreement.

1. The High Representative shall report to the Council on the implementation of this Decision on the basis of regular reports by UNODA. Those reports shall form the basis of the evaluation carried out by the Council.

2. The Commission shall provide information on the financial aspects of the implementation of the action.

1. This Decision shall enter into force on the date of its adoption.

2. This Decision shall expire 36 months after the conclusion of the agreement. However, it shall expire 6 months after the date of its entry into force if the agreement has not been concluded within that period.

1.   BACKGROUND AND RATIONALE

The Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC) is a key element in the international community’s efforts to address the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction.
The BTWC is currently at an important crossroads, as reflected in the ambitious inter-sessional programme on which the BTWC States Parties agreed upon at the Ninth Review Conference held in 2022 and the re-emergence of topics such as verification on the agenda. The support of the intersessional programme, including the preparation of the Tenth Review Conference, at which decisions could be taken towards the strengthening of the BTWC, are therefore of critical importance.
The BTWC Implementation Support Unit (ISU) also continues to receive requests for assistance from States Parties for dedicated training for BTWC National Contact Points (NCPs) which surpass its capacities and available funds.
For these reasons and for the purpose of giving immediate and practical application to some elements of the EU Strategy against the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction, this project will serve as an operational policy tool to support the current inter-sessional programme, the preparations of the Tenth Review Conference and dedicated trainings and fora for exchange for BTWC National Contact Points (NCPs).
2. OBJECTIVES

The proposed Council Decision will have two main objectives.
The first main objective of the Council Decision will be to support the BTWC inter-sessional programme by facilitating the discussions taking place within the Working Group on the Strengthening of the BTWC, which was created by the Ninth Review Conference in 2022 (see BTWC/CONF.IX/9), as well as the preparations for the Tenth Review Conference in 2027.
The Working Group was mandated to address the following seven topics:
a)
Measures on international cooperation and assistance under Article X;

b)
Measures on scientific and technological developments relevant to the Convention;

c)
Measures on confidence-building and transparency;

d)
Measures on compliance and verification;

e)
Measures on national implementation of the Convention;

f)
Measures on assistance, response and preparedness under Article VII;

g)
Measures on organizational, institutional and financial arrangements.

The Conference also decided to develop with a view to establishing a mechanism to facilitate and support the full implementation of international cooperation and assistance (ICA) under Article X and a mechanism to review and assess scientific and technological (S&T) developments relevant to the Convention and to provide States Parties with relevant advice. In order for these mechanisms to be established, the Working Group on the strengthening of the Convention will make appropriate recommendations.
The set of activities proposed below will facilitate the discussions in a flexible manner within the Working Group on the above listed mandated topics and on the establishment of the ICA and S&T mechanisms.
The second main objective of the Council Decision will be the strengthened implementation of the Convention by building on the achievements of Decision (CFSP) 2021/2072. These include an increased number of nominations of BTWC National Contact Points (NCPs) and higher numbers of submitted Confidence-building Measures (CBM) reports. Building on this momentum, dedicated training courses for newly appointed BTWC National Contact Points (NCPs) will be provided annually and a global NCP event will be organized in order to facilitate exchange and networking among NCPs.
The proposed Council Decision will complement the ongoing activities under Decision (CFSP) 2024/349 in support of the BTWC, which is being implemented by the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs (UNODA) Geneva Branch, in close cooperation with the BTWC ISU. The main workstreams of Decision (CFSP) 2024/349 are reaching universalization of the BTWC in the Pacific region, assistance programmes to strengthen the implementation of the BTWC at national levels, creation of biosecurity networks among young scientists from the Global South, support for the intersessional programme through contributions to the BTWC Sponsorship Programme as well as the development of outreach and educational materials. The proposed support for the current BTWC inter-sessional programme and the preparations of the Tenth Review Conference as well as the conduct of capacity-building activities for NCPs thus constitute complementary workstreams.
As applicable, the proposed Council Decision will build upon achievements of past Joint Actions and Council Decisions in support of the BTWC, without duplicating any ongoing activities carried out under Decision (CFSP) 2024/349, as outlined above. During the implementation phase of the proposed Council Decision, best use will be made of possible synergies with Decision (CFSP) 2024/349.
This Council Decision will be guided by the following principles:

(a) Making best use of the experience gained through Joint Actions 2006/184/CFSP and 2008/858/CFSP and Council Decisions 2012/421/CFSP, (CFSP) 2016/51, (CFSP) 2019/97 and (CFSP) 2021/2072;

(b) Focusing on the outcomes of the Ninth Review Conference, supporting the new intersessional programme and the preparations of the Tenth Review Conference;

(c) Supporting the Chairs of the BTWC meetings and making best use of the mandate of the BTWC ISU;

(d) Encouraging local and regional ownership of the projects in order to ensure their long-term sustainability and to build a partnership between the European Union and third parties in the framework of the BTWC;

(e) Contributing to the advancement of global peace and security- and health-related objectives through the effective implementation of the BTWC by its States Parties;

(f) In line with UN policies, encourage equal geographical and gender representation in all project activities.

3. EXPECTED OUTPUTS AND ACTIVITIES

The EU shall support the following activities corresponding to measures of the EU Strategy against the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction:
3.1. Activity 1 – Support for the BTWC inter-sessional programme by facilitating consultations and integrating scientific perspectives on topics under discussion

3.1.1. Purpose of the Activity

This activity will aim at supporting the active engagement of BTWC States Parties and observers in the inter-sessional programme from 2025 to 2026, as well as the efforts of the BTWC officeholders, Friends of the Chair and the BTWC ISU.
In light of the creation of the Working Group on the Strengthening of the BTWC by the Ninth Review Conference and the limited number of official meeting days accorded to the Working Group, this activity aims to facilitate the discussions on the topics within the Working Group’s mandate.
3.1.2. Description of the Activity

To that end, support will be provided to consultations held in different formats – for example regional workshops or retreats for BTWC States Parties – on topics under discussion in the Working Group, for example on compliance and verification. Support to these consultations will facilitate the work of the Working Group and will help to build consensus on specific topics under discussion in a flexible manner. Which activities will be supported will be determined by UNODA/BTWC ISU in consultation with the European External Action Service (EEAS) and the Delegation of the European Union to the UN and other international organizations in Geneva.
In addition, the participation of dedicated experts in Working Group meetings might be sponsored, if necessary to allow for their participation. The sponsored experts will be expected to make critical contributions and enrich the deliberations within the Working Group.
This activity will also aim at facilitating the intersessional discussions on the review of scientific and technological developments of relevance to the Convention, including the discussions on the establishment of a review mechanism, as well as to enhance the inclusion of scientific approaches to other topics under discussion by the Working Group, such as for example on compliance and verification. In order to do so and building on the experiences made under the S&T pillar of Decision (CFSP) 2021/2072, under this activity a series of interactive and innovative ‘Science for Diplomats’ events will be organized in Geneva (whenever possible in conjunction with official BTWC meetings, but also in between official meetings). The events will bring together representatives from the scientific community, industry, academia, civil society as well as representatives from States Parties and observers.
The project team will continue to explore and work with the BTWC ISU on new topics aligned with Working Group priorities to foster knowledge expansion for the ‘Science for Diplomats’ initiative through the development of new papers, products, and training materials. These resources will be designed to address emerging challenges and opportunities, even those that have yet to be fully identified.
3.1.3. Expected Results of the Activity

1. The consultations held in different formats – for example regional workshops or retreats for BTWC States Parties and observers – on topics under discussion in the Working Group, are expected to inform and feed into the substantive discussions that will take place in the framework of the Working Group and during the Tenth Review Conference.

2. The sponsored experts will be expected to make critical contributions and enrich the deliberations within the Working Group with their expertise.

3. The ‘Science for Diplomats’ event series will aim at ensuring that policy makers are aware of how technological and scientific advances can both benefit and challenge the Convention as well as expose them to and increase their understanding of scientific approaches to topics under discussion in the Working Group. The event series will also provide an opportunity for the S&T community and industry to contribute to and support the diplomatic efforts to strengthen the BTWC. The events would be closely coordinated with the Chairperson of the Working Group, the Friends of the Chair and the EU Delegation in Geneva and would give them additional opportunities to hold informal consultations with States Parties as well as seek input and feedback from an extended range of actors.

3.2. Activity 2 – Capacity building for BTWC National Contact Points and supporting the inter-sessional discussions on national implementation and measures on confidence-building and transparency

3.2.1. Purpose of the Activity

This activity aims at building on the achievements of Decision (CFSP) 2021/2072 under which a dedicated training course for BTWC National Contact Points (NCPs) and e-learning tools were developed and a series of six regional training courses for NCPs were conducted (for States in Africa, Asia and the Pacific, Central Asia, Europe, Latin America and the Caribbean and the Middle East and North Africa).
This led to an increased number of NCP nominations during the implementation period of Decision (CFSP) 2021/2072, higher levels of interaction by UNODA/BTWC ISU with NCPs on the implementation of the Convention at the national level as well as to intensified exchanges of best practices among NCPs within and across regions. The training segments of the dedicated training course on the elaboration of Confidence-Building Measures (CBM) reports also contributed to steadily increasing numbers of submitted CBM reports since 2021.
The objective of this project is to strengthen the implementation of the BTWC by continuing to provide dedicated capacity-building to NCPs and engendering greater exchange and cooperation among them at the regional and international levels.
3.2.2. Description of the Activity

The proposed activity includes the provision of one training course per year to newly appointed BTWC NCPs. The training course will be held at UN Geneva in conjunction with an official BTWC meeting.
The activity also intends to continue to create opportunities for dialogue and exchange of information on the national implementation of the BTWC among the NCPs as well as on measures on confidence-building and transparency, including the sharing of best practices, through the organization of one global meeting attended by all BTWC NCPs. The global meeting will be held at UN Geneva, if possible in conjunction with an official BTWC meeting.
The annual training course and annual global meeting of all NCPs will also be used to support the intersessional programme, as they will provide valuable opportunities for the Chairperson of the Working Group as well as the Friends of the Chair to address specific topics under discussion, in particular on confidence-building and transparency and on national implementation of the Convention. Particular attention will be paid to identifying regional implementation challenges, for example those faced by States Parties in Africa, and empowering delegations from these regions to participate more actively in BTWC meetings. The training course will allow the Chairperson and the Friends of the Chair to gather NCPs’ feedback, their suggested approaches and perspectives and to then feed these insights back into the deliberations of the Working Group.
3.2.3. Expected Results of the Activity

1. As a positive consequence of this training course, it is expected that through the continued availability of dedicated training opportunities for new NCPs, more States Parties will nominate NCPs.

2. It is also expected that the provided training will continue to result in higher numbers and quality of annually submitted Confidence-Building Measures reports, which will provide additional information on the status of the implementation of the Convention globally.

3. This activity is furthermore expected to facilitate information exchange and sharing of best practices between NCPs as well as to inform the ongoing discussions in the Working Group.

4. NCPs feedback will inform the discussions held in the framework of the BTWC Working Group on topics such as national implementation, confidence-building and transparency.

3.3. Activity 3 – Support to the preparations for the Tenth Review Conference

3.3.1. Purpose of the Activity

Building on Activity 1 and 2, this activity focuses on mobilising BTWC States Parties towards active participation in the Tenth Review Conference in 2027 by organising five regional workshops and by offering opportunities to reflect on and discuss key topics of the 2023-2026 inter-sessional programme with a view towards fostering areas of consensus.
3.3.2. Description of the Activity

In the lead up to the Tenth Review Conference and based on the experience gained under Decision (CFSP) 2019/97 on the organization of such events, five regional workshops will be organized for States Parties from Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean, Asia and the Pacific, the Middle East and North Africa and Europe and other Western States. These workshops will offer States Parties and BTWC office holders, including the President of the Tenth Review Conference, opportunities to reflect on and discuss key topics in preparation for the Review Conference and support the finding of areas of common interest and understanding.
3.3.3. Expected Results of the Activity

1. The activity is expected to lead to increased awareness of the BTWC and the Tenth Review Conference in 2027 and its significance for the future evolution of the BTWC.

2. The regional workshops will facilitate a comprehensive and cross-regional dialogue on issues to be considered at the Tenth Review Conference.

4. STAFFING ISSUES

The implementation of this Council Decision will require staffing presence in Geneva to ensure the coordinated and streamlined implementation of all activities under this Council Decision. It is therefore suggested to have a P3 Political Affairs Officer and a GS4 Administrative Assistant based in the UNODA Geneva Branch.
The Council Decision will be implemented in close coordination with Council Decision (CFSP) 2024/349 and the BTWC ISU and under the overall guidance and responsibility of the Chief of the BTWC ISU.
5. REPORTING

The UNODA/BTWC-ISU will submit to the HR yearly progress reports on the implementation of the activities.
6. DURATION

The total estimated duration of the project’s implementation is 36 months.
7. EU VISIBILITY

UNODA/BTWC ISU will take all appropriate measures to publicise the fact that the activities conducted have been funded by the EU. Such measures will be carried out in accordance with the Commission Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions laid down and published by the European Commission. UNODA/BTWC ISU will thus ensure the visibility of the EU contribution with appropriate branding and publicity, highlighting the role of the EU, ensuring the transparency of its actions, and raising awareness of the reasons for this Decision as well as awareness of EU support for this Decision and the results of that support. Material produced by the projects will display the EU flag in accordance with EU guidelines for the accurate use and reproduction of the flag.
8. BENEFICIARIES

The beneficiaries of Activity 1 on supporting the BTWC inter-sessional programme by facilitating consultations and integrating scientific perspectives on topics under discussion are officials, scientists, academics and industry representatives from BTWC States Parties and observers.
The beneficiaries of Activity 2 in relation to capacity building for BTWC National Contact Points are States Parties to the BTWC, particularly officials designated as national contact points.
The beneficiaries of Activity 3 on supporting the preparations for the Tenth Review Conference will be representatives of BTWC States Parties.

Council Decision (EU) 2025/493 of 5 March 2025 on the position to be adopted on behalf of the European Union in the sixty-eighth session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs on the scheduling of substances under the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs of 1961, as amended by the 1972 Protocol, and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances of 1971

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/493 12.3.2025
(1) The United Nations (UN) Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs of 1961, as amended by the 1972 Protocol (the ‘Convention on Narcotic Drugs’)(1), entered into force on 8 August 1975.
(2) Pursuant to Article 3 of the Convention on Narcotic Drugs, the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) may decide to add substances to the Schedules to that Convention. When the World Health Organization (WHO) notifies the CND to add substances to the Schedules, the CND can make changes in the Schedules only in accordance with that notification of the WHO, but it can also decide not to make the changes so notified.
(3) The UN Convention on Psychotropic Substances of 1971 (the ‘Convention on Psychotropic Substances’)(2)entered into force on 16 August 1976.
(4) Pursuant to Article 2 of the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, the CND may decide to add substances to the Schedules to that Convention or to remove them. It has broad discretionary powers to take into account the recommendations of the WHO, as well as economic, social, legal, administrative and other factors, but the CND is not empowered to act arbitrarily.
(5) Changes to the Schedules of the Convention on Narcotic Drugs and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances have direct repercussions on the scope of application of Union law in the area of drug control. Council Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA(3)applies to substances listed in the Schedules to those Conventions. Thus, any change to the Schedules to those Conventions is directly incorporated into common Union rules.
(6) The CND is to decide, during its 68th session planned for 10 to 14 March 2025 in Vienna, on the addition of six new substances to the Schedules to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs and to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(7) The Union is neither a party to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs nor to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances. It has an observer status with no voting rights in the Commission on Narcotic Drugs, of which 13 Member States(4)are members with the right to vote in March 2025. It is necessary for the Council to authorise those Member States to express the position of the Union on the scheduling of substances under those Conventions, since decisions on the addition of new substances to the Schedules fall under the competence of the Union.
(8) The WHO has recommended the addition of four new substances to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs, one new substance to Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, and one new substance to Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(9) All substances reviewed by the WHO Expert Committee on Drug Dependence (ECDD) and recommended for scheduling by the WHO are monitored by the European Union Drugs Agency (EUDA) as new psychoactive substances under Regulation (EU) 2023/1322 of the European Parliament and of the Council(5).
(10) According to the assessment by the ECDD, protonitazepyne (IUPAC name: 5-nitro-2-[(4-propoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)benzimidazole) is a synthetic opioid in the nitazene analogue family. Protonitazepyne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Protonitazepyne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that protonitazepyne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that protonitazepyne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(11) Protonitazepyne has been detected in six Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States. Protonitazepyne is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Seventy-four acute poisonings with suspected exposure to protonitazepyne were reported by one Member State.
(12) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding protonitazepyne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(13) According to the assessment by the ECDD, metonitazepyne (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole) is a synthetic opioid of the nitazene analogue family. Metonitazepyne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Metonitazepyne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that metonitazepyne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that metonitazepyne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(14) Metonitazepyne has been detected in four Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States. Metonitazepyne is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA.
(15) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding metonitazepyne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(16) According to the assessment by the ECDD, etonitazepipne (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-Ethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-piperidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole) is one of several synthetic 2-benzylbenzimidazole opioids, collectively known as ‘nitazenes’. Etonitazepipne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Etonitazepipne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that etonitazepipne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that etonitazepipne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(17) Etonitazepipne has been detected in five Member States and is controlled in at least six Member States. Etonitazepipne is under monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths and one acute poisoning with confirmed exposure to etonitazepipne have been reported by three Member States.
(18) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding etonitazepipne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(19) According to the assessment by the ECDD,N-desethyl isotonitazene (IUPAC name:N-ethyl-2-[2-[(4-isopropoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-benzimidazol-1-yl]ethanamine) is a benzimidazole-derived synthetic opioid with a chemical structure and pharmacological similarities to drugs under Schedule I to the 1961 United Nations Conventions, such as isotonitazene, and is a metabolite of isotonitazene.N-desethyl isotonitazene has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO.N-desethyl isotonitazene has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence thatN-desethyl isotonitazene is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends thatN-desethyl isotonitazene be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(20) N-desethyl isotonitazene has been detected in two Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States.N-desethyl isotonitazene is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths with confirmed exposure toN-desethyl isotonitazene have been reported by one Member State.
(21) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support addingN-desethyl isotonitazene to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(22) According to the assessment by the ECDD, hexahydrocannabinol (HHC) (IUPAC name: 6a,7,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro- 6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6H-dibenzo[b,d]pyran-1-ol) is a semi-synthetic cannabinoid that is most commonly synthesized from cannabidiol as a precursor. Hexahydrocannabinol has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Hexahydrocannabinol has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that hexahydrocannabinol is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that hexahydrocannabinol be listed in Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(23) Hexahydrocannabinol has been detected in twenty-five Member States and is controlled in at least twenty Member States. Hexahydrocannabinol is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Four cases of acute poisoing with confirmed exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by two Member States. Seven cases of acute poisoning with probable exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by two Member States. Six cases of acute poisoning with suspected exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by three Member States.
(24) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding hexahydrocannabinol to Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(25) According to the assessment by the ECDD, carisoprodol (IUPAC name: (2RS)-2-[(carbamoyloxy)methyl]-2-methylpentyl (1-methylethyl)carbamate) is a centrally acting muscle relaxant used in the short term as an adjunct to symptomatic treatment of acute musculoskeletal disorders associated with painful muscle spasm. The potential for misuse of carisoprodol can be related to both its sedative effects and its capacity to enhance the effects of other substances. Thus, the sedative effects of carisoprodol can be potentiated when it is combined with benzodiazepines, opioids or alcohol. Prolonged or excessive use of carisoprodol can lead to dependence. Carisoprodol can be diverted from legitimate medical channels and enter the illicit market to be sold without proper medical supervision, increasing potential abuse and adverse consequences. Carisoprodol was pre-reviewed in 2001 at the 32nd ECDD meeting. The Committee did not recommend critical review of carisoprodol at that time. Carisoprodol was further presented, discussed and pre-reviewed in 2023 at the 46th ECDD meeting, where proceeding to critical review was recommended. Carisoprodol is a prescription medication and appears to be a licensed drug in several countries and territories. However, it is no longer used medically in Europe since the European Medicines Agency Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use suspended all marketing authorisations for carisoprodol throughout Europe. Carisoprodol has no known industrial use. There is sufficient evidence that carisoprodol is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that carisoprodol be listed in Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(26) Carisoprodol has been detected in two Member States. Carisoprodol is under monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths with confirmed exposure to carisoprodol have been reported by one Member State.
(27) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding carisoprodol to Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(28) It is appropriate to establish the position to be taken on the Union’s behalf in the CND, as the decisions on listing the aforementioned six substances will be capable of decisively influencing the content of Union law, namely the scope of Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA.
(29) The Union’s position is to be expressed by the Member States that are members of the CND, acting jointly.
(30) Denmark is bound by Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA, and is therefore taking part in the adoption and application of this Decision.
(31) Ireland is bound by Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA, and is therefore taking part in the adoption and application of this Decision,
(1) N-pyrrolidino protonitazene (protonitazepyne) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 5-nitro-2-[(4-propoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)benzimidazole).
(2) N-pyrrolidino metonitazene (metonitazepyne) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole).
(3) Etonitazepipne (N-Piperidinyl etonitazene) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-Ethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-piperidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole).
(4) N-desethyl-isotonitazene is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: N-ethyl-2-[2-[(4-isopropoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-benzimidazol-1-yl]ethanamine).
(5) Hexahydrocannabinol is to be included in Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances (IUPAC name: 6a,7,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6H-dibenzo[b,d]pyran-1-ol).
(6) Carisoprodol is to be included in Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances (IUPAC name: (2RS)-2-[(carbamoyloxy)methyl]-2-methylpentyl (1-methylethyl)carbamate).
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 83(1), in conjunction with Article 218(9) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
Whereas:
(1) The United Nations (UN) Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs of 1961, as amended by the 1972 Protocol (the ‘Convention on Narcotic Drugs’) (1), entered into force on 8 August 1975.
(2) Pursuant to Article 3 of the Convention on Narcotic Drugs, the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) may decide to add substances to the Schedules to that Convention. When the World Health Organization (WHO) notifies the CND to add substances to the Schedules, the CND can make changes in the Schedules only in accordance with that notification of the WHO, but it can also decide not to make the changes so notified.
(3) The UN Convention on Psychotropic Substances of 1971 (the ‘Convention on Psychotropic Substances’) (2) entered into force on 16 August 1976.
(4) Pursuant to Article 2 of the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, the CND may decide to add substances to the Schedules to that Convention or to remove them. It has broad discretionary powers to take into account the recommendations of the WHO, as well as economic, social, legal, administrative and other factors, but the CND is not empowered to act arbitrarily.
(5) Changes to the Schedules of the Convention on Narcotic Drugs and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances have direct repercussions on the scope of application of Union law in the area of drug control. Council Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA (3) applies to substances listed in the Schedules to those Conventions. Thus, any change to the Schedules to those Conventions is directly incorporated into common Union rules.
(6) The CND is to decide, during its 68th session planned for 10 to 14 March 2025 in Vienna, on the addition of six new substances to the Schedules to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs and to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(7) The Union is neither a party to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs nor to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances. It has an observer status with no voting rights in the Commission on Narcotic Drugs, of which 13 Member States (4) are members with the right to vote in March 2025. It is necessary for the Council to authorise those Member States to express the position of the Union on the scheduling of substances under those Conventions, since decisions on the addition of new substances to the Schedules fall under the competence of the Union.
(8) The WHO has recommended the addition of four new substances to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs, one new substance to Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances, and one new substance to Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(9) All substances reviewed by the WHO Expert Committee on Drug Dependence (ECDD) and recommended for scheduling by the WHO are monitored by the European Union Drugs Agency (EUDA) as new psychoactive substances under Regulation (EU) 2023/1322 of the European Parliament and of the Council (5).
(10) According to the assessment by the ECDD, protonitazepyne (IUPAC name: 5-nitro-2-[(4-propoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)benzimidazole) is a synthetic opioid in the nitazene analogue family. Protonitazepyne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Protonitazepyne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that protonitazepyne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that protonitazepyne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(11) Protonitazepyne has been detected in six Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States. Protonitazepyne is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Seventy-four acute poisonings with suspected exposure to protonitazepyne were reported by one Member State.
(12) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding protonitazepyne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(13) According to the assessment by the ECDD, metonitazepyne (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole) is a synthetic opioid of the nitazene analogue family. Metonitazepyne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Metonitazepyne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that metonitazepyne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that metonitazepyne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(14) Metonitazepyne has been detected in four Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States. Metonitazepyne is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA.
(15) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding metonitazepyne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(16) According to the assessment by the ECDD, etonitazepipne (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-Ethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-piperidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole) is one of several synthetic 2-benzylbenzimidazole opioids, collectively known as ‘nitazenes’. Etonitazepipne has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Etonitazepipne has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that etonitazepipne is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that etonitazepipne be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(17) Etonitazepipne has been detected in five Member States and is controlled in at least six Member States. Etonitazepipne is under monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths and one acute poisoning with confirmed exposure to etonitazepipne have been reported by three Member States.
(18) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding etonitazepipne to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(19) According to the assessment by the ECDD, N-desethyl isotonitazene (IUPAC name: N-ethyl-2-[2-[(4-isopropoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-benzimidazol-1-yl]ethanamine) is a benzimidazole-derived synthetic opioid with a chemical structure and pharmacological similarities to drugs under Schedule I to the 1961 United Nations Conventions, such as isotonitazene, and is a metabolite of isotonitazene. N-desethyl isotonitazene has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. N-desethyl isotonitazene has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that N-desethyl isotonitazene is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that N-desethyl isotonitazene be listed in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(20) N-desethyl isotonitazene has been detected in two Member States and is controlled in at least two Member States. N-desethyl isotonitazene is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths with confirmed exposure to N-desethyl isotonitazene have been reported by one Member State.
(21) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding N-desethyl isotonitazene to Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs.
(22) According to the assessment by the ECDD, hexahydrocannabinol (HHC) (IUPAC name: 6a,7,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro- 6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6H-dibenzo[b,d]pyran-1-ol) is a semi-synthetic cannabinoid that is most commonly synthesized from cannabidiol as a precursor. Hexahydrocannabinol has not previously been formally reviewed by the WHO. Hexahydrocannabinol has no known therapeutic uses or marketing authorisations. There is sufficient evidence that hexahydrocannabinol is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that hexahydrocannabinol be listed in Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(23) Hexahydrocannabinol has been detected in twenty-five Member States and is controlled in at least twenty Member States. Hexahydrocannabinol is under intensive monitoring by the EUDA. Four cases of acute poisoing with confirmed exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by two Member States. Seven cases of acute poisoning with probable exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by two Member States. Six cases of acute poisoning with suspected exposure to hexahydrocannabinol have been reported by three Member States.
(24) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding hexahydrocannabinol to Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(25) According to the assessment by the ECDD, carisoprodol (IUPAC name: (2RS)-2-[(carbamoyloxy)methyl]-2-methylpentyl (1-methylethyl)carbamate) is a centrally acting muscle relaxant used in the short term as an adjunct to symptomatic treatment of acute musculoskeletal disorders associated with painful muscle spasm. The potential for misuse of carisoprodol can be related to both its sedative effects and its capacity to enhance the effects of other substances. Thus, the sedative effects of carisoprodol can be potentiated when it is combined with benzodiazepines, opioids or alcohol. Prolonged or excessive use of carisoprodol can lead to dependence. Carisoprodol can be diverted from legitimate medical channels and enter the illicit market to be sold without proper medical supervision, increasing potential abuse and adverse consequences. Carisoprodol was pre-reviewed in 2001 at the 32nd ECDD meeting. The Committee did not recommend critical review of carisoprodol at that time. Carisoprodol was further presented, discussed and pre-reviewed in 2023 at the 46th ECDD meeting, where proceeding to critical review was recommended. Carisoprodol is a prescription medication and appears to be a licensed drug in several countries and territories. However, it is no longer used medically in Europe since the European Medicines Agency Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use suspended all marketing authorisations for carisoprodol throughout Europe. Carisoprodol has no known industrial use. There is sufficient evidence that carisoprodol is being, or is likely to be, abused and can constitute a public health and social problem warranting the placing of the substance under international control. Thus, the WHO recommends that carisoprodol be listed in Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(26) Carisoprodol has been detected in two Member States. Carisoprodol is under monitoring by the EUDA. Two deaths with confirmed exposure to carisoprodol have been reported by one Member State.
(27) Therefore, the position of the Union should be to support adding carisoprodol to Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
(28) It is appropriate to establish the position to be taken on the Union’s behalf in the CND, as the decisions on listing the aforementioned six substances will be capable of decisively influencing the content of Union law, namely the scope of Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA.
(29) The Union’s position is to be expressed by the Member States that are members of the CND, acting jointly.
(30) Denmark is bound by Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA, and is therefore taking part in the adoption and application of this Decision.
(31) Ireland is bound by Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA, and is therefore taking part in the adoption and application of this Decision,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The position to be taken on the Union’s behalf in the 68th session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs, from 10 to 14 March 2025, when that body is called upon to adopt decisions on the addition of substances to the schedules to the United Nations Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs of 1961, as amended by the 1972 Protocol, and to the United Nations Convention on Psychotropic Substances of 1971, is set out in the Annex to this Decision.
The position referred to in Article 1 shall be expressed by the Member States that are members of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs, acting jointly in the interest of the Union.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States in accordance with the Treaties.

Position to be taken by the Member States which are members of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs, acting jointly, in the interest of the Union during the 68th session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs planned to take place from 10 to 14 March 2025 regarding changes in the scope of control of substances:

(1) N-pyrrolidino protonitazene (protonitazepyne) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 5-nitro-2-[(4-propoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)benzimidazole).

(2) N-pyrrolidino metonitazene (metonitazepyne) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole).

(3) Etonitazepipne (N-Piperidinyl etonitazene) is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: 2-[(4-Ethoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-1-(2-piperidin-1-ylethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole).

(4) N-desethyl-isotonitazene is to be included in Schedule I to the Convention on Narcotic Drugs (IUPAC name: N-ethyl-2-[2-[(4-isopropoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-nitro-benzimidazol-1-yl]ethanamine).

(5) Hexahydrocannabinol is to be included in Schedule II to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances (IUPAC name: 6a,7,8,9,10,10a-hexahydro-6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6H-dibenzo[b,d]pyran-1-ol).

(6) Carisoprodol is to be included in Schedule IV to the Convention on Psychotropic Substances (IUPAC name: (2RS)-2-[(carbamoyloxy)methyl]-2-methylpentyl (1-methylethyl)carbamate).

Council Decision (Euratom) 2025/492 of 18 February 2025 approving a Commission regulation on the application of Euratom safeguards

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/492 14.3.2025
(1) Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005(2)defines the nature and extent of the requirements referred to in Articles 78 and 79 of the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community (hereinafter ‘the Treaty’).
(2) In view of the increasing quantities of nuclear materials produced, used, carried, recycled and designated to be disposed of in the Community, and of the development of trade in these materials, it is essential to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of safeguards. The nature and the extent of the requirements referred to in Article 79 of the Treaty and set out in Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 should therefore be brought up to date in the light of developments, particularly in the fields of nuclear and information technology.
(3) Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Ireland, Greece, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, Sweden and the Community are parties to Agreement 78/164/Euratom(3)with the International Atomic Energy Agency in implementation of Article III(1) and (4) of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. Agreement 78/164/Euratom entered into force on 21 February 1977. It was later supplemented by Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom(4), which entered into force on 30 April 2004.
(4) Agreement 78/164/Euratom contains a particular undertaking entered into by the Community concerning the application of safeguards on source and special fissile material in the territories of the States which have no nuclear weapons of their own and which are parties to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons.
(5) The procedures stipulated by Agreement 78/164/Euratom are the result of wide-ranging international negotiations with the International Atomic Energy Agency on the application of Article III(1) and (4) of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. These procedures were approved by the Board of Governors of that Agency.
(6) The Community, France and the International Atomic Energy Agency are parties to an Agreement for the application of safeguards in France(5). That Agreement entered into force on 12 September 1981. It was supplemented by an Additional Protocol(6), which entered into force on 30 April 2004.
(7) In the territory of France some installations or parts thereof as well as certain materials are liable to be involved in the production cycle for defence needs. Special safeguard procedures should therefore be applied to take account of these circumstances.
(8) Nuclear Cooperation Agreements (NCAs) are agreements for cooperation on the peaceful use of nuclear energy which are concluded between the Community and third countries. They aim to facilitate nuclear trade, research and development, or other cooperative activities of mutual interest to the parties in connection with the peaceful use of nuclear energy, while abiding by the commitments and policies of the Community. Under Article 77(b) of the Treaty, the Commission should satisfy itself that, in the territories of the Member States, the provisions relating to supply and any particular safeguarding obligations assumed by the Community under such an agreement are complied with. This Regulation addresses specific aspects related to the reporting of nuclear materials as specified in certain NCAs, but does not cover items other than nuclear material.
(9) To ensure the effectiveness of safeguards, it is essential to incorporate safeguard considerations early in the planning and design processes for new installations as well as for major modifications and decommissioning of existing installations.
(10) To ensure the efficiency of safeguards, the nature and extent of the requirements for reporting nuclear materials and declaring the basic technical characteristics of installations should take into account the suitability of the nuclear material and installation to be used for non-peaceful purposes, without prejudice to any particular safeguarding obligations assumed by the Community under an agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation.
(11) The Communication to the Commission of 30 June 2022, ‘European Commission digital strategy – Next generation digital Commission’(7)stresses the importance of structuring data access and exchange by the Commission and the Member States. As part of that strategy, the Commission aims at enabling cross-border digital interaction, interoperability and digital modernisation of public administrations. Against this background and to enhance the efficiency of safeguards, reports and declarations should be submitted electronically.
(12) This Regulation should provide for a more graded approach and thus for burden reduction for operators. Where relevant, different provisions are included throughout this Regulation, commensurate with the strategic value of nuclear materials and related installations and activities.
(13) The provisions on security rules set out in Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/443(8)and in Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/444(9)should apply to information acquired under this Regulation without prejudice to Regulation (Euratom) No 3 of 31 July 1958(10).
(14) The Commission should make every effort to protect commercial, technological and industrial secrets as well as other confidential information coming to its knowledge in the application of this Regulation.
(15) The inspections and other safeguards related activities performed by the Commission inspectors in accordance with Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty should be confined to the attainment of the objectives under Chapter VII of the Treaty in line with the principles set out in its Article 84, second subparagraph.
(16) The Commission should provide timely relevant feedback on the information provided by operators, such as the installation-specific list of essential equipment and residual structures. Considering that in many cases this depends not only on the Commission, the Commission should strive to obtain the necessary feedback from third parties, as applicable, and share it with the operators and Member States concerned.
(17) Up-to-date particular safeguard provisions at relevant installations are important for the implementation of safeguards. In that light the Commission should continue to adopt particular safeguard provisions after close consultation with the operators and Member States concerned, paying particular attention to ensuring that they are up-to-date. To the extent possible, the Commission should strive to have particular safeguard provisions adopted before the installation is to start its operations.
(18) The application of this Regulation should be evaluated within 10 years of its entry into force in light of the technological progress in the nuclear industry and developments in information technologies. However, under special circumstances, this Regulation might need to be revised before that evaluation, for example, to comply with any particular safeguarding obligation assumed by the Community under an agreement concluded with a third State or an international organisation.
(19) In the interest of legal certainty, Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 should be repealed,
(1) ‘non-nuclear-weapon Member States’ means Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Ireland, Greece, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, and Sweden;
(2) ‘nuclear-weapon Member State’ means France;
(3) ‘third country’ means any State which is not a member of the Community;
(4) ‘nuclear material’ means ores, source materials or special fissile materials as defined in Article 197 of the Treaty;
(5) ‘ores’ means ores as defined in Article 197, point 4, of the Treaty and as specified in the EAEC Council Regulation No 9(11);
(6) ‘categories’ (of nuclear material) are natural uranium, depleted uranium, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to less than 20 %, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to 20 % and above, thorium, plutonium, and any other material specified by the Council in accordance with the provisions of Art 197 of the Treaty;
(7) ‘waste’ means nuclear material in concentrations or forms which make the nuclear material not recoverable for practical or economic reasons, for which no further use is foreseen and which may be disposed of;
(8) ‘retained waste’ means waste, generated from processing or from an operational accident, that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it can be retrieved, and that is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being;
(9) ‘conditioned waste’ means waste in which nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, has been conditioned in such a way (for example, in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use;
(10) ‘discards to the environment’ means nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been irrevocably discarded into the environment as the result of a planned discharge and in such a way that it is not suitable for further use;
(11) ‘disposal’ means the emplacement of waste, spent fuel or any other nuclear material in an installation without the intention of retrieval;
(12) ‘spent fuel’ means nuclear fuel that has been irradiated in and permanently removed from a reactor core; spent fuel may either be considered as a usable resource that can be reprocessed or may be disposed of if no further use is foreseen;
(13) ‘item’ means an identifiable unit such as a fuel assembly or a fuel pin;
(14) ‘batch’ means a portion of nuclear material handled as a unit for accounting purposes at a key measurement point and for which the composition and quantity are defined by a single set of specifications or measurements; the nuclear material may be in bulk form or contained in a number of items;
(15) ‘batch data’ means the total weight of each category of nuclear material and, in the case of plutonium and uranium, the isotopic composition when appropriate; for reporting purposes the weights of individual items in the batch shall be added together before rounding to the nearest unit;
(16) ‘effective kilogram’ is a special unit used in the context of safeguarding nuclear material, obtained by taking:(a)for plutonium, its weight in kilograms;(b)for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment;(c)for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;and(d)for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005; (a) for plutonium, its weight in kilograms; (b) for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment; (c) for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;and (d) for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005;
(a) for plutonium, its weight in kilograms;
(b) for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment;
(c) for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;and
(d) for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005;
(a) for plutonium, its weight in kilograms;
(b) for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment;
(c) for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;and
(d) for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005;
(17) ‘material balance area’ (MBA) means an area such that, for the purpose of establishing the material balance:(a)the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;and(b)the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures; (a) the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;and (b) the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures;
(a) the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;and
(b) the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures;
(a) the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;and
(b) the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures;
(18) ‘key measurement point’ means a location where nuclear material appears in such a form that it may be measured to determine material flow or inventory, including but not limited to, the places where nuclear material enters, leaves or is stored in, material balance areas;
(19) ‘book inventory’ of a material balance area means the algebraic sum of the most recent physical inventory of that material balance area, and of all inventory changes that have occurred since that physical inventory was taken;
(20) ‘physical inventory’ means the sum of all the measured batch quantities or derived estimates of batch quantities of nuclear material on hand at a given time within a material balance area, obtained in accordance with specified procedures;
(21) ‘material unaccounted for’ means the difference between the physical inventory and the book inventory;
(22) ‘shipper/receiver difference’ means the difference between the quantity of nuclear material in a batch as measured at the receiving material balance area and the quantity as stated by the shipping material balance area;
(23) ‘source data’ means those data, recorded during measurement or calibration or used to derive empirical relationships, which identify nuclear material and provide batch data, including: weight of compounds; conversion factors to determine weight of element; specific gravity; element concentration; isotopic ratios; relationship between volume and manometer readings; and relationship between plutonium produced and power generated;
(24) ‘site’ means an area delimited by the Community and a non-nuclear-weapon Member State, comprising one or more installations, including closed-down installations, as defined in their relevant basic technical characteristics, whereby:(a)in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out;(b)‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned;(c)in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site; (a) in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out; (b) ‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned; (c) in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site;
(a) in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out;
(b) ‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned;
(c) in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site;
(a) in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out;
(b) ‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned;
(c) in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site;
(25) ‘hot cell’ means a cell or interconnected cells totalling at least 6 m3in volume with shielding equal to or greater than the equivalent of 0,5 m of concrete, with a density of 3,2 g/cm3or greater, outfitted with equipment for remote operations;
(26) ‘site representative’ means any person, undertaking or entity designated by a non-nuclear-weapon Member State as being responsible for the declaration referred to in Article 6(1);
(27) ‘installation’ means, from the planning stage until it is confirmed as decommissioned:(a)a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram;(b)any LOF;(c)any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed; (a) a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram; (b) any LOF; (c) any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed;
(a) a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram;
(b) any LOF;
(c) any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed;
(a) a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram;
(b) any LOF;
(c) any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed;
(28) ‘Location Outside Facilities’ (LOF) means a location not covered under the definition set out in point 27(a) where source material or special fissile material is held or customarily used in amounts of one effective kilogram or less;
(29) ‘national Location Outside Facilities’ means a particular LOF comprising holders of small amounts of nuclear material in line with criteria agreed between the Member States where the material is held and the Commission;
(30) ‘Catch All MBA’ (CAM) means a particular LOF comprising small amounts of nuclear material according to criteria set out in Annex I-N;
(31) ‘closed-down’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that operations have been stopped and that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed;
(32) ‘under decommissioning’ means, when referring to an installation, that activities on dismantling, or recovery and removal of nuclear material or the removing or rendering inoperable of essential equipment are ongoing with the aim of decommissioning the installation;
(33) ‘decommissioned’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed and residual structures and equipment essential for using the installation for purposes other than disposal of nuclear material which is no longer subject to Euratom safeguards have been removed or rendered inoperable so that processing or utilization of nuclear material is no longer possible;
(34) ‘operator’ means any person or undertaking, including any organisation, planning to set up or legally responsible for setting up or operating an installation;
(35) ‘equivalence principle’ means that a particular safeguard obligation applying to a quantity of nuclear material may be transferred to another quantity of nuclear material, subject to equivalence criteria;
(36) ‘equivalence criteria’ means specific criteria to be fulfilled with regard to the quantity, category, isotopic composition, physical form, chemical form and material state of nuclear material in order to apply the equivalence principle;
(37) ‘proportionality principle’ means that, when nuclear material subject to a particular safeguard obligation is mixed or transformed in a given proportion with nuclear material not subject thereto, the product, by-product, waste or losses generated from processing is subject to the particular safeguard obligation in the same proportion;
(38) ‘pool accounting’ means a specific accounting method whereby a unique obligation code (pool code) is used to declare book inventories and physical inventory listings to the Commission pursuant to Articles 14 and 15, although the nuclear material may be subject to various particular safeguard obligations;
(39) ‘accountancy pool’ means the scope within which the application of pool accounting has been authorised in one or several material balance areas.
(a) an outline programme of activities on the basis of Annex XI, indicating, in particular, provisional dates for taking a physical inventory;
(b) at least 40 days before taking a physical inventory, the programme for such work.
(a) the material balance areas and the selection of key measurement points for determining the flow and stocks of nuclear materials;
(b) the changes in basic technical characteristics for which advance notification is required;
(c) the procedures for keeping records of nuclear materials for each material balance area and for drawing up reports;
(d) the frequency of, and procedures for, taking physical inventories for accounting purposes as part of safeguards measures;
(e) the containment and surveillance measures, in accordance with the arrangements agreed upon with the operator concerned;
(f) the arrangements for sample-taking by the operator solely for safeguards purposes;
(g) the list of essential equipment for the installation.
(a) the content of subsequent communications required under Article 7 or 16;
(b) the conditions under which the provisions of this Regulation apply, in particular the conditions under which shipments and receipts of nuclear material require advance notification;
(c) other agreed safeguards measures considered necessary to ensure that nuclear materials are not diverted from their intended uses, in accordance with the arrangements with the operator concerned.
(a) the operating data used to determine all changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material present in the installation, including shipping documents for both received and shipped batches of nuclear material;
(b) a list of inventory items and their location, kept up to date to the best extent possible;
(c) the data, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors, obtained from the calibration of tanks and instruments as well as from sampling and analysis;
(d) the data resulting from quality control measures applied to the nuclear material accountancy system, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors;
(e) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for, and take, a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(f) a description of the actions taken to recognise, investigate and solve nuclear material accountancy and control discrepancies that have arisen;
(g) the results from inventory control procedures and, for bulk-handling installations, the results of the tests for acceptance of the material balance, taking into account justified measurement and process uncertainties;
(h) a description of the actions taken to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental or unmeasured loss that might have occurred;
(i) the isotopic composition of plutonium, including its decay isotopes, and reference dates, if recorded at the installation for operational needs.
(a) all inventory changes, so that the book inventory can be determined at any time;
(b) all measurement and counting results used to determine the physical inventory;
(c) all corrections made to inventory changes, book inventories and physical inventories.
(a) a first inventory change report containing any inventory changes up to and including the physical inventory taking date, which shall be sent at the latest, together with the second inventory change report, or together with the physical inventory listing and the material balance report if the latter are sent before the second inventory change report;
(b) a second inventory change report containing all inventory changes from the first day after the physical inventory taking date to the end of the month, which shall be sent within 15 days of the end of the month.
(a) material balance reports, in the format set out in Annex IV, indicating:(i)beginning physical inventory;(ii)inventory changes (first increases, then decreases);(iii)ending book inventory;(iv)ending physical inventory;(v)material unaccounted for; (i) beginning physical inventory; (ii) inventory changes (first increases, then decreases); (iii) ending book inventory; (iv) ending physical inventory; (v) material unaccounted for;
(i) beginning physical inventory;
(ii) inventory changes (first increases, then decreases);
(iii) ending book inventory;
(iv) ending physical inventory;
(v) material unaccounted for;
(i) beginning physical inventory;
(ii) inventory changes (first increases, then decreases);
(iii) ending book inventory;
(iv) ending physical inventory;
(v) material unaccounted for;
(b) a physical inventory listing, in the format set out in Annex V, showing all batches separately.
(a) if, as a result of any unusual incident or circumstances, it is considered that there has been or might be an increase or a loss of nuclear material, including during transfer to or from the installation; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, the weights of uranium, thorium and plutonium, in accordance with the categories listed in Article 21(2), point (b), the weight of the fissile isotopes in the case of enriched uranium, as well as a description of how the weights were established, and any further actions taken, including to avoid recurrence of a loss;
(b) if the containment has unexpectedly changed, to a point where an unauthorised removal of nuclear material has become possible; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, and it may also include a description of any actions taken to reduce the risk of unauthorised removal and to avoid recurrence.
(a) initial book inventory provided for in Article 13;
(b) inventory change reports, including ending book inventories, provided for in Article 14;
(c) material balance reports and physical inventory listings provided for in Article 15;
(d) intended exports and imports provided for in Articles 23 and 24;
(e) accounting records provided for in Article 11, first paragraph, points (a) and (c).
(a) the total weight of the elements uranium, thorium and plutonium, and also, for enriched uranium, the total weight of the fissile isotopes;
(b) separate material balance reports as well as separate line entries in inventory change reports and in physical inventory listings for the following categories of nuclear material:(i)depleted uranium;(ii)natural uranium;(iii)uranium enriched to less than 20 %;(iv)uranium enriched to 20 % and above;(v)plutonium;(vi)thorium. (i) depleted uranium; (ii) natural uranium; (iii) uranium enriched to less than 20 %; (iv) uranium enriched to 20 % and above; (v) plutonium; (vi) thorium.
(i) depleted uranium;
(ii) natural uranium;
(iii) uranium enriched to less than 20 %;
(iv) uranium enriched to 20 % and above;
(v) plutonium;
(vi) thorium.
(i) depleted uranium;
(ii) natural uranium;
(iii) uranium enriched to less than 20 %;
(iv) uranium enriched to 20 % and above;
(v) plutonium;
(vi) thorium.
(a) quantities of nuclear material commensurate with those specified in Annex I-N, which are kept in the same state for long periods;
(b) depleted uranium, natural uranium or thorium which is used exclusively in non-nuclear activities;
(c) special fissile materials when used in gram quantities or less as sensing components in instruments;
(d) plutonium with an isotopic concentration of plutonium-238 exceeding 80 %.
(a) are exported to a third country;
(b) are shipped from a non-nuclear-weapon Member State to a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are shipped from a nuclear-weapon Member State to a non nuclear-weapon Member State.
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;or
(b) where an installation transfers a total quantity of materials to the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram.
(a) are imported from a third country;
(b) are received in a non-nuclear-weapon Member State from a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are received in a nuclear-weapon Member State from a non nuclear-weapon Member State.
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;or
(b) where an installation imports or receives a total quantity of materials from the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram.
(a) the amount of material dispatched from each mine, by 31 January of each year for the previous calendar year;and
(b) exports of ores to third countries, by the date of the dispatch at the latest.
(a) the operating data used to determine changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material;
(b) a stock list to be updated yearly after the physical inventory taking;
(c) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for and take a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(d) a description of the actions taken in order to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental loss that might have occurred;
(e) all stock changes, so that the book inventory can be established when requested.
(a) shipments or exports of conditioned waste to an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIII;
(b) receipts or imports of conditioned waste from an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIV;
(c) changes in location of conditioned waste containing plutonium, high enriched uranium or uranium-233, using the form set out in Annex XV.
(a) nuclear material which is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge; for this purpose, discards to the environment shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(b) nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes such as alloys or ceramics; for this purpose, termination of use shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(c) nuclear material contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of; for this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(d) nuclear material contained in conditioned waste in very low concentrations, which is already disposed of. For this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14.
(a) the physical inventory is taken by all individual smallholders comprising the national LOF and the data from the smallholders reflect the actual inventory at the date of the physical taking determined by the responsible authority;
(b) the physical inventories of each individual smallholder can be identified in the physical inventory listing transmitted to the Commission;
(c) the accounting reports are substantiated with the relevant operating records referred to in Article 10(1);
(d) the provisions of this Regulation are effectively implemented within the scope of the national LOF.
(a) to installations or parts of installations which have been assigned to meet defence requirements and which are situated in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State;nor
(b) to nuclear materials which have been assigned to meet defence requirements by the nuclear-weapon Member State.
(a) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply to installations or parts of installations which at certain times are operated exclusively with nuclear materials liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements but which at other times are operated exclusively with civil nuclear materials;
(b) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply, with exceptions for reasons of national security, to installations or parts of installations to which access could be restricted for such reasons but which produce, treat, separate, reprocess, store or use in any other way, simultaneously, both civil nuclear materials and nuclear materials assigned or liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements;
(c) the provisions of Articles 2 and 7, Articles 9 to 37, paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article and Articles 41, 42 and 43 shall apply in relation to all civil nuclear materials situated in the installations or parts of installations referred to in points (a) and (b) of this paragraph;
(d) the provisions of Article 6, Article 34 and Article 35, point (c), shall not apply in the territories of the nuclear-weapon Member State.
1. Considering the broad variety of installations in the Community, some questions might not be pertinent for some installations. The answer ‘not applicable’ may be given when the question is considered not pertinent in view of the particular situation of the installation. In such case, the reason why the question is considered not applicable must be briefly explained.
2. BTC declared before the entry into force of this Regulation shall remain valid until changed.
3. For declaration updates, please highlight the introduced modifications. In the case of updates, the full BTC shall be transmitted with a new version number.
4. Electronic templates for all questionnaires are made available by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
5. The declaration, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded electronically to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision in principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, reactor(s) and storage areas, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)incoming-material storage area;(c)reactor(s) area;(d)test and experiment area, laboratories;(e)outgoing-material storage area;(f)waste storage area. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) incoming-material storage area; (c) reactor(s) area; (d) test and experiment area, laboratories; (e) outgoing-material storage area; (f) waste storage area.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) incoming-material storage area;
(c) reactor(s) area;
(d) test and experiment area, laboratories;
(e) outgoing-material storage area;
(f) waste storage area.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) incoming-material storage area;
(c) reactor(s) area;
(d) test and experiment area, laboratories;
(e) outgoing-material storage area;
(f) waste storage area.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment).
14. Rated thermal and electricity output (when applicable).
15. Number of units.
16. Reactor type.
17. Type of refuelling (cycle length, on-load or off-load, percentage of fuel reloading).
18. Core enrichment range and Pu concentration (at equilibrium for on-load reactors, initial and final for off-load reactors).
19. Moderator.
20. Coolant.
21. Blanket, reflector.
22. Types of fresh fuel.
23. Fresh fuel enrichment (U-235) and/or Pu content (average enrichment for each type of assembly).
24. Nominal weight of fuel in elements/assemblies with design tolerances.
25. Detailed description of reactor assemblies:(a)type of fuel assemblies;(b)number of fuel assemblies, control and shim assemblies, experimental assemblies in the core, in blanket zone(s);(c)number and types of fuel rods/elements;(d)average enrichment and/or Pu content per assembly;(e)general structure;(f)geometric form;(g)overall dimensions;(h)cladding material. (a) type of fuel assemblies; (b) number of fuel assemblies, control and shim assemblies, experimental assemblies in the core, in blanket zone(s); (c) number and types of fuel rods/elements; (d) average enrichment and/or Pu content per assembly; (e) general structure; (f) geometric form; (g) overall dimensions; (h) cladding material.
(a) type of fuel assemblies;
(b) number of fuel assemblies, control and shim assemblies, experimental assemblies in the core, in blanket zone(s);
(c) number and types of fuel rods/elements;
(d) average enrichment and/or Pu content per assembly;
(e) general structure;
(f) geometric form;
(g) overall dimensions;
(h) cladding material.
(a) type of fuel assemblies;
(b) number of fuel assemblies, control and shim assemblies, experimental assemblies in the core, in blanket zone(s);
(c) number and types of fuel rods/elements;
(d) average enrichment and/or Pu content per assembly;
(e) general structure;
(f) geometric form;
(g) overall dimensions;
(h) cladding material.
26. Detailed description of each type of fresh fuel:(a)physical and chemical form of fuel;(b)nuclear material and its quantity;(c)enrichment and/or Pu content;(d)geometric form;(e)dimensions;(f)number of rods/pins per element;(g)chemical composition or main alloy constituents;(h)cladding material (thickness, composition of material, bonding). (a) physical and chemical form of fuel; (b) nuclear material and its quantity; (c) enrichment and/or Pu content; (d) geometric form; (e) dimensions; (f) number of rods/pins per element; (g) chemical composition or main alloy constituents; (h) cladding material (thickness, composition of material, bonding).
(a) physical and chemical form of fuel;
(b) nuclear material and its quantity;
(c) enrichment and/or Pu content;
(d) geometric form;
(e) dimensions;
(f) number of rods/pins per element;
(g) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(h) cladding material (thickness, composition of material, bonding).
(a) physical and chemical form of fuel;
(b) nuclear material and its quantity;
(c) enrichment and/or Pu content;
(d) geometric form;
(e) dimensions;
(f) number of rods/pins per element;
(g) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(h) cladding material (thickness, composition of material, bonding).
27. Provision for pin exchange in each type of fuel assemblies. Indicate whether this is foreseen to become a routine operation.
28. Basic operational accounting units (fuel elements/assemblies, etc.).
29. Other types of accounting units.
30. Means of nuclear material and/or fuel identification.
31. Other nuclear material and dummies (e.g. shielding, fission chambers, sources, etc.).
32. Schematic flow sheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations).
33. Inventory with quantity range including uranium enrichment and plutonium content, number of items in Key Measurement Points (under normal operating conditions) in:(a)fresh fuel storage;(b)reactor core;(c)spent fuel storage;(d)other locations. (a) fresh fuel storage; (b) reactor core; (c) spent fuel storage; (d) other locations.
(a) fresh fuel storage;
(b) reactor core;
(c) spent fuel storage;
(d) other locations.
(a) fresh fuel storage;
(b) reactor core;
(c) spent fuel storage;
(d) other locations.
34. Load factor.
35. Reactor core loading (number of elements and assemblies).
36. Refuelling requirements.
37. Burn-up, average and maximum.
38. Indicate the way to handle irradiated fuel assemblies (to be dry/wet stored or reprocessed).
39. General arrangement for fresh fuel:(a)layout, storage plan and packaging;(b)capacity of store;(c)fuel preparation and assay room and reactor loading area, description and indication of layout and general arrangement. (a) layout, storage plan and packaging; (b) capacity of store; (c) fuel preparation and assay room and reactor loading area, description and indication of layout and general arrangement.
(a) layout, storage plan and packaging;
(b) capacity of store;
(c) fuel preparation and assay room and reactor loading area, description and indication of layout and general arrangement.
(a) layout, storage plan and packaging;
(b) capacity of store;
(c) fuel preparation and assay room and reactor loading area, description and indication of layout and general arrangement.
40. Fuel transfer equipment (including refuelling machine).
41. Routes followed by fresh fuel, irradiated fuel, blanket and other nuclear material.
42. Reactor vessel (showing core location, access to vessel, vessel openings and fuel handling in vessel).
43. Reactor core diagram (showing general disposition, lattice, form, pitch, dimensions of core, reflector, blanket, location, shapes and dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, control elements/assemblies, experimental elements/assemblies).
44. Number and size of channels for fuel elements or assemblies and for control elements in the core.
45. Average mean neutron flux in the core (thermal/fast).
46. Instrumentation for measuring neutron and gamma flux.
47. General arrangement for irradiated fuel:(a)layout, spent fuel storages;(b)method of storage;(c)design capacity of storage;(d)minimum and normal cooling period prior to shipment;(e)description of irradiated fuel transport equipment and shipping cask. (a) layout, spent fuel storages; (b) method of storage; (c) design capacity of storage; (d) minimum and normal cooling period prior to shipment; (e) description of irradiated fuel transport equipment and shipping cask.
(a) layout, spent fuel storages;
(b) method of storage;
(c) design capacity of storage;
(d) minimum and normal cooling period prior to shipment;
(e) description of irradiated fuel transport equipment and shipping cask.
(a) layout, spent fuel storages;
(b) method of storage;
(c) design capacity of storage;
(d) minimum and normal cooling period prior to shipment;
(e) description of irradiated fuel transport equipment and shipping cask.
48. Maximum radiation level of fuel/blanket after refuelling (dose rate at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter).
49. Methods and equipment used for handling irradiated fuel (pin removal, top nozzle)
50. Nuclear material testing area (if applicable):(a)brief description of the activities performed;(b)description of main equipment (e.g. hot cell, fuel assembly decladding and dissolving equipment);(c)description of shipping and storage containers for nuclear material and of waste and scrap packaging (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible);(d)description of storage area for non-irradiated and irradiated nuclear material;(e)layout and general arrangement. (a) brief description of the activities performed; (b) description of main equipment (e.g. hot cell, fuel assembly decladding and dissolving equipment); (c) description of shipping and storage containers for nuclear material and of waste and scrap packaging (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible); (d) description of storage area for non-irradiated and irradiated nuclear material; (e) layout and general arrangement.
(a) brief description of the activities performed;
(b) description of main equipment (e.g. hot cell, fuel assembly decladding and dissolving equipment);
(c) description of shipping and storage containers for nuclear material and of waste and scrap packaging (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible);
(d) description of storage area for non-irradiated and irradiated nuclear material;
(e) layout and general arrangement.
(a) brief description of the activities performed;
(b) description of main equipment (e.g. hot cell, fuel assembly decladding and dissolving equipment);
(c) description of shipping and storage containers for nuclear material and of waste and scrap packaging (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible);
(d) description of storage area for non-irradiated and irradiated nuclear material;
(e) layout and general arrangement.
51. Flow diagram (indicating mass flow, temperature and pressure at major points, etc.).
52. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
53. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
54. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments (including waste), nuclear loss and production, including a description of how these changes are determined. The corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments (including waste), nuclear loss and production, including a description of how these changes are determined. The corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments (including waste), nuclear loss and production, including a description of how these changes are determined. The corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments (including waste), nuclear loss and production, including a description of how these changes are determined. The corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
55. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
56. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:(a)location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory changes;(c)possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(d)physical and chemical form of nuclear material;(e)nuclear material containers and packaging;(f)sampling procedures and equipment used;(g)measurement methods and equipment used for item counting, neutron flux, power level, nuclear burn-up and production etc.;(h)source and level of accuracy;(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(j)programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of methods and techniques used;(k)method of converting source data to batch data (calculative procedures, constant used, etc.);(l)anticipated batch flow per year;(m)anticipated number of inventory batches;(n)anticipated number of items per flow;(o)type, composition and estimated quantity of nuclear material per batch (average), form of nuclear material and typical isotopic composition;(p)access to nuclear material and its location. (a) location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory changes; (c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material; (e) nuclear material containers and packaging; (f) sampling procedures and equipment used; (g) measurement methods and equipment used for item counting, neutron flux, power level, nuclear burn-up and production etc.; (h) source and level of accuracy; (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of methods and techniques used; (k) method of converting source data to batch data (calculative procedures, constant used, etc.); (l) anticipated batch flow per year; (m) anticipated number of inventory batches; (n) anticipated number of items per flow; (o) type, composition and estimated quantity of nuclear material per batch (average), form of nuclear material and typical isotopic composition; (p) access to nuclear material and its location.
(a) location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers and packaging;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment used for item counting, neutron flux, power level, nuclear burn-up and production etc.;
(h) source and level of accuracy;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of methods and techniques used;
(k) method of converting source data to batch data (calculative procedures, constant used, etc.);
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and estimated quantity of nuclear material per batch (average), form of nuclear material and typical isotopic composition;
(p) access to nuclear material and its location.
(a) location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers and packaging;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment used for item counting, neutron flux, power level, nuclear burn-up and production etc.;
(h) source and level of accuracy;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of methods and techniques used;
(k) method of converting source data to batch data (calculative procedures, constant used, etc.);
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and estimated quantity of nuclear material per batch (average), form of nuclear material and typical isotopic composition;
(p) access to nuclear material and its location.
57. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
58. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
59. Other optional information and drawings that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates. Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)nuclear material storage area(s);(c)waste storage areas;(d)routes followed by nuclear material;(e)test and experimental areas, laboratories. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) nuclear material storage area(s); (c) waste storage areas; (d) routes followed by nuclear material; (e) test and experimental areas, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage area(s);
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experimental areas, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage area(s);
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experimental areas, laboratories.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Number of critical assemblies in the installation and their location.
14. Maximum expected operating power and/or neutron flux.
15. Description of the moderator, reflector, blanket and coolant.
16. Main types of nuclear material/fuel and nominal weight of nuclear material in the installation.
17. Range of fuel enrichment and Pu content.
18. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of fuel material (for each type):(a)chemical composition or main alloy constituents;(b)form and dimensions;(c)number of rods/pins per element;(d)enrichment;(e)nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;(f)composition of alloy, etc. (a) chemical composition or main alloy constituents; (b) form and dimensions; (c) number of rods/pins per element; (d) enrichment; (e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances; (f) composition of alloy, etc.
(a) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(b) form and dimensions;
(c) number of rods/pins per element;
(d) enrichment;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) composition of alloy, etc.
(a) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(b) form and dimensions;
(c) number of rods/pins per element;
(d) enrichment;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) composition of alloy, etc.
19. Cladding material (thickness, composition of material and bonding).
20. Sub-assemblies of fuel (number of fuel elements per nuclear assembly, arrangement of fuel elements in sub-assembly, configuration and nominal weight of nuclear material per sub-assembly with design tolerance).
21. Basic operational accounting unit (fuel elements/assemblies, etc.).
22. Other types of units.
23. Means of nuclear material/fuel identification.
24. Other nuclear material and dummies (briefly state material, purpose and method of use, e.g. as booster rods, shielding, fission chambers, sources).
25. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes).
26. Inventory with quantity range including uranium enrichment and plutonium content, for:(a)nuclear material storage(s);(b)core area(s);(c)assembly core(s) itself;(d)other locations. (a) nuclear material storage(s); (b) core area(s); (c) assembly core(s) itself; (d) other locations.
(a) nuclear material storage(s);
(b) core area(s);
(c) assembly core(s) itself;
(d) other locations.
(a) nuclear material storage(s);
(b) core area(s);
(c) assembly core(s) itself;
(d) other locations.
27. Core diagram (for each critical assembly showing the general disposition, core support structure, shielding and heat removal arrangements, channels for fuel elements or sub-assemblies, control rods, moderator, reflector, beam tubes, dimensions, etc.).
28. Ranges of critical mass and maximum radius.
29. Description of most common configurations.
30. Average mean neutron flux in the core (thermal/ fast).
31. Instrumentation for measuring neutron and gamma flux (accuracy and type of instruments; location of indicator and recorder).
32. Maximum radiation level outside/inside shielding at specified places (dose rate).
33. Maximum radiation level of fuel after refuelling/operation (dose rate at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter).
34. Nuclear material storage:(a)description of packaging;(b)storage plan and arrangements;(c)capacity of storage;(d)nuclear material preparation (description and identification of layout and general arrangement). (a) description of packaging; (b) storage plan and arrangements; (c) capacity of storage; (d) nuclear material preparation (description and identification of layout and general arrangement).
(a) description of packaging;
(b) storage plan and arrangements;
(c) capacity of storage;
(d) nuclear material preparation (description and identification of layout and general arrangement).
(a) description of packaging;
(b) storage plan and arrangements;
(c) capacity of storage;
(d) nuclear material preparation (description and identification of layout and general arrangement).
35. Routes followed by nuclear material.
36. Main equipment used for:(a)assembling and disassembling of fuel;(b)nuclear material testing;(c)nuclear material measuring. (a) assembling and disassembling of fuel; (b) nuclear material testing; (c) nuclear material measuring.
(a) assembling and disassembling of fuel;
(b) nuclear material testing;
(c) nuclear material measuring.
(a) assembling and disassembling of fuel;
(b) nuclear material testing;
(c) nuclear material measuring.
37. Fuel transfer equipment, if any.
38. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
39. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
40. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts and shipments, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts and shipments, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts and shipments, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts and shipments, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
41. Frequency of core disassembling to permit the verification of contained nuclear material.
42. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
43. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory change;(c)possibilities to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(d)physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);(e)nuclear material containers, packaging;(f)sampling procedure and equipment used;(g)measurement method(s) and equipment used;(h)source and level of random and systematic errors (measurements);(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(j)method of converting source data to batch data;(k)means of batch identification;(l)anticipated batch flow rate per year;(m)anticipated number of inventory batches;(n)anticipated number of items per flow;(o)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory change; (c) possibilities to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description); (e) nuclear material containers, packaging; (f) sampling procedure and equipment used; (g) measurement method(s) and equipment used; (h) source and level of random and systematic errors (measurements); (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (j) method of converting source data to batch data; (k) means of batch identification; (l) anticipated batch flow rate per year; (m) anticipated number of inventory batches; (n) anticipated number of items per flow; (o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibilities to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (measurements);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibilities to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (measurements);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
44. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
45. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
46. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)structural containment, fences and access routes;(b)containment of certain parts of the installation;(c)routes followed by nuclear material;(d)nuclear material storage areas;(e)each main processing area and process laboratory;(f)test or experimental areas;(g)waste storage area;(h)analytical laboratory. (a) structural containment, fences and access routes; (b) containment of certain parts of the installation; (c) routes followed by nuclear material; (d) nuclear material storage areas; (e) each main processing area and process laboratory; (f) test or experimental areas; (g) waste storage area; (h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment).
14. Process description (indicating type of conversion, method of fabrication, sampling methods, etc., indicating also the modification of physical and chemical forms).
15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year).
16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products).
17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
18. Main material description (feed, intermediate product, product):(a)chemical and physical form (for product include types of fuel element/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel element/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);(b)throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);(c)batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;(d)maximum value of storage/plant inventory;(e)frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). (a) chemical and physical form (for product include types of fuel element/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel element/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment); (b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place); (c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification; (d) maximum value of storage/plant inventory; (e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical form (for product include types of fuel element/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel element/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) maximum value of storage/plant inventory;
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical form (for product include types of fuel element/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel element/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) maximum value of storage/plant inventory;
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
19. Scrap material.
20. Waste material (including contaminated equipment and retained waste). For each waste stream, description of:(a)major contributions (sources);(b)types of waste;(c)chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.);(d)estimated enrichment ranges and uranium/plutonium content;(e)estimated quantities per year, period of storing;(f)waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);(g)store inventory range and maximum capacity;(h)method and frequency of recovery/discharge. (a) major contributions (sources); (b) types of waste; (c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.); (d) estimated enrichment ranges and uranium/plutonium content; (e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing; (f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month); (g) store inventory range and maximum capacity; (h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.);
(d) estimated enrichment ranges and uranium/plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.);
(d) estimated enrichment ranges and uranium/plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
21. Waste treatment system (attach diagrams).
22. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any.
23. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.).
24. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area.
25. Recycle processes (brief description of any such processes giving source and form of material, method of storage, normal inventory, frequency of processing, duration of temporary storage, schedules for any external recycling, measurement method of fissile content of recycle material).
26. Maximum capacity:(a)in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);(b)feed and product storages;(c)other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified). (a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation); (b) feed and product storages; (c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
27. Containers, packaging and storage area description.Describe for feeds, products and wastes: the type and size of storage and shipping containers and packaging used (including nominal capacity and capacity for normal operation, and type of material); method of storage or packing, filling and emptying procedures, shielding; and any special identification features.
28. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used for handling of feed, product, waste).
29. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout).
30. Shielding (for storage, transfer and process area).
31. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):(a)normal maintenance of the installation;(b)installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;(c)installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;(d)installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation). (a) normal maintenance of the installation; (b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery; (c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty; (d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
32. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
33. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
34. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:(a)GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);(b)Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);(c)Shipments (products, waste);(d)Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);(e)Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);(f)Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);(g)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;(h)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(i)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated); (b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content); (c) Shipments (products, waste); (d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste); (e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge); (f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities); (g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up; (h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
35. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout).
36. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, give the following:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);(d)nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;(e)sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);(f)measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;(g)source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);(h)calculative and error propagation techniques;(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;(j)programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;(k)programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);(l)means of batch identification;(m)anticipated batch flow rate per year;(n)anticipated number of inventory batches;(o)anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;(p)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);(q)features related to containment-surveillance measures. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description); (d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage; (e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria); (f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies; (g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical); (h) calculative and error propagation techniques; (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used; (j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods; (k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j); (l) means of batch identification; (m) anticipated batch flow rate per year; (n) anticipated number of inventory batches; (o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches; (p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material); (q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
37. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:(a)shipper/receiver differences;(b)book inventory;(c)physical inventory;(d)material unaccounted for (MUF). (a) shipper/receiver differences; (b) book inventory; (c) physical inventory; (d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
38. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
39. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
40. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material and/or fuel assemblies. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year.
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)structural containment, fences and access routes;(b)containment of certain parts of the installation;(c)routes followed by nuclear material;(d)nuclear material storage areas;(e)each main processing area and process laboratory;(f)test or experimental areas;(g)waste storage area;(h)analytical laboratory. (a) structural containment, fences and access routes; (b) containment of certain parts of the installation; (c) routes followed by nuclear material; (d) nuclear material storage areas; (e) each main processing area and process laboratory; (f) test or experimental areas; (g) waste storage area; (h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment).
14. Process description (also indicating the modification of physical and chemical forms).
15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year).
16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products).
17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
18. Main material description (feed, product (U, Pu)):(a)chemical and physical form (for feed include types of fuel elements/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);(b)throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);(c)batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;(d)storage and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);(e)frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). (a) chemical and physical form (for feed include types of fuel elements/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment); (b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place); (c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification; (d) storage and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput); (e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical form (for feed include types of fuel elements/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) storage and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical form (for feed include types of fuel elements/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) storage and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
19. Waste material (including contaminated equipment and retained waste). For each waste stream, description of:(a)major contributions (sources);(b)types of waste after waste processing;(c)chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.) of waste feeds, waste in intermediate storage and waste product after processing;(d)for each material in point (c), uranium content and its enrichment ranges, plutonium content;(e)estimated quantities per year, period of storing;(f)waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);(g)store inventory range and maximum capacity;(h)method and frequency of recovery/discharge. (a) major contributions (sources); (b) types of waste after waste processing; (c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.) of waste feeds, waste in intermediate storage and waste product after processing; (d) for each material in point (c), uranium content and its enrichment ranges, plutonium content; (e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing; (f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month); (g) store inventory range and maximum capacity; (h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste after waste processing;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.) of waste feeds, waste in intermediate storage and waste product after processing;
(d) for each material in point (c), uranium content and its enrichment ranges, plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste after waste processing;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.) of waste feeds, waste in intermediate storage and waste product after processing;
(d) for each material in point (c), uranium content and its enrichment ranges, plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
20. Waste treatment system (attach diagrams).
21. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any.
22. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.).
23. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area.
24. Recycle processes (brief description of any such processes giving source and form of material, method of storage, normal inventory, frequency of processing, duration of temporary storage, schedules for any external recycling, measurement method of fissile content of recycle material).
25. Maximum capacity:(a)in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);(b)feed and product storages;(c)other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified). (a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation); (b) feed and product storages; (c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
26. Containers, packaging and storage area description.Description for feeds, products and wastes of the type and size of storage and shipping containers and packaging used (including nominal capacity and capacity for normal operation, and type of material). Description of storage, packing, filling and emptying procedures.
27. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used for handling of feed, product, waste).
28. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout).
29. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
30. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):(a)normal maintenance of the installation;(b)installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;(c)installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;(d)installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation). (a) normal maintenance of the installation; (b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery; (c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty; (d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
31. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
32. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
33. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:(a)GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);(b)Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);(c)Shipments (products, waste);(d)Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);(e)Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);(f)Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);(g)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;(h)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(i)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated); (b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content); (c) Shipments (products, waste); (d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste); (e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge); (f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities); (g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up; (h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
34. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout).
35. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);(d)nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;(e)sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);(f)measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;(g)source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);(h)calculative and error propagation techniques;(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;(j)programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;(k)programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);(l)means of batch identification;(m)anticipated batch flow rate per year;(n)anticipated number of inventory batches;(o)anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;(p)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);(q)features related to containment-surveillance measures. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description); (d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage; (e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria); (f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies; (g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical); (h) calculative and error propagation techniques; (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used; (j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods; (k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j); (l) means of batch identification; (m) anticipated batch flow rate per year; (n) anticipated number of inventory batches; (o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches; (p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material); (q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures.
36. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:(a)shipper/receiver differences;(b)book inventory;(c)physical inventory;(d)material unaccounted for (MUF). (a) shipper/receiver differences; (b) book inventory; (c) physical inventory; (d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
37. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
38. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
39. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable)—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material and/or fuel assemblies. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year.
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)structural containment, fences and access routes;(b)containment of certain parts of the installation;(c)routes followed by nuclear material;(d)nuclear material storage areas;(e)each main processing area and process laboratory;(f)test or experimental areas;(g)waste storage area;(h)analytical laboratory. (a) structural containment, fences and access routes; (b) containment of certain parts of the installation; (c) routes followed by nuclear material; (d) nuclear material storage areas; (e) each main processing area and process laboratory; (f) test or experimental areas; (g) waste storage area; (h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment).
14. Process description (identifying sampling and key measurement points, MBAs, inventory locations).
15. Design capacity (throughput and energy consumption).
16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products).
17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
18. Main material description (feed, product, tails):(a)chemical and physical form;(b)throughput and enrichment ranges (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);(c)batch size/flow rate and campaign period;(d)maximum capability as concentration of top product (nat. U feed);(e)storage inventory;(f)frequency of receipt or shipment. (a) chemical and physical form; (b) throughput and enrichment ranges (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place); (c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period; (d) maximum capability as concentration of top product (nat. U feed); (e) storage inventory; (f) frequency of receipt or shipment.
(a) chemical and physical form;
(b) throughput and enrichment ranges (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period;
(d) maximum capability as concentration of top product (nat. U feed);
(e) storage inventory;
(f) frequency of receipt or shipment.
(a) chemical and physical form;
(b) throughput and enrichment ranges (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period;
(d) maximum capability as concentration of top product (nat. U feed);
(e) storage inventory;
(f) frequency of receipt or shipment.
19. Waste material:(a)source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents; enrichment range; include contaminated equipment);(b)storage inventory range, method and frequency of recovery/discharge. (a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents; enrichment range; include contaminated equipment); (b) storage inventory range, method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents; enrichment range; include contaminated equipment);
(b) storage inventory range, method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents; enrichment range; include contaminated equipment);
(b) storage inventory range, method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
20. Container and storage area descriptions.
21. Discards to the environment, conditioned waste and retained waste as % of input.
22. In-process inventory (within plant and equipment during normal operation; indicate quantity, form and main location and any significant change with time or throughput).
23. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out:(a)normal maintenance of the installation;(b)installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;(c)installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty. (a) normal maintenance of the installation; (b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery; (c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty.
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty.
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty.
24. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
25. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
26. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:(a)GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);(b)Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);(c)Shipments (products, waste);(d)Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);(e)Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);(f)Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);(g)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;(h)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(i)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated); (b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content); (c) Shipments (products, waste); (d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste); (e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge); (f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities); (g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up; (h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
27. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout).
28. For each key measurement point provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)chemical and physical form of material;(d)sampling procedure and equipment used;(e)measurement/analytical method and equipment used;(f)source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);(g)calculative and error propagation technique;(h)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(i)programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;(j)programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i). (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) chemical and physical form of material; (d) sampling procedure and equipment used; (e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used; (f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical); (g) calculative and error propagation technique; (h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods; (j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
29. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:(a)shipper/receiver differences;(b)book inventory;(c)physical inventory;(d)material unaccounted for (MUF). (a) shipper/receiver differences; (b) book inventory; (c) physical inventory; (d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
30. Decommissioning schedule dates (End of operation and of decommissioning dates).
31. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
32. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)nuclear material storage areas;(c)waste storage area;(d)routes followed by nuclear material;(e)test and experiment area, laboratories. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) nuclear material storage areas; (c) waste storage area; (d) routes followed by nuclear material; (e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (with indication of accountability areas).
14. Estimated total inventory per location and per category.
15. Anticipated annual throughput per category.
16. Description of the use of nuclear material.
17. Important items of equipment which use, produce or process nuclear material.
18. Main types of accounting units to be handled in the installation.
19. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of all nuclear material for each accountability area, showing:(a)chemical and physical form (with cladding materials description);(b)range of enrichment and Pu content;(c)estimated nominal weight of nuclear material. (a) chemical and physical form (with cladding materials description); (b) range of enrichment and Pu content; (c) estimated nominal weight of nuclear material.
(a) chemical and physical form (with cladding materials description);
(b) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(c) estimated nominal weight of nuclear material.
(a) chemical and physical form (with cladding materials description);
(b) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(c) estimated nominal weight of nuclear material.
20. Waste material:(a)source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents, range of enrichment and Pu content including contaminated equipment);(b)quantities in storage and at other locations;(c)method and frequency of recovery/discharge. (a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents, range of enrichment and Pu content including contaminated equipment); (b) quantities in storage and at other locations; (c) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents, range of enrichment and Pu content including contaminated equipment);
(b) quantities in storage and at other locations;
(c) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents, range of enrichment and Pu content including contaminated equipment);
(b) quantities in storage and at other locations;
(c) method and frequency of recovery/discharge.
21. Other nuclear material, not previously mentioned, and its location.
22. Means of nuclear material identification.
23. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified places).
24. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes).
25. Types, form and range of quantities of nuclear material in operation areas, storage area and other locations (average data for each location).
26. Description of each nuclear material storage area (indicating capacity, anticipated inventory and throughput, etc.).
27. Maximum quantity of nuclear material to be handled in accountability areas.
28. Modification of the physical/chemical form during operation.
29. Nuclear material transfer.
30. Frequency of receipt and shipment.
31. Nuclear material transfer equipment (if applicable).
32. Description of containers used for storage and handling.
33. Routes followed by nuclear material.
34. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
35. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
36. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
37. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
38. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
39. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory change;(c)possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(d)physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);(e)nuclear material containers, packaging;(f)sampling procedure and equipment used;(g)measurement method(s) and equipment used;(h)source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(j)method of converting source data to batch data;(k)means of batch identification;(l)anticipated batch flow rate per year;(m)anticipated number of inventory batches;(n)anticipated number of items per flow;(o)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory change; (c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description); (e) nuclear material containers, packaging; (f) sampling procedure and equipment used; (g) measurement method(s) and equipment used; (h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay); (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (j) method of converting source data to batch data; (k) means of batch identification; (l) anticipated batch flow rate per year; (m) anticipated number of inventory batches; (n) anticipated number of items per flow; (o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
40. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
41. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
42. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)nuclear material storage areas;(c)waste storage area;(d)routes followed by nuclear material;(e)test and experiment area, laboratories. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) nuclear material storage areas; (c) waste storage area; (d) routes followed by nuclear material; (e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment for each storage area).
14. Design capacity.
15. Anticipated annual throughput and inventory.
16. Description of the use of nuclear material.
17. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of all nuclear material in the installation, showing:(a)all types of items handled at the installation;(b)chemical composition or main alloy constituents;(c)form and dimensions;(d)range of enrichment and Pu content;(e)nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;(f)cladding materials;(g)methods of identifying items;(h)range of radiation levels at nuclear material location (dose rates at specified locations). (a) all types of items handled at the installation; (b) chemical composition or main alloy constituents; (c) form and dimensions; (d) range of enrichment and Pu content; (e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances; (f) cladding materials; (g) methods of identifying items; (h) range of radiation levels at nuclear material location (dose rates at specified locations).
(a) all types of items handled at the installation;
(b) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(c) form and dimensions;
(d) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) cladding materials;
(g) methods of identifying items;
(h) range of radiation levels at nuclear material location (dose rates at specified locations).
(a) all types of items handled at the installation;
(b) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(c) form and dimensions;
(d) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) cladding materials;
(g) methods of identifying items;
(h) range of radiation levels at nuclear material location (dose rates at specified locations).
18. Schematic flow sheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes).
19. Description of each nuclear material storage area (inventory locations).
20. Estimated range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage area.
21. Method of positioning of nuclear material in storage.
22. Routes and equipment used for handling and movement of nuclear material.
23. Frequency of receipt and shipment.
24. Nuclear material storage and/or shipping containers and shielding.
25. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
26. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
27. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
28. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
29. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory changes;(c)possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(d)physical and chemical form of nuclear material;(e)nuclear material containers;(f)sampling procedures and equipment used;(g)measurement methods and equipment;(h)source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);(i)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(j)method of converting source data to batch data;(k)means of batch identification;(l)anticipated batch flow per year;(m)anticipated number of inventory batches with related storage capacity;(n)anticipated number of items per flow;(o)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, estimated weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory changes; (c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material; (e) nuclear material containers; (f) sampling procedures and equipment used; (g) measurement methods and equipment; (h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay); (i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (j) method of converting source data to batch data; (k) means of batch identification; (l) anticipated batch flow per year; (m) anticipated number of inventory batches with related storage capacity; (n) anticipated number of items per flow; (o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, estimated weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches with related storage capacity;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, estimated weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches with related storage capacity;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, estimated weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
30. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
31. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
32. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning, closed (for disposal installations only)).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year.
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of installation:(a)structural containment, fences and access routes;(b)routes followed by nuclear material;(c)waste storage areas;(d)waste disposal areas;(e)each main processing area and process laboratory;(f)test or experimental areas;(g)analytical laboratory. (a) structural containment, fences and access routes; (b) routes followed by nuclear material; (c) waste storage areas; (d) waste disposal areas; (e) each main processing area and process laboratory; (f) test or experimental areas; (g) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) routes followed by nuclear material;
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) waste disposal areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) analytical laboratory.
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) routes followed by nuclear material;
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) waste disposal areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) analytical laboratory.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment).
14. Process description (also indicating the modification of physical and chemical forms).
15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year).
16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products).
17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
18. Main material description:(a)chemical and physical forms (including nuclear material content and enrichment);(b)batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;(c)nuclear material storage areas and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);(d)frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). (a) chemical and physical forms (including nuclear material content and enrichment); (b) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification; (c) nuclear material storage areas and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput); (d) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical forms (including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(c) nuclear material storage areas and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(d) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
(a) chemical and physical forms (including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(c) nuclear material storage areas and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(d) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month).
19. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any.
20. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.).
21. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area.
22. Containers, packaging and storage area description.
23. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used).
24. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout).
25. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
26. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):(a)normal maintenance of the installation;(b)installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;(c)installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;(d)installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation). (a) normal maintenance of the installation; (b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery; (c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty; (d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
27. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
28. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
29. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory taking, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:(a)GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);(b)Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);(c)Shipments (products, waste);(d)Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);(e)Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);(f)Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);(g)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;(h)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(i)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated); (b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content); (c) Shipments (products, waste); (d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste); (e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge); (f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities); (g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up; (h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralSource data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
30. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)chemical and physical form of material;(d)sampling procedure and equipment used;(e)measurement/analytical method and equipment used;(f)source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);(g)calculative and error propagation technique;(h)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(i)programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;(j)programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i). (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) chemical and physical form of material; (d) sampling procedure and equipment used; (e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used; (f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical); (g) calculative and error propagation technique; (h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods; (j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i).
31. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:(a)shipper/receiver differences;(b)book inventory;(c)physical inventory;(d)material unaccounted for (MUF). (a) shipper/receiver differences; (b) book inventory; (c) physical inventory; (d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
32. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
33. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
34. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—indicate MBA code (once attributed). — indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— indicate MBA code (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of the installation including floor and section drawings:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters and spent fuel casks;(c)nuclear material and disposal canister storage areas;(d)waste storage area;(e)each main processing area and process laboratory;(f)test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters and spent fuel casks; (c) nuclear material and disposal canister storage areas; (d) waste storage area; (e) each main processing area and process laboratory; (f) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters and spent fuel casks;
(c) nuclear material and disposal canister storage areas;
(d) waste storage area;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters and spent fuel casks;
(c) nuclear material and disposal canister storage areas;
(d) waste storage area;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of the process and locations indicating:(a)all process stages;(b)all receipt, shipment, process and storage areas. (a) all process stages; (b) all receipt, shipment, process and storage areas.
(a) all process stages;
(b) all receipt, shipment, process and storage areas.
(a) all process stages;
(b) all receipt, shipment, process and storage areas.
14. Process description including process flow sheet.
15. Design capacity.
16. Anticipated annual throughput and inventory of storage and process areas.
17. Main items of equipment used in the installation including surveillance and measurement equipment, also for testing and experimental purpose.
18. Nuclear material description:(a)main types of nuclear material, and accounting units to be handled in the installation;(b)physical (mechanical) form, cladding, and overall dimensions of spent fuel assemblies;(c)physical (mechanical) form, overall dimensions, and capacity of disposal canisters;(d)physical form and overall dimensions and capacity of other types of containers and packaging;(e)means of batch and item identification, batch size, flow rate, and campaign period;(f)range of initial weights of heavy metal and initial enrichments of fuel assemblies;(g)range of spent fuel burn-ups, cooling times, and Pu contents of fuel assemblies;(h)range of radiation levels in nuclear material storage and process areas (dose rates);(i)range of radiation levels and heat levels at exterior of transport and disposal containers (dose rates and temperatures). (a) main types of nuclear material, and accounting units to be handled in the installation; (b) physical (mechanical) form, cladding, and overall dimensions of spent fuel assemblies; (c) physical (mechanical) form, overall dimensions, and capacity of disposal canisters; (d) physical form and overall dimensions and capacity of other types of containers and packaging; (e) means of batch and item identification, batch size, flow rate, and campaign period; (f) range of initial weights of heavy metal and initial enrichments of fuel assemblies; (g) range of spent fuel burn-ups, cooling times, and Pu contents of fuel assemblies; (h) range of radiation levels in nuclear material storage and process areas (dose rates); (i) range of radiation levels and heat levels at exterior of transport and disposal containers (dose rates and temperatures).
(a) main types of nuclear material, and accounting units to be handled in the installation;
(b) physical (mechanical) form, cladding, and overall dimensions of spent fuel assemblies;
(c) physical (mechanical) form, overall dimensions, and capacity of disposal canisters;
(d) physical form and overall dimensions and capacity of other types of containers and packaging;
(e) means of batch and item identification, batch size, flow rate, and campaign period;
(f) range of initial weights of heavy metal and initial enrichments of fuel assemblies;
(g) range of spent fuel burn-ups, cooling times, and Pu contents of fuel assemblies;
(h) range of radiation levels in nuclear material storage and process areas (dose rates);
(i) range of radiation levels and heat levels at exterior of transport and disposal containers (dose rates and temperatures).
(a) main types of nuclear material, and accounting units to be handled in the installation;
(b) physical (mechanical) form, cladding, and overall dimensions of spent fuel assemblies;
(c) physical (mechanical) form, overall dimensions, and capacity of disposal canisters;
(d) physical form and overall dimensions and capacity of other types of containers and packaging;
(e) means of batch and item identification, batch size, flow rate, and campaign period;
(f) range of initial weights of heavy metal and initial enrichments of fuel assemblies;
(g) range of spent fuel burn-ups, cooling times, and Pu contents of fuel assemblies;
(h) range of radiation levels in nuclear material storage and process areas (dose rates);
(i) range of radiation levels and heat levels at exterior of transport and disposal containers (dose rates and temperatures).
19. Other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel (type, form, quantity, and location).
20. Flow of nuclear material:(a)schematic flow sheet and drawings;(b)flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;(c)frequency of receipt and shipment. (a) schematic flow sheet and drawings; (b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations; (c) frequency of receipt and shipment.
(a) schematic flow sheet and drawings;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt and shipment.
(a) schematic flow sheet and drawings;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt and shipment.
21. Nuclear material flow quantities for each nuclear material handling area, including range and maximum quantities of nuclear material:(a)receipt and shipment areas;(b)process area (i.e. handling cell);(c)storage area;(d)other locations. (a) receipt and shipment areas; (b) process area (i.e. handling cell); (c) storage area; (d) other locations.
(a) receipt and shipment areas;
(b) process area (i.e. handling cell);
(c) storage area;
(d) other locations.
(a) receipt and shipment areas;
(b) process area (i.e. handling cell);
(c) storage area;
(d) other locations.
22. Design range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage and process area.
23. Description of container, canister and packaging in which nuclear material is transported (including size, design, internal basket design, material used, capacity, closure etc.) Refer to drawings when available.
24. Description of each nuclear material storage and process area.
25. Shielding in different process, storage and transfer areas.
26. Methods and means of handling and transport of nuclear material and of transport containers in process and storage areas.
27. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material, containers and canisters with reference to installation layout.
28. Maintenance and decontamination:(a)normal plant maintenance;(b)plant and equipment decontamination. (a) normal plant maintenance; (b) plant and equipment decontamination.
(a) normal plant maintenance;
(b) plant and equipment decontamination.
(a) normal plant maintenance;
(b) plant and equipment decontamination.
29. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
30. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
31. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the checks and measurements used to confirm spent fuel items), rebatching, shipments of disposal canisters and other nuclear material (including waste), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the checks and measurements used to confirm spent fuel items), rebatching, shipments of disposal canisters and other nuclear material (including waste), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the checks and measurements used to confirm spent fuel items), rebatching, shipments of disposal canisters and other nuclear material (including waste), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the checks and measurements used to confirm spent fuel items), rebatching, shipments of disposal canisters and other nuclear material (including waste), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
32. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
33. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)physical and chemical form of nuclear material;(d)nuclear material containers;(e)sampling procedures and equipment used;(f)measurement methods and equipment used including radiation measurement in handling cell;(g)source and level of accuracy;(h)technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;(i)method of converting source data to batch data;(j)means of batch identification;(k)anticipated batch flow per year;(l)anticipated number of inventory batches;(m)anticipated number of items per flow;(n)type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material; (d) nuclear material containers; (e) sampling procedures and equipment used; (f) measurement methods and equipment used including radiation measurement in handling cell; (g) source and level of accuracy; (h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used; (i) method of converting source data to batch data; (j) means of batch identification; (k) anticipated batch flow per year; (l) anticipated number of inventory batches; (m) anticipated number of items per flow; (n) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material containers;
(e) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(f) measurement methods and equipment used including radiation measurement in handling cell;
(g) source and level of accuracy;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) method of converting source data to batch data;
(j) means of batch identification;
(k) anticipated batch flow per year;
(l) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(m) anticipated number of items per flow;
(n) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material containers;
(e) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(f) measurement methods and equipment used including radiation measurement in handling cell;
(g) source and level of accuracy;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) method of converting source data to batch data;
(j) means of batch identification;
(k) anticipated batch flow per year;
(l) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(m) anticipated number of items per flow;
(n) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
34. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates).
35. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
36. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features only).
6. Purpose and type of the installation.
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, post-operational phase).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.).
10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.).
11. Layout of the installation including related drawings:(a)identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);(b)routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters;(c)nuclear material, disposal canister storage areas;(d)disposal area;(e)main access routes for vehicles and personnel and ventilation shafts (including shaft and vent size);(f)access and disposal tunnels;(g)test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable;(h)description of restricted zone and other controlled areas established around the repository. (a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes); (b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters; (c) nuclear material, disposal canister storage areas; (d) disposal area; (e) main access routes for vehicles and personnel and ventilation shafts (including shaft and vent size); (f) access and disposal tunnels; (g) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable; (h) description of restricted zone and other controlled areas established around the repository.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters;
(c) nuclear material, disposal canister storage areas;
(d) disposal area;
(e) main access routes for vehicles and personnel and ventilation shafts (including shaft and vent size);
(f) access and disposal tunnels;
(g) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable;
(h) description of restricted zone and other controlled areas established around the repository.
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters;
(c) nuclear material, disposal canister storage areas;
(d) disposal area;
(e) main access routes for vehicles and personnel and ventilation shafts (including shaft and vent size);
(f) access and disposal tunnels;
(g) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable;
(h) description of restricted zone and other controlled areas established around the repository.
12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
13. Description of geological data:(a)information on the host geology of the geological repository (evidence and conclusions on the integrity of the geological formation hosting the disposal);(b)monitoring systems for excavation activities (including types, exact locations and depths of sensors; other monitoring systems, including safety monitoring; other equipment including testing and experimental equipment);(c)information on design of the surface areas (including receipt, storage, and preparation of canisters for disposal);(d)information on the design of the geological repository underground area, (including layout, isolation doors, measures to strengthen or stabilize walls and ceilings of excavations; shaft and vent size and features, etc.);(e)information on access routes for personnel and materials; provision of utilities; areas for receipt and storage of disposal canisters; (a) information on the host geology of the geological repository (evidence and conclusions on the integrity of the geological formation hosting the disposal); (b) monitoring systems for excavation activities (including types, exact locations and depths of sensors; other monitoring systems, including safety monitoring; other equipment including testing and experimental equipment); (c) information on design of the surface areas (including receipt, storage, and preparation of canisters for disposal); (d) information on the design of the geological repository underground area, (including layout, isolation doors, measures to strengthen or stabilize walls and ceilings of excavations; shaft and vent size and features, etc.); (e) information on access routes for personnel and materials; provision of utilities; areas for receipt and storage of disposal canisters;
(a) information on the host geology of the geological repository (evidence and conclusions on the integrity of the geological formation hosting the disposal);
(b) monitoring systems for excavation activities (including types, exact locations and depths of sensors; other monitoring systems, including safety monitoring; other equipment including testing and experimental equipment);
(c) information on design of the surface areas (including receipt, storage, and preparation of canisters for disposal);
(d) information on the design of the geological repository underground area, (including layout, isolation doors, measures to strengthen or stabilize walls and ceilings of excavations; shaft and vent size and features, etc.);
(e) information on access routes for personnel and materials; provision of utilities; areas for receipt and storage of disposal canisters;
(a) information on the host geology of the geological repository (evidence and conclusions on the integrity of the geological formation hosting the disposal);
(b) monitoring systems for excavation activities (including types, exact locations and depths of sensors; other monitoring systems, including safety monitoring; other equipment including testing and experimental equipment);
(c) information on design of the surface areas (including receipt, storage, and preparation of canisters for disposal);
(d) information on the design of the geological repository underground area, (including layout, isolation doors, measures to strengthen or stabilize walls and ceilings of excavations; shaft and vent size and features, etc.);
(e) information on access routes for personnel and materials; provision of utilities; areas for receipt and storage of disposal canisters;
14. Process description, including above and underground operations, ramp, tunnel and shaft excavation, excavated material removal, canister preparation, transportation and storage and backfilling and tunnel closure with nominal schedule of different processes.
15. Design capacity.
16. Anticipated annual disposal plan.
17. Main equipment used in the installation including maximum weight loads of hoist and canister transport vehicle.
18. Nuclear material description:(a)types of nuclear material, including other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel if applicable (type, form, quantity, and location);(b)types of other radioactive materials in the installation;(c)types of accountability units (e.g. disposal canisters and other containers) to be handled in the installation;(d)appearance, means of identification, and overall dimensions of accountability units;(e)number of fuel assemblies or quantity of other nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;(f)quantity of other radioactive material per disposal cannister or other container;(g)number of disposal canisters or other containers per transport container or transport vehicle;(h)range of weight of nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;(i)range of radiation and heat levels at exterior of disposal canisters and/or containers (dose rates at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter, and temperatures). (a) types of nuclear material, including other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel if applicable (type, form, quantity, and location); (b) types of other radioactive materials in the installation; (c) types of accountability units (e.g. disposal canisters and other containers) to be handled in the installation; (d) appearance, means of identification, and overall dimensions of accountability units; (e) number of fuel assemblies or quantity of other nuclear material per disposal canister or other container; (f) quantity of other radioactive material per disposal cannister or other container; (g) number of disposal canisters or other containers per transport container or transport vehicle; (h) range of weight of nuclear material per disposal canister or other container; (i) range of radiation and heat levels at exterior of disposal canisters and/or containers (dose rates at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter, and temperatures).
(a) types of nuclear material, including other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel if applicable (type, form, quantity, and location);
(b) types of other radioactive materials in the installation;
(c) types of accountability units (e.g. disposal canisters and other containers) to be handled in the installation;
(d) appearance, means of identification, and overall dimensions of accountability units;
(e) number of fuel assemblies or quantity of other nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(f) quantity of other radioactive material per disposal cannister or other container;
(g) number of disposal canisters or other containers per transport container or transport vehicle;
(h) range of weight of nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(i) range of radiation and heat levels at exterior of disposal canisters and/or containers (dose rates at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter, and temperatures).
(a) types of nuclear material, including other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel if applicable (type, form, quantity, and location);
(b) types of other radioactive materials in the installation;
(c) types of accountability units (e.g. disposal canisters and other containers) to be handled in the installation;
(d) appearance, means of identification, and overall dimensions of accountability units;
(e) number of fuel assemblies or quantity of other nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(f) quantity of other radioactive material per disposal cannister or other container;
(g) number of disposal canisters or other containers per transport container or transport vehicle;
(h) range of weight of nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(i) range of radiation and heat levels at exterior of disposal canisters and/or containers (dose rates at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter, and temperatures).
19. Flow of nuclear material:(a)schematic flow sheet;(b)flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;(c)frequency of receipt of accountancy related units and transfers to underground;(d)routes followed and emplacement of disposal canisters or other containers. (a) schematic flow sheet; (b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations; (c) frequency of receipt of accountancy related units and transfers to underground; (d) routes followed and emplacement of disposal canisters or other containers.
(a) schematic flow sheet;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt of accountancy related units and transfers to underground;
(d) routes followed and emplacement of disposal canisters or other containers.
(a) schematic flow sheet;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt of accountancy related units and transfers to underground;
(d) routes followed and emplacement of disposal canisters or other containers.
20. Designed range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage area.
21. Description of container, canister and packaging in which nuclear material is transported (including size, design, internal basket design, material used, capacity, closure etc.). Refer to drawings when available.
22. Shielding in different storage and transfer areas.
23. Methods and means of handling and transfer of nuclear material and canisters in storage and emplacement areas including description of the transfer vehicle.
24. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material with reference to installation layout.
25. Description of each nuclear material storage area.
26. Method of positioning of nuclear material in storage areas.
27. Method of nuclear material emplacement and backfilling.
28. Description and number of nuclear material emplacement area and disposal tunnel.
29. Description of maintenance activities and areas.
30. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
31. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
32. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the verifications used) and shipments of disposal canisters, if occurred and transfers as appropriate. Corresponding operational records and source data e.g. receiving and shipping forms shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the verifications used) and shipments of disposal canisters, if occurred and transfers as appropriate. Corresponding operational records and source data e.g. receiving and shipping forms shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the verifications used) and shipments of disposal canisters, if occurred and transfers as appropriate. Corresponding operational records and source data e.g. receiving and shipping forms shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the verifications used) and shipments of disposal canisters, if occurred and transfers as appropriate. Corresponding operational records and source data e.g. receiving and shipping forms shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
33. Provisions related to existing or possible containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
34. For each measurement point of the material balance area (e.g. storage area, deposition tunnel), provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type, identification;(b)anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;(c)handling and transfer equipment used;(d)verification methods and equipment used;(e)means of batch identification;(f)anticipated number of inventory batches and flow per year. (a) description of location, type, identification; (b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking; (c) handling and transfer equipment used; (d) verification methods and equipment used; (e) means of batch identification; (f) anticipated number of inventory batches and flow per year.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) handling and transfer equipment used;
(d) verification methods and equipment used;
(e) means of batch identification;
(f) anticipated number of inventory batches and flow per year.
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) handling and transfer equipment used;
(d) verification methods and equipment used;
(e) means of batch identification;
(f) anticipated number of inventory batches and flow per year.
35. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant. This may include amongst others:—additional information on the host geology of the geological repository (including geological stratification; geochemistry; geophysics; identification of radionuclides found in the repository environment;—geological repository characterization activities (e.g. subsurface excavations and exploratory activities). — additional information on the host geology of the geological repository (including geological stratification; geochemistry; geophysics; identification of radionuclides found in the repository environment; — geological repository characterization activities (e.g. subsurface excavations and exploratory activities).
— additional information on the host geology of the geological repository (including geological stratification; geochemistry; geophysics; identification of radionuclides found in the repository environment;
— geological repository characterization activities (e.g. subsurface excavations and exploratory activities).
— additional information on the host geology of the geological repository (including geological stratification; geochemistry; geophysics; identification of radionuclides found in the repository environment;
— geological repository characterization activities (e.g. subsurface excavations and exploratory activities).
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features).
6. Purpose (intended use of nuclear material).
7. Present status (e.g. under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning).
8. Area layout (showing the location of the installation, access roads, rivers, railways etc.).
9. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
10. Categories of nuclear material used in the installation.
11. Description of the nuclear material:(a)for each category describe typical batches and items;(b)chemical and physical form;(c)enrichment range and Pu content;(d)amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category. (a) for each category describe typical batches and items; (b) chemical and physical form; (c) enrichment range and Pu content; (d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
12. Means of nuclear material identification.
13. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified locations) (if relevant).
14. Description of main containers used for transport, storage and handling.
15. Nuclear material transfer equipment.
16. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
17. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules.
18. The NMAC system shall be described including a description of the procedures for the nuclear material accountancy and control system including procedures for physical inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights). From the list of inventory items and the Physical Inventory Listing, as well as for the operational and accounting records, the location of every declared item/batch shall be identifiable.
19. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, etc.).
20. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name, postal address, email (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number of the entity (e.g. authority) responsible for the national LOF.—Indicate MBA code (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
2. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. List of the different installations belonging to the national LOF. A unique identification number for the identification of every installation is needed.
4. Description on how responsibilities are shared between responsible authorities and individual smallholders for the purpose of implementing Articles 9 to 11.
5. Description of the procedures for the nuclear material accountancy and control system including procedures for physical inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights). From the list of inventory items and the PIL, the holder of every declared item/batch shall be identifiable.
1. Name of the installation and identification number.
2. Location.
3. Operator (legally responsible body or individual).
4. Description of the use of nuclear material.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
depleted uranium 350 000  g or
thorium 200 000  g or
natural uranium 100 000  g or
low enriched uranium 1 000  g or
high enriched uranium 5 g or
plutonium 5 g
(a) a holder with 4 g of plutonium has a percentage inventory equal to 80 % (4/5);
(b) a holder with 1 g of high enriched uranium plus 20 000 g of natural uranium has a percentage inventory equal to 40 % (1/5 + 20 000/100 000).
1. Name.
2. Owner and/or operator.
3. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
4. Type and quantity of nuclear material.
5. Description of containers used for storage and handling.
6. Description of the use of nuclear material.
A. Limits on holdings/movementsIf any individual receipt of nuclear material exceeds the quantities indicated above or if the ‘percentage inventory’ of the installation exceeds 100 % at any time, the Commission shall be notified immediately.
B. Accounting/operating records to be maintainedAccounting/operating records shall be kept in a manner permitting ready verification of reports made to the Commission and of any correction thereto.
C. Inventory change reports (ICR)An annual inventory change report shall be transmitted to the Commission by 31 January of each year, provided that no inventory change occurred during the period. This report shall describe the situation on 31 December of the previous calendar year.In the case of any inventory change occurring during the year, an inventory change report shall be transmitted to the Commission as soon as possible and, at the latest, within 15 days of the end of the month in which the inventory change occurred.Inventory change reports shall be provided in line with the requirements set out in Annex III, in electronic form using a dedicated ICR excel template to be provided by the Commission.
D. List of inventory items (LII)An annual list of inventory items showing all items separately shall be transmitted to the Commission by 31 January of the following year, in line with the requirements for the physical inventory listing set out in Annex V. The LII shall be transmitted in electronic form. A dedicated LII excel template is provided by the Commission for this purpose.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details.
5. Description (main features).
6. Purpose (intended use of nuclear material).
7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down or under decommissioning).
8. Pre-operation informationDesign and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available.
9. Area layout (showing the location of the installation, access roads, rivers, railways etc.).
10. Installation layout (showing nuclear material handling and storage areas, laboratories, glove boxes, boundaries, fences, etc.).
11. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
12. Categories of nuclear material used in the installation.
13. Description of the nuclear material:(a)for each category describe typical batches and items;(b)chemical and physical form;(c)enrichment range and Pu content;(d)amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category. (a) for each category describe typical batches and items; (b) chemical and physical form; (c) enrichment range and Pu content; (d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category.
14. Means of nuclear material identification.
15. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified locations).
16. Description of main containers used for transport, storage and handling.
17. Nuclear material transfer equipment.
18. Identification of measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, schematic flowsheet if available.
19. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information.
20. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules.
21. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:(a)GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;(b)Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments, waste related changes, rounding and adjustments (records and source data shall be kept), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;(c)Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of nuclear materials;(d)Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;(e)Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. (a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance; (b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments, waste related changes, rounding and adjustments (records and source data shall be kept), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified; (c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of nuclear materials; (d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language; (e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments, waste related changes, rounding and adjustments (records and source data shall be kept), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
(a) GeneralDescription of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changesDescription of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments, waste related changes, rounding and adjustments (records and source data shall be kept), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventoryDescription of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisionsDescription of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies.
22. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.).
23. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:(a)description of location, type and identification;(b)physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding material description);(c)measurement methods and equipment used;(d)methods of converting source data to batch data;(e)means of batch identification and data description. (a) description of location, type and identification; (b) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding material description); (c) measurement methods and equipment used; (d) methods of converting source data to batch data; (e) means of batch identification and data description.
(a) description of location, type and identification;
(b) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding material description);
(c) measurement methods and equipment used;
(d) methods of converting source data to batch data;
(e) means of batch identification and data description.
(a) description of location, type and identification;
(b) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding material description);
(c) measurement methods and equipment used;
(d) methods of converting source data to batch data;
(e) means of batch identification and data description.
24. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates) (where applicable).
25. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following (where applicable):(a)key events of the decommissioning plan;(b)removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;(c)removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material. (a) key events of the decommissioning plan; (b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for; (c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
26. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).—Indicate MBA code (once attributed). — Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
— Indicate MBA code (once attributed).
2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual).
4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual).
5. Type of nuclear material (uranium ore, thorium ore or both).
6. Description of containers used for storage and handling (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible).
7. Description of ore extraction, processing and use of source materials, including a layout of the installation.
8. The potential annual throughput of the installation.
9. The current status (e.g. under construction, in operation or closed down).
10. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
11. Description of the procedures for nuclear material accountancy and control, including procedures for physical inventory taking.
12. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.
Entry (5) Ref. (6) MBA code (7) Building (8) General description, including use of contents (9) Comments (10)
(1) The initial declaration shall include all nuclear installations, and all other buildings on their sites. A separate entry shall be made for each building on the site. Subsequent annual update declarations shall include only those sites and buildings which have undergone a change since the previous declaration. A map of the site shall be attached with the initial declaration and updated when necessary.
(2) The ‘Declaration No’ is a sequential number for each site, starting with ‘1’ for the initial site declaration.
(3) The ‘Reporting period’ for the initial declaration is an ‘as of’ date, while for all subsequent annual updates the appropriate entry is the beginning and the ending date of the time period. It is understood that the information provided is valid as of the ending date.
(4) Comments applicable to the whole of the site.
(5) Each ‘Entry’ in each declaration shall be numbered sequentially, beginning with ‘1’.
(6) The ‘Ref.’ column shall be used to refer to another entry. The contents of the ‘Ref.’ column consist of the relevant declaration and entry numbers (e.g. 10-20 refers to entry 20 of declaration 10). The reference indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier. Several references may be inserted, if necessary.
(7) The ‘MBA code’ column shall make reference to the MBA code to which the building in this entry belongs.
(8) The ‘Building’ column shall include a building number or other designation that provides an unambiguous identification of the building on the schematic map of the site.
(9) The ‘General description’ for each building shall include:(a)the approximate size of the building in terms of the number of floors and the total square meters of floor space;(b)the use of the building, including any prior uses of the building that might be relevant to interpreting other information, such as the results of environmental sampling, available to the Commission;and(c)the main contents of the building, where this is not readily apparent from the stated use.However, descriptions of activities previously provided in the Basic Technical Characteristics questionnaire don’t need to be repeated. (a) the approximate size of the building in terms of the number of floors and the total square meters of floor space; (b) the use of the building, including any prior uses of the building that might be relevant to interpreting other information, such as the results of environmental sampling, available to the Commission;and (c) the main contents of the building, where this is not readily apparent from the stated use.
(a) the approximate size of the building in terms of the number of floors and the total square meters of floor space;
(b) the use of the building, including any prior uses of the building that might be relevant to interpreting other information, such as the results of environmental sampling, available to the Commission;and
(c) the main contents of the building, where this is not readily apparent from the stated use.
(a) the approximate size of the building in terms of the number of floors and the total square meters of floor space;
(b) the use of the building, including any prior uses of the building that might be relevant to interpreting other information, such as the results of environmental sampling, available to the Commission;and
(c) the main contents of the building, where this is not readily apparent from the stated use.
(10) Comments applicable to individual entries.
1. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
2. Reports shall be prepared electronically in an agreed format. They shall be forwarded, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA 1
Report type Character (1) I for Inventory Change Report 2
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 3
Report number Number Sequential number, no gaps 4
Line count Number Total number of lines reported 5
Start report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of first day in reporting period 6
End report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of last day in reporting period 7
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 8
Label/tag Content Comments #
Transaction ID Number Sequential number 9
IC code Character (2) Type of inventory change 10
Batch Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material 11
KMP Character (1) Key measurement point 12
Measurement Character (1) Measurement code 13
Material form Character (2) Material form code 14
Material container Character (1) Material container code 15
Material state Character (1) Material state code 16
Shipper MBA Character (4) MBA code of shipping MBA (for IC codes RD and RF only) 17
Receiver MBA Character (4) MBA code of receiving MBA (for IC codes SD and SF only) 18
Previous batch Character (20) Name of previous batch (for IC code RB only) 19
Original date Date (DDMMYYYY) Accounting date of the line to be corrected (always of first line in correction chain) 20
PIT date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of physical inventory taking (PIT) to which MUF adjustment refers (use with IC code MF only) 21
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 22
Accounting date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the inventory change occurred or became known 23
Number of items Number Number of items 24
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 25
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 26
Isotope Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233 27
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Weight of fissile isotope 28
Isotopic composition Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope) U, Pu isotopic weights (only if agreed in particular safeguard provisions) 29
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 30
Previous element category Character (1) Previous element category of nuclear material (use for IC codes CB, CC and CE only) 31
Previous obligation Character (5) Previous obligation (use for IC codes BR, CR, PR and SR only) 32
Shipper CAM code Character (8) Code to identify the shipping small holder 33
Receiver CAM code Character (8) Code to identify the receiving small holder 34
Document Character (70) Operator-defined reference to supporting documents 35
Container ID Character (20) Operator-defined identifier for the container 36
Correction Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions) 37
Previous report Number Report number of line to be corrected 38
Previous line Number Line number of line to be corrected 39
Comment Character (256) Operator comment 40
Burn-up Number Burn-up in MWdays/tonne (use for IC codes NL and NP in nuclear reactors only) 41
CRC Number Hash code of line for quality control purposes 42
Previous CRC Number Hash code of line to be corrected 43
Advance notification reference code Character (12) Reference code used for the advance notification sent to Euratom (use for IC codes RD, RF, SD and SF only) 44
Campaign Character (12) Campaign identifier for reprocessing installations 45
Reactor Character (12) Reactor code for reprocessing campaigns 46
Safeguards info Character (256) Code for communicating additional information 47
1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: I for inventory change reports.
3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
4. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps.
5. Line count: Total number of lines reported.
6. Start report: Date of first day of reporting period.
7. End report: Date of last day of reporting period.
8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
9. Transaction ID: Sequential number. This is used to identify all inventory change lines relating to the same physical transaction.
10. IC code:One of the following codes shall be used:KeywordCodeExplanationReceiptRDReceipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.ImportRFImport of nuclear material from a third country.Receipt from non-safeguarded activityRNReceipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).ShipmentSDTransfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.ExportSFExport of nuclear material to a third countryShipment to non-safeguarded activitySNTransfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).Transfer to conditioned wasteTCNuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.Transfer to a geological disposal areaTGTransfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Discards to the environmentTENuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).Transfer to retained wasteTWNuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.Retransfer from conditioned wasteFCRetransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.Retransfer from a geological disposal areaFGRetrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Retransfer from retained wasteFWRetransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area to which it had been transferred, either for any processing in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.Accidental lossLAIrretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Accidental gainGANuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Decommissioning gainGDNuclear material arising during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.Category changeCEAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).Category changeCBAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).Category changeCCAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change, such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons, which are neither covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change) nor a correction.RebatchingRBAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one batch to another (only one line to be reported per rebatching).Change in particular obligationBRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Change in particular obligationPRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Change in particular obligationSRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).Change in particular obligationCRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Nuclear productionNPIncrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.Nuclear lossNLDecrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.Shipper/receiver differenceDIShipper/receiver difference.New measurementNMQuantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.Material unaccounted forMFBook adjustment for material unaccounted for. Shall be equal to the difference between the ending physical inventory (PE) and the ending book inventory (BA) reported in the material balance report (Annex IV). The original date shall be that of the physical inventory taking, while the accounting date shall be after the date of the physical inventory taking.RoundingsRARounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.Isotope adjustmentR5Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.Material productionMPQuantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.Termination of useTUQuantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.Termination of safeguardsTZQuantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Ending book inventoryBABook inventory at the end of a reporting period and at the PIT date, separate for each category of nuclear material and for each particular safeguard obligation. Keyword Code Explanation Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union. Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country. Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39). Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union. Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39). Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material. Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities. Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)). Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material. Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing. Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area to which it had been transferred, either for any processing in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area. Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arising during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request. Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change). Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change). Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change, such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons, which are neither covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change) nor a correction. Rebatching RB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one batch to another (only one line to be reported per rebatching). Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)). Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation. Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation. Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference. New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction. Material unaccounted for MF Book adjustment for material unaccounted for. Shall be equal to the difference between the ending physical inventory (PE) and the ending book inventory (BA) reported in the material balance report (Annex IV). The original date shall be that of the physical inventory taking, while the accounting date shall be after the date of the physical inventory taking. Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area. Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area. Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels. Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization. Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities. Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of a reporting period and at the PIT date, separate for each category of nuclear material and for each particular safeguard obligation.
Keyword Code Explanation
Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area to which it had been transferred, either for any processing in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arising during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change, such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons, which are neither covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change) nor a correction.
Rebatching RB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one batch to another (only one line to be reported per rebatching).
Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Material unaccounted for MF Book adjustment for material unaccounted for. Shall be equal to the difference between the ending physical inventory (PE) and the ending book inventory (BA) reported in the material balance report (Annex IV). The original date shall be that of the physical inventory taking, while the accounting date shall be after the date of the physical inventory taking.
Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of a reporting period and at the PIT date, separate for each category of nuclear material and for each particular safeguard obligation.
Keyword Code Explanation
Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area to which it had been transferred, either for any processing in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arising during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change, such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons, which are neither covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change) nor a correction.
Rebatching RB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one batch to another (only one line to be reported per rebatching).
Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Material unaccounted for MF Book adjustment for material unaccounted for. Shall be equal to the difference between the ending physical inventory (PE) and the ending book inventory (BA) reported in the material balance report (Annex IV). The original date shall be that of the physical inventory taking, while the accounting date shall be after the date of the physical inventory taking.
Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of a reporting period and at the PIT date, separate for each category of nuclear material and for each particular safeguard obligation.
11. Batch: The batch designation may be chosen by the operator, but:(a)in the case of the inventory change ‘Receipt (RD)’, the batch designation used by the shipper shall be reported;(b)a batch designation shall not be used again for another batch in the same material balance area. (a) in the case of the inventory change ‘Receipt (RD)’, the batch designation used by the shipper shall be reported; (b) a batch designation shall not be used again for another batch in the same material balance area.
(a) in the case of the inventory change ‘Receipt (RD)’, the batch designation used by the shipper shall be reported;
(b) a batch designation shall not be used again for another batch in the same material balance area.
(a) in the case of the inventory change ‘Receipt (RD)’, the batch designation used by the shipper shall be reported;
(b) a batch designation shall not be used again for another batch in the same material balance area.
12. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used.
13. Measurement: The basis on which the quantity of nuclear material reported was established has to be indicated. One of the following codes shall be used:MeasuredEstimatedExplanationMEIn the reporting material balance area.NFIn another material balance area.TGIn the reporting material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing.LHIn another material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing for the present material balance area. Measured Estimated Explanation M E In the reporting material balance area. N F In another material balance area. T G In the reporting material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing. L H In another material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing for the present material balance area.
Measured Estimated Explanation
M E In the reporting material balance area.
N F In another material balance area.
T G In the reporting material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing.
L H In another material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing for the present material balance area.
Measured Estimated Explanation
M E In the reporting material balance area.
N F In another material balance area.
T G In the reporting material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing.
L H In another material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing for the present material balance area.
14. Material form:The following codes shall be used:Main type of material formSubtypeCodeOresORConcentratesYCUranium hexafluoride (UF6)U6Uranium tetrafluoride (UF4)U4Uranium dioxide (UO2)U2Uranium trioxide (UO3)U3Uranium oxide (U3O8)U8Thorium oxide (ThO2)T2SolutionsNitrateLNFluorideLFOtherLOPowderHomogeneousPHHeterogeneousPNCeramicsPelletsCPSpheresCSOtherCOMetalPureMPAlloysMAFuelRods, pinsERPlatesEPBundlesEBAssembliesEAOtherEOSealed sourcesQSSmall quantities/samplesSSScrapHomogeneousSHHeterogeneous (clean-outs, clinkers, sludges, fines, other)SNSolid wasteHullsAHMixed (plastics, gloves, papers, etc.)AMContaminated equipmentACOtherAOLiquid wasteLow activeWLMedium activeWMHigh activeWHConditioned wasteGlassNGBitumenNBConcreteNCOtherNO Main type of material form Subtype Code Ores OR Concentrates YC Uranium hexafluoride (UF6) U6 Uranium tetrafluoride (UF4) U4 Uranium dioxide (UO2) U2 Uranium trioxide (UO3) U3 Uranium oxide (U3O8) U8 Thorium oxide (ThO2) T2 Solutions Nitrate LN Fluoride LF Other LO Powder Homogeneous PH Heterogeneous PN Ceramics Pellets CP Spheres CS Other CO Metal Pure MP Alloys MA Fuel Rods, pins ER Plates EP Bundles EB Assemblies EA Other EO Sealed sources QS Small quantities/samples SS Scrap Homogeneous SH Heterogeneous (clean-outs, clinkers, sludges, fines, other) SN Solid waste Hulls AH Mixed (plastics, gloves, papers, etc.) AM Contaminated equipment AC Other AO Liquid waste Low active WL Medium active WM High active WH Conditioned waste Glass NG Bitumen NB Concrete NC Other NO
Main type of material form Subtype Code
Ores OR
Concentrates YC
Uranium hexafluoride (UF6) U6
Uranium tetrafluoride (UF4) U4
Uranium dioxide (UO2) U2
Uranium trioxide (UO3) U3
Uranium oxide (U3O8) U8
Thorium oxide (ThO2) T2
Solutions Nitrate LN
Fluoride LF
Other LO
Powder Homogeneous PH
Heterogeneous PN
Ceramics Pellets CP
Spheres CS
Other CO
Metal Pure MP
Alloys MA
Fuel Rods, pins ER
Plates EP
Bundles EB
Assemblies EA
Other EO
Sealed sources QS
Small quantities/samples SS
Scrap Homogeneous SH
Heterogeneous (clean-outs, clinkers, sludges, fines, other) SN
Solid waste Hulls AH
Mixed (plastics, gloves, papers, etc.) AM
Contaminated equipment AC
Other AO
Liquid waste Low active WL
Medium active WM
High active WH
Conditioned waste Glass NG
Bitumen NB
Concrete NC
Other NO
Main type of material form Subtype Code
Ores OR
Concentrates YC
Uranium hexafluoride (UF6) U6
Uranium tetrafluoride (UF4) U4
Uranium dioxide (UO2) U2
Uranium trioxide (UO3) U3
Uranium oxide (U3O8) U8
Thorium oxide (ThO2) T2
Solutions Nitrate LN
Fluoride LF
Other LO
Powder Homogeneous PH
Heterogeneous PN
Ceramics Pellets CP
Spheres CS
Other CO
Metal Pure MP
Alloys MA
Fuel Rods, pins ER
Plates EP
Bundles EB
Assemblies EA
Other EO
Sealed sources QS
Small quantities/samples SS
Scrap Homogeneous SH
Heterogeneous (clean-outs, clinkers, sludges, fines, other) SN
Solid waste Hulls AH
Mixed (plastics, gloves, papers, etc.) AM
Contaminated equipment AC
Other AO
Liquid waste Low active WL
Medium active WM
High active WH
Conditioned waste Glass NG
Bitumen NB
Concrete NC
Other NO
15. Material container:The following codes shall be used:Type of containerCodeCylinderCPackPDrumDDiscrete fuel unitSBird cageBBottleFTankTOtherO Type of container Code Cylinder C Pack P Drum D Discrete fuel unit S Bird cage B Bottle F Tank T Other O
Type of container Code
Cylinder C
Pack P
Drum D
Discrete fuel unit S
Bird cage B
Bottle F
Tank T
Other O
Type of container Code
Cylinder C
Pack P
Drum D
Discrete fuel unit S
Bird cage B
Bottle F
Tank T
Other O
16. Material state:The following codes shall be used:StateCodeFresh nuclear materialFIrradiated nuclear materialIWasteWIrrecoverable materialN State Code Fresh nuclear material F Irradiated nuclear material I Waste W Irrecoverable material N
State Code
Fresh nuclear material F
Irradiated nuclear material I
Waste W
Irrecoverable material N
State Code
Fresh nuclear material F
Irradiated nuclear material I
Waste W
Irrecoverable material N
17. Shipper MBA: Use only for inventory change codes RD and RF. For inventory change code RD, the code of the shipping material balance area is reported. If this code is unknown, the code ‘F’ or ‘W’ (for the shipping MBA in France or a non-nuclear-weapon State) is reported and the shipper’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). For inventory change code RF, the country code of the exporting state, or the MBA code of the exporting installation if known, is reported, and the shipper’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40).
18. Receiver MBA: Use only for inventory change codes SD and SF. For inventory change code SD, the code of the receiving material balance area is reported. If this code is unknown, the code ‘F’ or ‘W’ (for the receiving MBA in France or a non-nuclear-weapon State) is reported and the receiver’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). For inventory change code SF, the country code of the importing state or the MBA code of the importing installation if known, is reported, and the receiver’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40).
19. Previous batch: Batch designation before rebatching. The batch designation after the rebatching shall be reported in field 11.
20. Original date: In the case of a correction, the day, month and year when the line to be corrected was originally entered shall be reported. For correction chains, the original date is always the accounting date of the first line in the chain. For late lines (stand-alone additions), the original date is the date on which the inventory change occurred.
21. PIT date: Date of the physical inventory taking as reported in the material balance report on which the book adjustment for MUF (material unaccounted for) is based. Use only with inventory change code MF.
22. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
23. Accounting date: Date when the inventory change occurred or became known.
24. Number of items: The number of items making up the batch shall be reported. If an inventory change consists of several lines, the sum of the number of items reported shall equal the total number of items belonging to the same transaction ID. If the transaction involves more than one element the number of items shall be declared in the line(s) for the element category of highest safeguards relevance only (in descending order: P, H, L, N, D, T).
25. Element category:The following codes shall be used:Category of nuclear materialCodePlutoniumPHigh enriched uranium (20 % enrichment and above)HLow enriched uranium (higher than natural but less than 20 % enrichment)LNatural uraniumNDepleted uraniumDThoriumT Category of nuclear material Code Plutonium P High enriched uranium (20 % enrichment and above) H Low enriched uranium (higher than natural but less than 20 % enrichment) L Natural uranium N Depleted uranium D Thorium T
Category of nuclear material Code
Plutonium P
High enriched uranium (20 % enrichment and above) H
Low enriched uranium (higher than natural but less than 20 % enrichment) L
Natural uranium N
Depleted uranium D
Thorium T
Category of nuclear material Code
Plutonium P
High enriched uranium (20 % enrichment and above) H
Low enriched uranium (higher than natural but less than 20 % enrichment) L
Natural uranium N
Depleted uranium D
Thorium T
26. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 25 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
27. Isotope: This code indicates the fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported (28).The following codes shall be used:Fissile isotope(s)CodeUranium-235GUranium-233KA mixture of uranium-235 and uranium-233J Fissile isotope(s) Code Uranium-235 G Uranium-233 K A mixture of uranium-235 and uranium-233 J
Fissile isotope(s) Code
Uranium-235 G
Uranium-233 K
A mixture of uranium-235 and uranium-233 J
Fissile isotope(s) Code
Uranium-235 G
Uranium-233 K
A mixture of uranium-235 and uranium-233 J
28. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
29. Isotopic composition: If agreed in the particular safeguard provisions the isotopic composition of U and/or Pu shall be reported in the format as a list of weights separated by semi-colons to denote the weight of U-233, U-234, U-235, U-236, U-238 or Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241, Pu-242. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
30. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request.
31. Previous element category: Code of the element category of nuclear material before the category change. The corresponding code after the change shall be reported in field 25. Use only with the inventory change codes CE, CB and CC.
32. Previous obligation: Code of the particular safeguard obligation to which the nuclear material was subject before the change. The corresponding obligation code after the change shall be reported in field 30. Use only with the inventory change codes BR, CR, PR and SR.
33. Shipper CAM code: Code of installation of Annex I-N shipping material. The Commission shall communicate to the operator or entity the appropriate code. Simplified reporting procedures apply to these operators.
34. Receiver CAM code: Code of installation of Annex I-N receiving material. The Commission shall communicate to the operator or entity the appropriate code. Simplified reporting procedures apply to these operators.
35. Document: Operator-defined reference to supporting document(s).
36. Container ID: Operator-defined container number. Optional data element which can be used in those cases where the container number does not appear in the batch designation.
37. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.The following codes shall be used:CodeExplanationDDeletion. The line to be deleted must either be:—identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this RegulationAAddition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38) and the ‘previous line’ field (39). The ‘previous line’ field (39) shall repeat the line number (22) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the addition was made in the accounting recordsLLate line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38). The ‘previous report’ field (38) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the late line was introduced in the accounting records Code Explanation D Deletion. The line to be deleted must either be:—identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38) and the ‘previous line’ field (39). The ‘previous line’ field (39) shall repeat the line number (22) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the addition was made in the accounting records L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38). The ‘previous report’ field (38) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the late line was introduced in the accounting records
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted must either be:—identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38) and the ‘previous line’ field (39). The ‘previous line’ field (39) shall repeat the line number (22) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the addition was made in the accounting records
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38). The ‘previous report’ field (38) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the late line was introduced in the accounting records
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted must either be:—identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38) and the ‘previous line’ field (39). The ‘previous line’ field (39) shall repeat the line number (22) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the addition was made in the accounting records
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38). The ‘previous report’ field (38) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the late line was introduced in the accounting records
— identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
38. Previous report: Indicate the report number (4) of the line to be corrected.
39. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (22) of the line to be corrected.
40. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator.
41. Burn-Up: For inventory changes of type NP or NL in nuclear reactors, burn-up in MWdays/tonne.
42. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used.
43. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected.
44. Advance notification reference code: Reference code used for the advance notification. To be used with inventory codes SF, RF, SD and RD when so required (Articles 23 and 24).
45. Campaign: Unique identifier for the reprocessing campaign. Use only for inventory changes in the process material balance area(s) of spent fuel reprocessing installations.
46. Reactor: Unique identifier for the reactor from which irradiated fuel is being stored or reprocessed. Use only for inventory changes in spent fuel storage or reprocessing installations.
47. Safeguards info: Additional information, if so required by the Commission.
1. In the case of transfer of nuclear material, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information for the inventory change report.
2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements are to notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
5. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
6. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA 1
Report type Character (1) M for Material Balance Report 2
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 3
Start report Date (DDMMYYYY) Starting date of MBR (date of last PIT + 1 day) 4
End report Date (DDMMYYYY) End date of MBR (date of current PIT) 5
Report number Number Sequential number, no gaps 6
Line count Number Total number of lines reported 7
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 8
Label/tag Content Comments #
IC code Character (2) Type of inventory change 9
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 10
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 11
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 12
Isotope Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233 13
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Weight of fissile isotope 14
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 15
Correction Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions) 16
Previous report Number Report number of line to be corrected 17
Previous line Number Line number of line to be corrected 18
Comment Character (256) Operator comment 19
CRC Number Hash code of line for quality control purposes 20
Previous CRC Number Hash code of line to be corrected 21
1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: M for material balance reports.
3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
4. Start report: Start date of MBR, date of the day immediately following the day of the previous physical inventory taking.
5. End report: End date of MBR, date of current physical inventory taking.
6. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps.
7. Line count: Total number of lines reported.
8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
9. IC code: The different types of inventory information and of inventory change shall be entered in the sequence indicated below.The following codes shall be used:KeywordCodeExplanationBeginning physical inventoryPBPhysical inventory at the beginning of the reporting period (shall be equal to the physical inventory at the end of the previous reporting period).Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligationInventory changes (only codes in the list below)For each type of inventory change, one consolidated line (per element and per safeguard obligation) has to be entered for the entire reporting period (first increases, then decreases).Ending book inventoryBABook inventory at the end of the reporting period. It shall be equal to the arithmetic sum of the MBR entries above.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligationEnding physical inventoryPEPhysical inventory at the end of the reporting period.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligationMaterial unaccounted forMFMaterial unaccounted for. Shall be calculated as‘ending physical inventory (PE)’minus‘ending book inventory (BA)’.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligationFor inventory changes, one of the following codes shall be used:KeywordCodeExplanationReceiptRDReceipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.ImportRFImport of nuclear material from a third country.Receipt from non-safeguarded activityRNReceipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).ShipmentSDTransfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.ExportSFExport of nuclear material to a third countryShipment to non-safeguarded activitySNTransfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).Transfer to conditioned wasteTCNuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.Transfer to a geological disposal areaTGTransfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area.Discards to the environmentTENuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).Transfer to retained wasteTWNuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.Retransfer from conditioned wasteFCRetransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.Retransfer from a geological disposal areaFGRetrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Retransfer from retained wasteFWRetransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area, either for any processing involving the separation of elements in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.Accidental lossLAIrretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Accidental gainGANuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.Decommissioning gainGDNuclear material arisen during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.Category changeCEAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).Category changeCBAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).Category changeCCAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change not covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change), such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons.Change in particular obligationBRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Change in particular obligationPRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Change in particular obligationSRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).Change in particular obligationCRAccountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).Nuclear productionNPIncrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.Nuclear lossNLDecrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.Shipper/receiver differenceDIShipper/receiver difference.New measurementNMQuantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.RoundingsRARounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.Isotope adjustmentR5Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.Material productionMPQuantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.Termination of useTUQuantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.Termination of safeguardsTZQuantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not discarded to the environment (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities. Keyword Code Explanation Beginning physical inventory PB Physical inventory at the beginning of the reporting period (shall be equal to the physical inventory at the end of the previous reporting period).Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation Inventory changes (only codes in the list below) For each type of inventory change, one consolidated line (per element and per safeguard obligation) has to be entered for the entire reporting period (first increases, then decreases). Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of the reporting period. It shall be equal to the arithmetic sum of the MBR entries above.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation Ending physical inventory PE Physical inventory at the end of the reporting period.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation Material unaccounted for MF Material unaccounted for. Shall be calculated as‘ending physical inventory (PE)’minus‘ending book inventory (BA)’.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation Keyword Code Explanation Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union. Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country. Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39). Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union. Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39). Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material. Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)). Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material. Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing. Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area, either for any processing involving the separation of elements in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area. Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission. Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arisen during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request. Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change). Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change). Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change not covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change), such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons. Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)). Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation. Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation. Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference. New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction. Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area. Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area. Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels. Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization. Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not discarded to the environment (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Keyword Code Explanation
Beginning physical inventory PB Physical inventory at the beginning of the reporting period (shall be equal to the physical inventory at the end of the previous reporting period).Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Inventory changes (only codes in the list below) For each type of inventory change, one consolidated line (per element and per safeguard obligation) has to be entered for the entire reporting period (first increases, then decreases).
Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of the reporting period. It shall be equal to the arithmetic sum of the MBR entries above.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Ending physical inventory PE Physical inventory at the end of the reporting period.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Material unaccounted for MF Material unaccounted for. Shall be calculated as‘ending physical inventory (PE)’minus‘ending book inventory (BA)’.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Keyword Code Explanation
Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area.
Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area, either for any processing involving the separation of elements in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arisen during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change not covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change), such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons.
Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not discarded to the environment (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Keyword Code Explanation
Beginning physical inventory PB Physical inventory at the beginning of the reporting period (shall be equal to the physical inventory at the end of the previous reporting period).Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Inventory changes (only codes in the list below) For each type of inventory change, one consolidated line (per element and per safeguard obligation) has to be entered for the entire reporting period (first increases, then decreases).
Ending book inventory BA Book inventory at the end of the reporting period. It shall be equal to the arithmetic sum of the MBR entries above.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Ending physical inventory PE Physical inventory at the end of the reporting period.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Material unaccounted for MF Material unaccounted for. Shall be calculated as‘ending physical inventory (PE)’minus‘ending book inventory (BA)’.Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Keyword Code Explanation
Receipt RD Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import RF Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity RN Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment SD Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export SF Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity SN Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste TC Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area TG Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area.
Discards to the environment TE Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste TW Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste FC Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area FG Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste FW Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area, either for any processing involving the separation of elements in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss LA Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain GA Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain GD Nuclear material arisen during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change CE Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CB Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change CC Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change not covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change), such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons.
Change in particular obligation BR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation PR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation SR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation CR Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production NP Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss NL Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference DI Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement NM Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Roundings RA Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment R5 Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production MP Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use TU Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards TZ Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not discarded to the environment (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
11. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
12. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 11 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
13. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation.
14. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
15. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request.
16. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.The following codes shall be used:CodeExplanationDDeletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this RegulationAAddition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17) and the ‘previous line’ field (18). The ‘previous line’ field (18) shall repeat the line number (10) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pairLLate line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17). The ‘previous report’ field (17) shall contain the report number (6) of the report in which the late line should have been included Code Explanation D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17) and the ‘previous line’ field (18). The ‘previous line’ field (18) shall repeat the line number (10) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17). The ‘previous report’ field (17) shall contain the report number (6) of the report in which the late line should have been included
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17) and the ‘previous line’ field (18). The ‘previous line’ field (18) shall repeat the line number (10) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17). The ‘previous report’ field (17) shall contain the report number (6) of the report in which the late line should have been included
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17) and the ‘previous line’ field (18). The ‘previous line’ field (18) shall repeat the line number (10) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17). The ‘previous report’ field (17) shall contain the report number (6) of the report in which the late line should have been included
— identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
17. Previous report: Indicate the report number (6) of the line to be corrected.
18. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (10) of the line to be corrected.
19. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator.
20. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used.
21. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA 1
Report type Character (1) P for physical inventory listings 2
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 3
Report number Number Sequential number, no gaps 4
PIT date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the physical inventory was taken 5
Line count Number Total number of lines reported 6
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 7
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Item ID Character (20) Sequential number 8
Batch Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material 9
KMP Character (1) Key measurement point 10
Measurement Character (1) Measurement code 11
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 12
Material form Character (2) Material form code 13
Material container Character (1) Material container code 14
Material state Character (1) Material state code 15
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 16
Number of items Number Number of items 17
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 18
Isotope Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233 19
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Weight of fissile isotope 20
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 21
Document Character (70) Operator-defined reference to supporting documents 22
Container ID Character (20) Operator-defined identifier for the container 23
Correction Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions) 24
Previous report Number Report number of line to be corrected 25
Previous line Number Line number of line to be corrected 26
Comment Character (256) Operator comment 27
CRC Number Hash code of line for quality control purposes 28
Previous CRC Number Hash code of line to be corrected 29
1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: P for physical inventory listings.
3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
4. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps.
5. PIT date: Day, month and year when the physical inventory was taken, reflecting the situation at 24:00.
6. Line count: Total number of lines reported.
7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
8. Item ID: Sequential number, common to all PIL lines related to the same physical object.
9. Batch: If batch follow-up is required in the particular safeguard provisions, the batch designation previously used for the batch in an inventory change report or in a previous physical inventory listing shall be used.
10. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used.
11. Measurement: The basis on which the quantity of nuclear material reported was established has to be indicated, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (13) to this Regulation.
12. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
13. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
14. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation.
15. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation.
16. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
17. Number of items: Each physical inventory line shall indicate the number of items involved. If a group of items belonging to the same batch are reported as several lines, the sum of the number of items reported shall equal the total number of items in the group. If the lines involve more than one element category, the number of items shall be declared in the line(s) for the element category of highest safeguards relevance only (in descending order: P, H, L, N, D, T).
18. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 12 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
19. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation.
20. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places.
21. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request.
22. Document: Operator-defined reference to supporting document(s).
23. Container ID: Operator-defined container number. Optional data element which can be used in those cases where the container number does not appear in the batch designation.
24. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.The following codes shall be used:CodeExplanationDDeletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this RegulationAAddition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields including the ‘previous report’ field (25) and the ‘previous line’ field (26). The ‘previous line’ field (26) shall contain the line number (16) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair.LLate line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (25). The ‘previous report’ field (25) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. Code Explanation D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields including the ‘previous report’ field (25) and the ‘previous line’ field (26). The ‘previous line’ field (26) shall contain the line number (16) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (25). The ‘previous report’ field (25) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included.
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields including the ‘previous report’ field (25) and the ‘previous line’ field (26). The ‘previous line’ field (26) shall contain the line number (16) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair.
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (25). The ‘previous report’ field (25) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included.
Code Explanation
D Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:—identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or—repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation — identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or — repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
— identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields including the ‘previous report’ field (25) and the ‘previous line’ field (26). The ‘previous line’ field (26) shall contain the line number (16) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair.
L Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (25). The ‘previous report’ field (25) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included.
— identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;or
— repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
25. Previous report: Indicate the report number (4) of the line to be corrected.
26. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (16) of the line to be corrected.
27. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator (replaces separate concise note).
28. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used.
29. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected.
1. If, on the date the physical inventory was taken, there was no nuclear material in the material balance area, only labels from 1 to 7, 16, 17 and 28 above shall be filled in. In addition, labels 24-26 and 29 shall be filled in where appropriate.
2. General remarks 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 at the end of Annex III applymutatis mutandis.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Legal entity or name of installation Character (256) Legal entity or installation name 1
Report type Character (4) ANXS to be used for this report type 2
Advance notification reference code Character (12) Reference code for advance notification 3
Shipper MBA Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation 4
Receiver MBA Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation 5
Shipping installation Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation 6
Receiving installation Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation 7
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 8
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 9
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 10
Batch Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material 11
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 12
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 13
Chemical composition Character (64) Chemical composition 14
Isotope Character (1) Uranium isotope 15
Enrichment Number (3,3 ) Percent composition of uranium-235 16
Material state Character (1) Material state 17
Material form Character (2) Material form 18
Number of items Number Number of items 19
Description of containers and seals Character (256) Description of containers and sealing options 20
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 21
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Fissile isotope weight 22
Material container Character (1) Material container code 23
Means of transport Character (1) (for each means of transport) Means of transport of nuclear material 24
Location where material will be stored or prepared Character (256) Location where the nuclear material is prepared for shipping 25
Last date when material can be identified Date (DDMMYYYY) Last date when nuclear material can be identified 26
Date of dispatch Date (DDMMYYYY) Expected date of dispatch 27
Date of arrival Date (DDMMYYYY) Expected date of arrival at destination 28
Intended use Character (256) Intended use of the nuclear material 29
Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference Character (64) ESA contractual reference number 30
1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation notifying the Commission.
2. Report type: ANXS to be used for this report type.
3. Advance notification reference code: The reference code for advance notifications to be used in the inventory change report.
4. Shipper MBA: The code of the shipper material balance area as notified by the Commission to the installation concerned.
5. Receiver MBA: The code of the receiver material balance area in the case of intra-EU transfer and, if known, in the case of export to a third country.
6. Shipping installation: The name, address and country of the installation shipping the nuclear material.
7. Receiving installation: The name, address and country of the installation receiving the nuclear material.
8. Report date: The date on which the report was completed.
9. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
11. Batch: The identification number of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
12. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
13. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
14. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
15. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the isotope codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
16. Enrichment: Percent composition of U-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
18. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
19. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch, in accordance with Annex III (24) to this Regulation.
20. Description of containers and seals: A description of the containers, including features that would permit sealing. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
21. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
22. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
23. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation.
24. Means of transport: Indicate, where appropriate, the means of transport. More than one code may be used if several means of transport are used. In such cases, the codes shall be separated by semi-colons.The following codes shall be used:Means of transportCodeAirAWaterWRoadRTrainTOtherO Means of transport Code Air A Water W Road R Train T Other O
Means of transport Code
Air A
Water W
Road R
Train T
Other O
Means of transport Code
Air A
Water W
Road R
Train T
Other O
25. Location where material will be stored or prepared: The location within the material balance area where the nuclear material is prepared for shipping and can be identified, and where its quantity and composition can be verified.
26. Last date when material can be identified: The last date when nuclear material can be identified and when its quantity and composition can be verified.
27. Date of dispatch: Expected date of dispatch. One date per batch shall be indicated.
28. Date of arrival: Expected date of arrival at destination. One date per batch shall be indicated.
29. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned.
30. Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference: Indicate, where appropriate:—ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by the Supply Agency, and any useful references.—for jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to ESA and any useful references. — ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by the Supply Agency, and any useful references. — for jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to ESA and any useful references.
— ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by the Supply Agency, and any useful references.
— for jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to ESA and any useful references.
— ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by the Supply Agency, and any useful references.
— for jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to ESA and any useful references.
1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
2. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information.
3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Legal entity or name of installation Character (256) Legal entity or installation name 1
Report type Character (4) ANIR to be used for this report type 2
Advance notification reference code Character (12) Reference code for advance notification 3
Shipper MBA Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation 4
Receiver MBA Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation 5
Shipping installation Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation 6
Receiving installation Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation 7
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 8
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 9
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 10
Batch Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material 11
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 12
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 13
Chemical composition Character (64) Chemical composition 14
Isotope Character (1) Uranium fissile isotope 15
Enrichment Number (3,3 ) Percent composition of uranium-235 16
Material state Character (1) Material state 17
Material form Character (2) Material form 18
Number of items Number Number of items 19
Description of containers and seals Character (256) Description of containers and sealing options 20
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 21
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Fissile isotope weight 22
Means of transport Character (1) (for each means of transport) Means of transport of nuclear material 23
Date of arrival Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of arrival of nuclear material 24
Location where materials will be unpacked Character (256) Location where nuclear material will be unpacked 25
Date when materials will be unpacked Date (DDMMYYYY) Date when nuclear material will be unpacked 26
Intended use Character (256) Intended use for nuclear material 27
Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference Character (64) ESA contractual reference number 28
1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation notifying the Commission.
2. Report type: ANIR to be used for this report type.
3. Advance notification reference code: The reference code for advance notifications to be used in the inventory change report.
4. Shipper MBA: The code of the shipper material balance area in the case of intra-EU transfer and, if known, in the case of import from a third country.
5. Receiver MBA: The code of the receiver material balance area as notified by the Commission to the installation concerned.
6. Shipping installation: The name, address and country of the installation shipping the nuclear material.
7. Receiving installation: The name, address and country of the installation receiving the nuclear material.
8. Report date: The date on which the report was completed.
9. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
11. Batch: The Identification number of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
12. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
13. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
14. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
15. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the isotope codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
16. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
18. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
19. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch, in accordance with Annex III (24) to this Regulation.
20. Description of containers and seals: A description of the containers, including features that would permit sealing. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
21. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
22. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing enriched uranium.
23. Means of transport: Indicate, where appropriate, the means of transport using the codes as set out in Annex VI, point (24), to this Regulation.
24. Date of arrival: The expected or actual date of arrival in the reporting material balance area.
25. Location where materials will be unpacked: The location within the material balance area where the material will be unpacked and can be identified, and where its quantity and composition can be verified.
26. Date when materials will be unpacked: The expected date when the materials will be unpacked.
27. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned.
28. Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference: Indicate, where appropriate:—ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by ESA, and any useful references.—For jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to the supply agency and any useful references. — ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by ESA, and any useful references. — For jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to the supply agency and any useful references.
— ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by ESA, and any useful references.
— For jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to the supply agency and any useful references.
— ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by ESA, and any useful references.
— For jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to the supply agency and any useful references.
1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
5. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
6. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Undertaking Character (256) Name and address of the reporting undertaking 1
Report type Character (5) OREXS to be used for this report type 2
Mine name Character (256) Name of the mine 3
Mine code Character (4) Code of the mine 4
Report year Year The year covered by the report 5
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date when the report is transmitted 6
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 7
Report number Number Unique reference number 8
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 9
Date of dispatch Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of individual exports/shipments 10
Consignee Character (256) The recipient of the import/receipt 11
Uranium weight Number (24,3 ) Uranium weight 12
Thorium weight Number (24,3 ) Thorium weight 13
Comment Character (256) Additional comment 14
1. Undertaking: Name and address of the reporting undertaking.
2. Report type: OREXS to be used for this report type.
3. Mine name: Name of the mine in respect of which the report is made.
4. Mine code: Code of the mine as notified to the undertaking by the Commission.
5. Report year: The calendar year that is covered by the report.
6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the report of ore exports/shipments.
9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
10. Date of dispatch: The date of individual exports/shipments.
11. Consignee: The recipient of the imports/receipts.
12. Uranium weight: The uranium weight in the ore, in grams.
13. Thorium weight: The thorium weight in the ore, in grams.
14. Comment: Any additional relevant information regarding the ore exports/shipments.
1. The shipment report is to be made at the latest by the end of January of each year for the previous year, with a separate entry for each consignee. A separate line in the report shall be introduced for each export consignment at the date of shipment.
2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
3. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information.
4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Installation Character (256) Name and address of the installation 1
Report type Character (5) DERRQ to be used for this report type 2
MBA Character (4) MBA code of the reporting MBA 3
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 4
Derogation type Character (1) Type of derogation 5
Intended use Character (256) Intended use(s) of the nuclear material(s) 6
Request date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the request is transmitted to the Commission 7
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 8
Report number Number Unique reference number 9
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 10
Enrichment Number (3,3 ) Percent composition of uranium-235 11
Isotopic composition Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope) Plutonium isotopic weights 12
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 13
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Weight of the fissile isotope 14
Chemical composition Character (64) Chemical composition(s) of the items in the inventory 15
Material form Character (2) Material form 16
Number of items Number Number of items 17
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 18
1. Installation: Name and address of the installation.
2. Report type: DERRQ to be used for this report type.
3. MBA: Code of the material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
4. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
5. Derogation type: The type of derogation (Article 22(2)) shall be indicated.The following codes shall be used:Type of derogationCodeSmall quantities kept unchanged for a long period of timeAExclusive use in non-nuclear activitiesBUse in sensing componentsCPu with Pu-238 content exceeding 80 %D Type of derogation Code Small quantities kept unchanged for a long period of time A Exclusive use in non-nuclear activities B Use in sensing components C Pu with Pu-238 content exceeding 80 % D
Type of derogation Code
Small quantities kept unchanged for a long period of time A
Exclusive use in non-nuclear activities B
Use in sensing components C
Pu with Pu-238 content exceeding 80 % D
Type of derogation Code
Small quantities kept unchanged for a long period of time A
Exclusive use in non-nuclear activities B
Use in sensing components C
Pu with Pu-238 content exceeding 80 % D
6. Intended use: The intended use of the nuclear materials.
7. Request date: The date on which the request is transmitted to the Commission.
8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
9. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the derogation request.
10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps.
11. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
12. Isotopic composition: The isotopic composition of Pu shall be reported in the format as a list of weights separated by semi-colons to denote the weight of Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241 and Pu-242.
13. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams.
14. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams.
15. Chemical composition: The chemical composition(s) of the items in the inventory.
16. Material form: The physical form(s) of the items in the inventory, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
17. Number of items: The number of items in the inventory.
18. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
1. A separate request shall be submitted for each type of derogation (Article 22(2)) and for each element category.
2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
1. The information shall be provided for each item whenever it is needed for the normal operation of the installation.
2. The information may be provided as part of a larger set of information agreed between the Commission and the operator.
3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
4. If information is kept electronically by the installation, the list of inventory items shall be provided in electronic form.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA 1
Report type Character (3) LII to be used for this report type 2
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the LII is valid 3
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 4
Report number Number Unique reference number 5
Report version Number Version of the LII provided 6
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 7
Item ID Character (20) Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material 8
Batch Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material 9
Container ID Character (20) Unique identifier for a container holding nuclear material 10
KMP Character (1) Key measurement point (KMP) 11
Area Character (10) Area indication (or key measurement point) 12
Sub area Character (10) Sub area indication 13
Element category Character (1) Category of nuclear material 14
Material form Character (2) Material form code 15
Material container Character (1) Material container code 16
Material state Character (1) Material state code 17
Volume Number (24,3 ) Volume of fluid in tank 18
Gross weight Number (24,3 ) Gross weight of the container and the nuclear material 19
Nuclear material weight Number (24,3 ) Total weight of the nuclear material 20
Uranium weight Number (24,3 ) Total uranium weight 21
U233 weight Number (24,3 ) Weight uranium 233 isotope 22
U235 weight Number (24,3 ) Weight uranium 235 isotope 23
Plutonium weight Number (24,3 ) Total plutonium weight 24
Thorium weight Number (24,3 ) Total thorium weight 25
Obligation Character (5) Safeguard obligation 26
Accessibility for physical verification Character (1) Indication of the accessibility of the item for physical verification 27
Comment Character (256) Operator comment 28
1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: LII to be used for this report type.
3. Report date: Date on which the list of inventory items is valid.
4. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
5. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the list of inventory items.
6. Report version: Version number of the LII. Sequential number, where the initial LII provided shall be version 1, no gaps.
7. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
8. Item ID: Unique identifier for the item.
9. Batch: Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material comprising one or several items. The same batch identifier may therefore be used for several items.
10. Container ID: Unique identifier for the container. The same container ID may be used for several items.
11. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used.
12. Area: Area where the item is located. This could be a key measurement point.
13. Sub area: Sub area where the item is located.
14. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
15. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
16. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation.
17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation.
18. Volume: Volume of fluid in a tank, to be reported in liter, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
19. Gross weight: Gross weight of the container and the nuclear material, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
20. Nuclear material weight: Total weight of the nuclear material, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
21. Uranium weight: The weight of uranium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
22. U233 weight: The weight of uranium-233, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
23. U235 weight: The weight of uranium-235, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
24. Plutonium weight: The weight of plutonium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
25. Thorium weight: The weight of thorium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places.
26. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request.
27. Accessibility for physical verification: Indication of the accessibility of the item for physical verification by Commission inspectors.The following codes shall be used:AccessibilityCodeEasyEDifficultDImpossibleIWhere ‘difficult’ or ‘impossible’ is used, a justification in the comment field (28) is required. Accessibility Code Easy E Difficult D Impossible I
Accessibility Code
Easy E
Difficult D
Impossible I
Accessibility Code
Easy E
Difficult D
Impossible I
28. Comment: Optional comment.
— types of operations, e.g. proposed campaigns with indication of type and quantity of fuel elements to be fabricated or reprocessed, enrichment programmes, reactor operating programmes, with planned shutdowns, planned final disposal campaigns;
— outline of main activities concerning construction or decommissioning of the installation;
— expected schedule of arrival of materials, stating the amount of material per batch, the form (UF6, UO2, fresh or irradiated fuels, etc.), anticipated type of container or packaging;
— anticipated schedule of waste processing campaigns (other than repackaging, or further conditioning without separation of elements), stating the amount of material per batch, the form (glass, high active liquid, etc.), anticipated duration and location;
— dates by which the quantity of material in products is expected to be determined, and dates of dispatch;
— dates and duration of physical inventory taking.
1. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
2. The outline programme of activities shall be provided in electronic form and shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA 1
Report type Character (5) ANFWP to be used for this report type 2
Installation Character (256) Name of installation 3
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 4
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 5
Report number Number Unique reference number 6
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 7
Item ID Character (20) Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material 8
Waste type Character (2) Waste type prior to conditioning 9
Conditioned form Character (2) Current conditioned form of the waste 10
Number of items Number Number of items 11
Plutonium weight Number (24,3 ) Pu weight 12
HEU weight Number (24,3 ) HEU weight 13
U233 weight Number (24,3 ) U233 weight 14
Storage location Character (256) The location of the waste at the time of the declaration 15
Processing location Character (256) The location where the planned processing is to take place 16
Processing start date Date (DDMMYYYY) Processing start date 17
Processing end date Date (DDMMYYYY) Processing end date 18
Processing purpose Character (256) The intended result of the processing 19
Previous report Number Report to which the current entry refers 20
Previous line Number Line in report indicated under 20 to which the current entry refers 21
1. MBA: The MBA code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: ANFWP to be used for this report type.
3. Installation: The name of the installation.
4. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
5. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
6. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the advance notification of further waste processing activities.
7. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
8. Item ID: Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material.
9. Waste type: The type of waste before any conditioning took place. Use the material form codes (those related to scrap, solid waste or liquid waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
10. Conditioned form: The current conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
11. Number of items: The number of items, e.g. glass canisters or cement blocks, to be involved in a single processing campaign.
12. Plutonium weight: The total weight, in grams, of plutonium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item.
13. HEU weight: The total weight, in grams, of high enriched uranium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item.
14. U233 weight: The total weight, in grams, of uranium-233 contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item.
15. Storage location: The ‘Location’ column shall include the name and address of the installation and shall show the location of the waste at the time of the declaration. The address shall be sufficiently detailed to indicate the geographical position of the location in relation to other locations specified in this or other declarations, and to indicate how the location may be reached should access be necessary. If a location is on the site of a nuclear installation, the installation code shall be included in the location column.
16. Processing location: The location where the planned processing is to take place.
17. Processing start date: The date on which the further processing campaign is expected to begin.
18. Processing end date: The date on which the further processing campaign is expected to end.
19. Processing purpose: The intended result of the processing, e.g. recovery of plutonium or separation of specified fission products.
20. Previous report: The ‘previous report’ indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred report.
21. Previous line: The ‘previous line’ indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred line of the report indicated under point 20.
1. This form shall be used for advance notification when further processing of waste is planned in accordance with Article 34. Any subsequent change in processing dates or processing location shall also be notified. A separate entry shall be made for each campaign of further processing other than repackaging of the waste, or its further conditioning not involving the separation of elements, carried out for storage or disposal purposes.
2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Shipping installation Character (256) Contact details of the shipping installation 1
Shipper MBA Character (4) MBA code shipping installation 2
Report type Character (4) CWXS to be used for this report type 3
Start report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of first day in reporting period 4
End report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of last day in reporting period 5
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 6
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 7
Report number Number Unique reference number 8
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 9
Date of dispatch Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of individual exports/shipments 10
Receiving installation Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation 11
Receiver MBA Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation 12
Conditioned form Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste 13
Plutonium weight Number (24,3 ) Plutonium weight 14
U235 weight Number (24,3 ) U235 weight 15
Uranium weight Number (24,3 ) Uranium weight 16
Thorium weight Number (24,3 ) Thorium weight 17
Comment Character (256) Additional comment 18
1. Shipping installation: Name and address of the shipping installation.
2. Shipper MBA: The MBA code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
3. Report type: CWXS to be used for this report type.
4. Start report: The date of first day in reporting period.
5. End report: The date of last day in reporting period.
6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the annual report on exports/shipments of conditioned waste.
9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
10. Date of dispatch: The date of individual exports/shipments.
11. Receiving installation: Name and address of receiving installation.
12. Receiver MBA: MBA code of the receiving installation, to be filled in for shipments to installations within the territories of the Member States.
13. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
14. Plutonium weight: The plutonium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped.
15. U235 weight: The uranium-235 weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped.
16. Uranium weight: The total uranium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped.
17. Thorium weight: The thorium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped.
18. Comment: Optional comment may be added.
1. This report shall include all the exports or shipments of conditioned waste to installations within or outside the territories of the Member States that have occurred during the reporting period.
2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
3. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information.
4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Receiving installation Character (256) Contact details of the receiving installation 1
Receiver MBA Character (4) MBA code receiving installation 2
Report type Character (4) CWIR to be used for this report type 3
Start report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of first day in reporting period 4
End report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of last day in reporting period 5
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 6
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 7
Report number Number Unique reference number 8
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 9
Date of arrival Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of arrival of the conditioned waste 10
Shipping installation Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation 11
Shipper MBA Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation 12
Conditioned form Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste 13
Plutonium weight Number (24,3 ) Plutonium weight 14
U235 weight Number (24,3 ) U235 weight 15
Uranium weight Number (24,3 ) Uranium weight 16
Thorium weight Number (24,3 ) Thorium weight 17
Comment Character (256) Additional comment 18
1. Receiving installation: Name and address of the receiving installation.
2. Receiver MBA: The MBA code of the receiving installation. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
3. Report type: CWIR to be used for this report type.
4. Start report: The date of first day in reporting period.
5. End report: The date of last day in reporting period.
6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the annual report on imports/receipts of conditioned waste.
9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
10. Date of arrival: The date of arrival of the conditioned waste.
11. Shipping installation: Name and address of shipping installation.
12. Shipper MBA: MBA code of the shipping installation, to be filled in for receipts from installations within the territories of the Member States.
13. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
14. Plutonium weight: The plutonium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received.
15. U235 weight: The uranium-235 weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received.
16. Uranium weight: The total uranium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received.
17. Thorium weight: The thorium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received.
18. Comment: Optional comment may be added.
1. This report shall include all the imports or receipts of conditioned waste from installations within or outside the territories of the Member States that have occurred during the reporting period.
2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
MBA Character (4) MBA code of the reporting installation 1
Report type Character (5) CWLOC to be used for this report type 2
Installation Character (256) Name of the reporting installation 3
Report number Number Sequential number, no gaps 4
Start report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of first day in reporting period 5
End report Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of last day in reporting period 6
Report date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date on which the report was completed 7
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 8
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 9
Waste type Character (2) Waste type prior to conditioning 10
Conditioned form Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste 11
Number of items Number The number of items 12
Plutonium weight Number (24,3 ) Plutonium weight 13
HEU weight Number (24,3 ) HEU weight 14
U233 weight Number (24,3 ) U233 weight 15
Previous location Character (256) The location of the waste before the change in location 16
New location Character (256) The location of the waste after the change in location 17
Previous report Number Report to which the current entry refers 18
Previous line Number Line in report indicated under 18 to which the current entry refers 19
1. MBA: The MBA code of the reporting installation. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
2. Report type: CWLOC to be used for this report type.
3. Installation: The name of the reporting installation.
4. Report number: Sequential number, no gaps.
5. Start report: Date of first day in reporting period.
6. End report: Date of last day in reporting period.
7. Report date: Date on which the report was completed.
8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
10. Waste type: The type of waste before any conditioning took place. Use the material form codes (those related to scrap, solid waste or liquid waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
11. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation.
12. Number of items: The number of items, e.g. glass canisters or cement blocks, to be involved in a single processing campaign or the number of items moved during the year from the same originating (‘previous’) location to the same new location.
13. Plutonium weight: The total weight, in grams, of plutonium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item.
14. HEU weight: The total weight, in grams, of high enriched uranium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item.
15. U233 weight: The total weight, in grams, of uranium-233 contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item.
16. Previous location: The location of the waste before the change in location.
17. New location: The location after the change in location
18. Previous report: The ‘previous report’ indicates that the current line adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred report.
19. Previous line: The ‘previous line’ indicates that the current line adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred line of the report indicated under point 18.
1. This annex shall be used for the annual report to declare any changes in location of wastes covered by point (c) of Article 35 that occurred during the preceding calendar year. A separate entry is required for each change of location during the year.
2. All transfers of conditioned waste shall be grouped by type of waste (prior to conditioning and after conditioning) and by previous location.
3. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform.
8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Legal entity or name of installation Character (256) Legal entity or name of installation requesting the authorisation for an obligation exchange 1
Reporting MBA Character (4) MBA code of the reporting installation 2
Reporting installation Character (256) Contact details of the reporting installation 3
Corresponding MBA Character (4) MBA code of the corresponding installation 4
Corresponding installation Character (256) Contact details of the corresponding installation 5
Nuclear material weight Number (24,3 ) Total element weight of all batches involved in the obligation exchange 6
Exchange date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date proposed for the obligation exchange 7
Request date Date (DDMMYYYY) Date of the request for authorisation 8
Report type Character (5) OBLRQ to be used for this report type 9
Reporting person Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report 10
Report number Number Unique reference number 11
Justification Character (256) Justification for the obligation exchange 12
Label/Tag Content Comments #
Line number Number Sequential number, no gaps 13
MBA Character (4) MBA where the batch is located (either reporting or corresponding MBA) 14
Batch Character (20) Identification number for the batch involved in the obligation exchange 15
Container ID Character (20) Identification number for container 16
Element weight Number (24,3 ) Element weight 17
Fissile weight Number (24,3 ) Weight of fissile isotope 18
Element category Character (1) Category of the element 19
Chemical composition Character (64) Chemical composition 20
Enrichment Number (3,3 ) Degree of enrichment 21
Isotopic composition Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope) Plutonium isotopic weights 22
Material state Character (1) Material state code 23
Material form Character (2) Material form code 24
Number of items Number Number of items 25
Intended use Character (256) Use to which the nuclear material is assigned after the obligation exchange 26
Comment Character (256) Any relevant additional information 27
1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation requesting the authorisation for the obligation exchange.
2. Reporting MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission.
3. Reporting installation: Name and address of the reporting installation.
4. Corresponding MBA: The code of the corresponding material balance area in the case of intra-EU obligation exchange and, if known, in the case of an obligation exchange with an installation located in a third country.
5. Corresponding installation: Name and address of the corresponding installation.
6. Nuclear material weight: Total element weight of all batches involved in the obligation exchange.
7. Exchange date: The date proposed by the reporting person to perform the obligation exchange.
8. Request date: The date on which the request for authorization is transmitted to the Commission.
9. Report type: OBLRQ to be used for this report type.
10. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report.
11. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the authorization request.
12. Justification: A detailed justification for the need of the obligation exchange.
13. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps.
14. MBA: MBA where the batch is located (either reporting or corresponding MBA), to be provided for each batch involved in the obligation exchange.
15. Batch: Identification number for the batch involved in the obligation exchange. The Commission may accept that the batch identification number is provided after the first request, but prior to an agreed date. An exchange not necessarily needs to be item-by-item.
16. Container ID: Unique identifier for the container. The same container ID may be used for several batches. The Commission may accept that the container ID is provided after the first request, but prior to an agreed date. An exchange not necessarily needs to be item-by-item.
17. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
18. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
19. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation.
20. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batches involved in the obligation exchange. The chemical composition shall be the same for all batches involved in the exchange.
21. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium.
22. Isotopic composition: The isotopic composition for batches containing plutonium (weight of Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241 and Pu-242).
23. Material state: The following codes must be used.StateCodeFresh nuclear materialFIrradiated nuclear materialIReprocessed nuclear material (only applicable to uranium)PWasteWIrrecoverable materialN State Code Fresh nuclear material F Irradiated nuclear material I Reprocessed nuclear material (only applicable to uranium) P Waste W Irrecoverable material N
State Code
Fresh nuclear material F
Irradiated nuclear material I
Reprocessed nuclear material (only applicable to uranium) P
Waste W
Irrecoverable material N
State Code
Fresh nuclear material F
Irradiated nuclear material I
Reprocessed nuclear material (only applicable to uranium) P
Waste W
Irrecoverable material N
24. Material form: The material form of the batch, using material form codes as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The material form shall be the same for all batches involved in the exchange.
25. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch.
26. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned after the obligation exchange.
27. Comment: Include any additional relevant information here.
1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable.
2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits.
3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’.
4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty.
5. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community, and in particular Article 79 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
Whereas:
It is important to keep the requirements imposed by Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 (1) in line with the current legal framework and developments in the fields of nuclear and information technology,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The draft Commission Regulation on the application of Euratom safeguards is hereby approved.
The text of that draft Regulation is attached to this Decision.

Scope

This Regulation shall apply to any person or undertaking setting up or operating an installation for the production, separation, reprocessing, storage, disposal or other use of nuclear material.
It shall not apply to holders of end products, such as alloys or ceramics, used for non-nuclear purposes which incorporate nuclear materials that are in practice irrecoverable, nor to holders of mineral materials other than ores, and related processed substances, which are used for non-nuclear purposes and not for obtaining source material.

Definitions

For the purpose of this Regulation:

(1) ‘non-nuclear-weapon Member States’ means Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Ireland, Greece, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, and Sweden;
(2) ‘nuclear-weapon Member State’ means France;
(3) ‘third country’ means any State which is not a member of the Community;
(4) ‘nuclear material’ means ores, source materials or special fissile materials as defined in Article 197 of the Treaty;
(5) ‘ores’ means ores as defined in Article 197, point 4, of the Treaty and as specified in the EAEC Council Regulation No 9 (11);
(6) ‘categories’ (of nuclear material) are natural uranium, depleted uranium, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to less than 20 %, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to 20 % and above, thorium, plutonium, and any other material specified by the Council in accordance with the provisions of Art 197 of the Treaty;
(7) ‘waste’ means nuclear material in concentrations or forms which make the nuclear material not recoverable for practical or economic reasons, for which no further use is foreseen and which may be disposed of;
(8) ‘retained waste’ means waste, generated from processing or from an operational accident, that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it can be retrieved, and that is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being;
(9) ‘conditioned waste’ means waste in which nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, has been conditioned in such a way (for example, in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use;
(10) ‘discards to the environment’ means nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been irrevocably discarded into the environment as the result of a planned discharge and in such a way that it is not suitable for further use;
(11) ‘disposal’ means the emplacement of waste, spent fuel or any other nuclear material in an installation without the intention of retrieval;
(12) ‘spent fuel’ means nuclear fuel that has been irradiated in and permanently removed from a reactor core; spent fuel may either be considered as a usable resource that can be reprocessed or may be disposed of if no further use is foreseen;
(13) ‘item’ means an identifiable unit such as a fuel assembly or a fuel pin;
(14) ‘batch’ means a portion of nuclear material handled as a unit for accounting purposes at a key measurement point and for which the composition and quantity are defined by a single set of specifications or measurements; the nuclear material may be in bulk form or contained in a number of items;
(15) ‘batch data’ means the total weight of each category of nuclear material and, in the case of plutonium and uranium, the isotopic composition when appropriate; for reporting purposes the weights of individual items in the batch shall be added together before rounding to the nearest unit;
(16) ‘effective kilogram’ is a special unit used in the context of safeguarding nuclear material, obtained by taking:
(a) for plutonium, its weight in kilograms;
(b) for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment;
(c) for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;
and
(d) for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005;
(17) ‘material balance area’ (MBA) means an area such that, for the purpose of establishing the material balance:
(a) the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;
and
(b) the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures;
(18) ‘key measurement point’ means a location where nuclear material appears in such a form that it may be measured to determine material flow or inventory, including but not limited to, the places where nuclear material enters, leaves or is stored in, material balance areas;
(19) ‘book inventory’ of a material balance area means the algebraic sum of the most recent physical inventory of that material balance area, and of all inventory changes that have occurred since that physical inventory was taken;
(20) ‘physical inventory’ means the sum of all the measured batch quantities or derived estimates of batch quantities of nuclear material on hand at a given time within a material balance area, obtained in accordance with specified procedures;
(21) ‘material unaccounted for’ means the difference between the physical inventory and the book inventory;
(22) ‘shipper/receiver difference’ means the difference between the quantity of nuclear material in a batch as measured at the receiving material balance area and the quantity as stated by the shipping material balance area;
(23) ‘source data’ means those data, recorded during measurement or calibration or used to derive empirical relationships, which identify nuclear material and provide batch data, including: weight of compounds; conversion factors to determine weight of element; specific gravity; element concentration; isotopic ratios; relationship between volume and manometer readings; and relationship between plutonium produced and power generated;
(24) ‘site’ means an area delimited by the Community and a non-nuclear-weapon Member State, comprising one or more installations, including closed-down installations, as defined in their relevant basic technical characteristics, whereby:
(a) in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out;
(b) ‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned;
(c) in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site;
(25) ‘hot cell’ means a cell or interconnected cells totalling at least 6 m3 in volume with shielding equal to or greater than the equivalent of 0,5 m of concrete, with a density of 3,2 g/cm3 or greater, outfitted with equipment for remote operations;
(26) ‘site representative’ means any person, undertaking or entity designated by a non-nuclear-weapon Member State as being responsible for the declaration referred to in Article 6(1);
(27) ‘installation’ means, from the planning stage until it is confirmed as decommissioned:
(a) a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram;
(b) any LOF;
(c) any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed;
(28) ‘Location Outside Facilities’ (LOF) means a location not covered under the definition set out in point 27(a) where source material or special fissile material is held or customarily used in amounts of one effective kilogram or less;
(29) ‘national Location Outside Facilities’ means a particular LOF comprising holders of small amounts of nuclear material in line with criteria agreed between the Member States where the material is held and the Commission;
(30) ‘Catch All MBA’ (CAM) means a particular LOF comprising small amounts of nuclear material according to criteria set out in Annex I-N;
(31) ‘closed-down’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that operations have been stopped and that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed;
(32) ‘under decommissioning’ means, when referring to an installation, that activities on dismantling, or recovery and removal of nuclear material or the removing or rendering inoperable of essential equipment are ongoing with the aim of decommissioning the installation;
(33) ‘decommissioned’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed and residual structures and equipment essential for using the installation for purposes other than disposal of nuclear material which is no longer subject to Euratom safeguards have been removed or rendered inoperable so that processing or utilization of nuclear material is no longer possible;
(34) ‘operator’ means any person or undertaking, including any organisation, planning to set up or legally responsible for setting up or operating an installation;
(35) ‘equivalence principle’ means that a particular safeguard obligation applying to a quantity of nuclear material may be transferred to another quantity of nuclear material, subject to equivalence criteria;
(36) ‘equivalence criteria’ means specific criteria to be fulfilled with regard to the quantity, category, isotopic composition, physical form, chemical form and material state of nuclear material in order to apply the equivalence principle;
(37) ‘proportionality principle’ means that, when nuclear material subject to a particular safeguard obligation is mixed or transformed in a given proportion with nuclear material not subject thereto, the product, by-product, waste or losses generated from processing is subject to the particular safeguard obligation in the same proportion;
(38) ‘pool accounting’ means a specific accounting method whereby a unique obligation code (pool code) is used to declare book inventories and physical inventory listings to the Commission pursuant to Articles 14 and 15, although the nuclear material may be subject to various particular safeguard obligations;
(39) ‘accountancy pool’ means the scope within which the application of pool accounting has been authorised in one or several material balance areas.

Declaration of the basic technical characteristics

1. Operators shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of their installations.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c), the provisions of Articles 27 and 28 apply.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (29), the provisions of Article 37 apply.
For new installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), a preliminary declaration shall be submitted to the Commission and the Member State concerned as soon as the main design options are defined to enable the inclusion of safeguards considerations early in the installation’s planning stage.

2. Whenever basic technical characteristics are declared for the first time (‘initial declaration of the basic technical characteristics’) or updated, the relevant questionnaire in Annex I shall be used in order to fill in the relevant information applicable to the installation.

3. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall be submitted electronically.

4. The Commission’s inspectors shall transmit initial observations including on essential equipment, where applicable, or request additional initial information within 6 months of the operator’s declaration of the basic technical characteristics. If requested, further explanations in connection with the information submitted in the declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall be provided to the Commission within 30 days, or within a different agreed timeframe.

Time-limits for the initial declaration of the basic technical characteristics

1. The complete declaration of the basic technical characteristics of new installations shall be submitted to the Commission in accordance with Article 3(1) at least 200 days before the first consignment of nuclear material is due to be received.

2. For new installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), all available information relating to the owner, operator, location, installation purpose and type, capacity as well as pre-operation information shall be communicated to the Commission as soon as the information is available or within a different timeframe agreed upon by the operator, the Member State and the Commission based on the preliminary declaration of the basic technical characteristics referred to in Article 3(1), fourth subparagraph, which shall not be later than the first submission of the application for a construction licence.
To facilitate the inclusion of safeguards considerations early in the design process of installations, the type, form and expected throughput and inventories of nuclear material as well as drawings indicating expected flows and storage of nuclear materials may also be provided to the Commission as part of the information referred to in the first subparagraph.

3. Any operator of an installation planning to use techniques for the chemical processing of irradiated materials shall provide, at the same time as the information referred to in paragraph 2, any additional information needed to enable the Commission to approve those techniques as required by Article 78 of the Treaty.

4. Information required under paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be provided in the dedicated fields of the relevant questionnaire in Annex I.

5. Any operator of an installation in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of that installation within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, or within a different agreed timeframe.

Declaration of changes to the basic technical characteristics

1. Significant changes in the information referred to in Article 4(2) and (3) shall be declared to the Commission and the relevant Member State whenever the notified design of the installation is modified, or within a different agreed timeframe.

2. Significant changes in the basic technical characteristics regarding the purpose, type or layout of the installation and in particular changes affecting the access routes to areas where nuclear materials are used or stored shall be declared as soon as the decision on their implementation is taken, and not later than 20 days before the work on the modification is scheduled to commence. Additional requirements regarding changes in the basic technical characteristics to be declared in advance may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8.
3. Changes in the basic technical characteristics for which advance declaration is not required under paragraph 2 shall be declared within 30 days after the modification is complete.
Decommissioning plans and timeframes for their implementation shall be declared using the dedicated fields of the relevant questionnaire in Annex I when they have been adopted or decided, respectively. Any update shall be declared whenever the information provided in the questionnaire changes.

4. Changes in the basic technical characteristics resulting from decommissioning activities shall be declared monthly, by the end of the following month, but only if the information in the relevant questionnaire in Annex I has changed during the month.

Declaration of a general description of the site

1. Each Member State which is a party to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom shall designate a site representative for each site on its territory, who shall submit to the Commission a declaration containing a general description of the site, in accordance with Annex II of this Regulation.
The declaration of a general description of the site shall be submitted within 120 days of the date of entry into force of Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom in the Member State concerned and an update shall be submitted by 1 April of each year. The declaration of a general description of the site and its update shall be submitted electronically.
The declaration of a general description of the site shall fulfil the requirements of Article 2, point (a) (iii), of Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and shall be separate from the declaration of the basic technical characteristics.

2. While the site representative carries the responsibility for the timely collection of the relevant information and the submission of the declaration of a general description of the site to the Commission, the responsibility for the correctness and the completeness of that declaration remains with the persons or undertakings setting up or operating the installation; for buildings on a site which do not involve nuclear material, that responsibility remains with the Member State concerned.

3. If requested, further details or explanations in connection with the information submitted in the declaration of a general description of the site shall be provided to the Commission within 15 days.

Programme of activities

1. To enable the Commission to plan its safeguards activities, operators shall communicate electronically to the Commission the following information:
(a) an outline programme of activities on the basis of Annex XI, indicating, in particular, provisional dates for taking a physical inventory;
(b) at least 40 days before taking a physical inventory, the programme for such work.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), as a minimum the provisional dates for taking a physical inventory shall be provided.
Changes affecting the outline programme of activities and, in particular, the taking of physical inventories shall be communicated to the Commission without delay.

2. Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8, the programme of activities shall be communicated annually, at the latest on 15 November of the preceding year.

Particular safeguard provisions

1. Acting on the basis of the declaration of the basic technical characteristics, the Commission adopts particular safeguard provisions relating to the matters set out in paragraph 2. Those particular safeguard provisions may be revised at the request of the Member State concerned.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), the particular safeguard provisions shall be drawn up by means of a Commission decision addressed to the operator concerned, taking account of operational and technical constraints and after close consultation with the operator concerned and the relevant Member State.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), a single Commission decision addressed to several or all operators concerned may be drawn up, setting out the particular safeguard provisions. These particular safeguard provisions shall be set out after close consultation with the operators concerned and the relevant Member State.
The operator to whom a decision of the Commission is addressed shall be notified thereof, and a copy of such notification shall be transmitted to the relevant Member State.

2. For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), the particular safeguard provisions shall include the following:
(a) the material balance areas and the selection of key measurement points for determining the flow and stocks of nuclear materials;
(b) the changes in basic technical characteristics for which advance notification is required;
(c) the procedures for keeping records of nuclear materials for each material balance area and for drawing up reports;
(d) the frequency of, and procedures for, taking physical inventories for accounting purposes as part of safeguards measures;
(e) the containment and surveillance measures, in accordance with the arrangements agreed upon with the operator concerned;
(f) the arrangements for sample-taking by the operator solely for safeguards purposes;
(g) the list of essential equipment for the installation.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), the particular safeguard provisions may be limited to points (a), (c) and (d) of the first subparagraph of this paragraph.

3. The particular safeguard provisions may also specify:
(a) the content of subsequent communications required under Article 7 or 16;
(b) the conditions under which the provisions of this Regulation apply, in particular the conditions under which shipments and receipts of nuclear material require advance notification;
(c) other agreed safeguards measures considered necessary to ensure that nuclear materials are not diverted from their intended uses, in accordance with the arrangements with the operator concerned.

4. The Commission shall reimburse the operator concerned the cost of special services which are provided for in the particular safeguard provisions or which are provided as the result of a special request by the Commission or its inspectors, exclusively based on an agreement defining those costs and the conditions of their reimbursement. Works executed by the operator before the signature of the agreement shall not be reimbursable. The reimbursement shall be limited to the amount necessary to balance the costs incurred by the operator for the special services and shall not include any profit. The procedure to be followed for the operator to claim reimbursement of the cost related to the inspections shall be described in the guidelines referred to in Article 42.

Accounting system

1. Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material, they shall maintain a system of accountancy and control for nuclear materials, which shall be effective in preventing, detecting and timely fixing irregularities leading to situations where nuclear material is incorrectly accounted for. This system shall include accounting and operating records and, in particular, information on the quantities, category, form and composition of nuclear materials as provided for in Article 21, their actual location and the particular safeguard obligation as provided for in Article 19, together with details of the recipient or shipper when nuclear materials are transferred.

2. The system of measurements on which the records are based shall comply with the most recent international standards or shall be equivalent in quality to those standards. On the basis of those records, it must be possible to draw up and substantiate all accounting declarations made to the Commission. All records related to nuclear materials shall be retained as long as the nuclear materials are present in the installation, and for at least 5 years after the nuclear materials stopped being present in the installation, unless agreed otherwise. Further details may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for each installation.

3. Accounting and operating records shall be made available in electronic form, if they are kept in this form by the installation. For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), an up-to-date list of inventory items shall be made available to the Commission’s inspectors in electronic form upon reasoned request, using the available information in accordance with the indicative format set out in Annex X.

Operating records

1. For each material balance area of an installation, the operating records shall include, where appropriate:
(a) the operating data used to determine all changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material present in the installation, including shipping documents for both received and shipped batches of nuclear material;
(b) a list of inventory items and their location, kept up to date to the best extent possible;
(c) the data, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors, obtained from the calibration of tanks and instruments as well as from sampling and analysis;
(d) the data resulting from quality control measures applied to the nuclear material accountancy system, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors;
(e) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for, and take, a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(f) a description of the actions taken to recognise, investigate and solve nuclear material accountancy and control discrepancies that have arisen;
(g) the results from inventory control procedures and, for bulk-handling installations, the results of the tests for acceptance of the material balance, taking into account justified measurement and process uncertainties;
(h) a description of the actions taken to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental or unmeasured loss that might have occurred;
(i) the isotopic composition of plutonium, including its decay isotopes, and reference dates, if recorded at the installation for operational needs.

2. Original operating records shall be made available to the Commission’s inspectors, in electronic form if available. Upon a reasoned request and in compliance with Article 40(2), copies of operating records shall be communicated to the Commission, in electronic form if available. Upon a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the information may be agreed.

Accounting records

In respect of each material balance area, the accounting records shall contain the following:

(a) all inventory changes, so that the book inventory can be determined at any time;
(b) all measurement and counting results used to determine the physical inventory;
(c) all corrections made to inventory changes, book inventories and physical inventories.

The accounting records relating to any inventory change and physical inventory shall include the material identification, batch data and source data for each batch. These records shall account separately for uranium, thorium and plutonium, in accordance with the categories listed in Article 21(2), point (b). In addition, for each inventory change, the date of the change and, when appropriate, the dispatching material balance area or the shipper and the receiving material balance area or the recipient shall be indicated.

Accounting reports

Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material, they shall provide the Commission with accounting reports.
The accounting reports shall contain the information available on the date of reporting and must be corrected at a later date if necessary. Accounting reports shall be transmitted to the Commission electronically.
Upon a reasoned request, further details or explanations in connection with those accounting reports shall be provided to the Commission within 3 weeks or within a different agreed timeframe.

Initial book inventory

Any operator in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall provide the Commission, within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, with an initial book inventory of all nuclear materials it is holding, including nuclear materials previously considered as retained waste and nuclear materials previously exempted from IAEA safeguards, except nuclear material on which IAEA safeguards were terminated. The format set out in Annex V shall be used.

Inventory change report

1. Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material and for each material balance area, they shall provide the Commission with inventory change reports in respect of all nuclear materials using the format set out in Annex III.
Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for an installation, inventory change reports shall be sent monthly, at the latest 15 days after the end of the month, and shall state all inventory changes which have occurred or become known during that month.

2. For months in which a physical inventory is taken, and the physical inventory taking date is not the last day of the month, two separate inventory change reports shall be provided:
(a) a first inventory change report containing any inventory changes up to and including the physical inventory taking date, which shall be sent at the latest, together with the second inventory change report, or together with the physical inventory listing and the material balance report if the latter are sent before the second inventory change report;
(b) a second inventory change report containing all inventory changes from the first day after the physical inventory taking date to the end of the month, which shall be sent within 15 days of the end of the month.

3. For months in which no inventory changes occur, operators concerned shall send the inventory change report, carrying over the ending book inventory of the previous month.

4. In order that they may be reported as a single inventory change, small inventory changes, such as transfers of samples for purposes of analysis, may be grouped together, as laid down in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for the installation concerned.

5. Inventory change reports may be accompanied by comments explaining the inventory changes.

Material balance report and physical inventory listing

1. For each material balance area, operators shall transmit to the Commission:
(a) material balance reports, in the format set out in Annex IV, indicating:
(i) beginning physical inventory;
(ii) inventory changes (first increases, then decreases);
(iii) ending book inventory;
(iv) ending physical inventory;
(v) material unaccounted for;
(b) a physical inventory listing, in the format set out in Annex V, showing all batches separately.

2. The reports and the listing referred to in paragraph 1 shall be transmitted as soon as possible and at the latest within 30 days of the date on which a physical inventory was taken.

3. Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for an installation, a physical inventory listing, based on an actual inventory taking of all nuclear materials present in the material balance area, shall be produced every calendar year. The period between two successive physical inventory takings shall not exceed 14 months.

Special reports

Operators shall transmit to the Commission a special report whenever any of the circumstances referred to in Article 17 or 25 arise.
The special reports, and further details or explanations requested in connection with those reports, shall be provided to the Commission without delay. If further technical investigations are required, those special reports shall contain the information available on the date of reporting and be completed as soon as possible with the outcome of those investigations.

Unusual occurrences

A special report shall be provided, as required in Article 16, in the following cases:

(a) if, as a result of any unusual incident or circumstances, it is considered that there has been or might be an increase or a loss of nuclear material, including during transfer to or from the installation; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, the weights of uranium, thorium and plutonium, in accordance with the categories listed in Article 21(2), point (b), the weight of the fissile isotopes in the case of enriched uranium, as well as a description of how the weights were established, and any further actions taken, including to avoid recurrence of a loss;
(b) if the containment has unexpectedly changed, to a point where an unauthorised removal of nuclear material has become possible; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, and it may also include a description of any actions taken to reduce the risk of unauthorised removal and to avoid recurrence.

The operators concerned shall provide those special reports as soon as they have become aware of any such increase or loss or of any such sudden unexpected change, or of anything which leads them to consider that there has been such an occurrence. The causes for such unusual occurrences shall also be stated as soon as they are known.
For each installation, further details on the information to be provided may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8.

Reporting of nuclear transformations

In respect of reactors, calculated data on nuclear transformations shall be reported in the inventory change report at the latest when irradiated fuel is transferred from the reactor material balance area. In addition, other procedures for recording and reporting nuclear transformations may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8.

Particular safeguard obligations

1. Nuclear materials subject to particular safeguard obligations entered into by the Community in an agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation shall be identified with the appropriate obligation code, as communicated by the Commission, in the following notifications and records:
(a) initial book inventory provided for in Article 13;
(b) inventory change reports, including ending book inventories, provided for in Article 14;
(c) material balance reports and physical inventory listings provided for in Article 15;
(d) intended exports and imports provided for in Articles 23 and 24;
(e) accounting records provided for in Article 11, first paragraph, points (a) and (c).
Unless specifically prohibited in any of those agreements with a third country or an international organisation, the identification of nuclear materials referred to in the first subparagraph shall not preclude the physical mixing of nuclear materials.

2. Where applicable, the attribution of obligation codes in the records provided for in Article 11 and in the reports provided for in Articles 14 and 15 shall comply with the proportionality principle.

3. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to any agreement concluded by the Community and the Member States with the International Atomic Energy Agency.

Pool accounting and obligation exchanges

1. The use, scope, reporting and modalities of pool accounting require prior authorisation by the Commission, which may be granted on a case-by-case basis if such use is justified in view of the type and activities of the installation and in accordance with criteria described in the recommendation referred to in Article 42. The modalities of pool accounting shall not prejudice the fulfilment of the commitments of the Community, such as respect for the equivalence principle and the proportionality principle.
A reasoned and motivated request for authorising the use of pool accounting shall be submitted in writing to the Commission, with a proposal of pool accounting modalities.

2. The pool code, as communicated by the Commission, shall be used to identify all nuclear materials in the accountancy pool in the reports provided for in Articles 14 and 15. The total amounts of nuclear materials assigned to the pool shall be known at all times for each obligation code and shall be provided to the Commission each month in the form of an electronic pool report.

3. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1 may be withdrawn if the provisions of this Regulation or the conditions specified in the authorisation are no longer met.

4. Particular safeguard obligations as referred to in Article 19 may be exchanged between two quantities of nuclear materials, subject to equivalence criteria applicable to the relevant NCA and to specific conditions communicated to the operator within an agreed timeframe after the request and all relevant information is received.
A reasoned and motivated request for an exchange of obligations shall be submitted electronically to the Commission using the form set out in Annex XVI. The operator concerned shall be informed within an agreed timeframe whether the conditions for the exchange of obligations are met.

Weight units and categories of nuclear materials

1. In any notification referred to in this Regulation, quantities of materials covered by the Regulation shall be expressed in grams.
The corresponding material accounting records shall be kept in grams or in smaller units. They shall be kept in such a manner as to render them trustworthy and, in particular, to comply with current practices in the Member States.
In the notifications, quantities may be rounded down when the first decimal is 0 to 4 and rounded up when the first decimal is 5 to 9.
2. Unless otherwise provided for in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8, any notification referred to in this Regulation shall include the following:
(a) the total weight of the elements uranium, thorium and plutonium, and also, for enriched uranium, the total weight of the fissile isotopes;
(b) separate material balance reports as well as separate line entries in inventory change reports and in physical inventory listings for the following categories of nuclear material:
(i) depleted uranium;
(ii) natural uranium;
(iii) uranium enriched to less than 20 %;
(iv) uranium enriched to 20 % and above;
(v) plutonium;
(vi) thorium.

Derogations

1. An operator may be derogated from the rules governing the frequency of the inventory change reports provided for in Article 14, in order to take account of any particular circumstances in which safeguarded materials are used or produced.
A request for such derogation shall be submitted electronically to the Commission by the operator concerned using the format set out in Annex IX.
Such derogation may only apply to a whole material balance area in which nuclear material is not processed or stored together with nuclear material for which no derogation is granted.

2. A derogation may apply to a material balance area holding:
(a) quantities of nuclear material commensurate with those specified in Annex I-N, which are kept in the same state for long periods;
(b) depleted uranium, natural uranium or thorium which is used exclusively in non-nuclear activities;
(c) special fissile materials when used in gram quantities or less as sensing components in instruments;
(d) plutonium with an isotopic concentration of plutonium-238 exceeding 80 %.

3. The operator and the Member State concerned shall be informed whether the conditions for derogation set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 are met. If those conditions are met, an annual inventory change report shall be transmitted electronically to the Commission by 31 January, using the format set out in Annex III. That report shall describe the situation at 31 December of the previous calendar year. At the same time, a material balance report and a physical inventory listing showing all batches separately shall be transmitted electronically using the formats set out in Annexes IV and V.

4. In addition, in the case of an inventory change occurring during the year in a material balance area to which a derogation applies, the operator concerned shall transmit electronically an inventory change report to the Commission as soon as possible and, at the latest, within 15 days of the end of the month in which the inventory change occurred, using the format set out in Annex III.

5. If the conditions for derogation set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 are no longer met, and after verification with the operator concerned, the operator concerned and the relevant Member State shall be informed that the derogation no longer applies.

Exports and shipments

1. Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission if any source materials or special fissile materials:
(a) are exported to a third country;
(b) are shipped from a non-nuclear-weapon Member State to a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are shipped from a nuclear-weapon Member State to a non nuclear-weapon Member State.

2. Advance notification shall be required only:
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;
or
(b) where an installation transfers a total quantity of materials to the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram.

3. The advance notification shall be given after the conclusion of the contractual arrangements leading to the transfer, using the form set out in Annex VI, and it shall reach the Commission at least 8 working days before the material is to be packed for transfer.

4. Where a prior consent by a third country is required for the transfer, the transfer shall not take place before confirmation by the Commission that such prior consent has been granted.

5. On a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the advance notification may be agreed.

6. Exports and shipments of nuclear material contained in waste or ores are not subject to the provisions of paragraphs 1 to 4.

Imports and receipts

1. Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission if any source materials or special fissile materials:
(a) are imported from a third country;
(b) are received in a non-nuclear-weapon Member State from a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are received in a nuclear-weapon Member State from a non nuclear-weapon Member State.

2. Advance notification shall be required only:
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;
or
(b) where an installation imports or receives a total quantity of materials from the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram.

3. The advance notification shall be given as far in advance as possible of the expected arrival of the material and, at the latest, on the date of receipt, using the form set out in Annex VII, and shall reach the Commission at least 5 working days before the material is unpacked.

4. On a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the advance notification may be agreed.

5. This Article shall not apply to imports and receipts of nuclear material contained in waste or ores.

Loss or delay during transfer

A special report as referred to in Article 16 shall be submitted by the operators notifying a transfer under Article 23 or 24 where, following exceptional circumstances or an incident, they have received information that nuclear materials have been lost or appear to be lost, or where there has been a considerable delay during transfer. In such cases, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances and may also include any further actions taken.
For each installation, further details on the information to be provided may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8.

Communication of change of date

Any change of the dates indicated for packing before transfer, transport or unpacking of nuclear materials in the advance notifications referred to in Articles 23 and 24 shall be communicated without delay, with an indication of the revised dates if known, unless that change gives rise to a special report.

Ore installations

1. Any operator of an installation referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c) in the territory of a Member State shall declare the basic technical characteristics of the installation to the Commission, using the questionnaire in Annex I-Q, at least 120 days before the extraction of ores commences, and shall communicate the programme of activities in accordance with Article 7.
2. By way of derogation from Articles 9, 10 and 11, any operator extracting or keeping ores shall keep accounting records indicating, in particular, the quantities of ores extracted, with the average uranium and thorium content, and the stock of extracted ores at the mine. The records shall also contain details of shipments, stating the date, consignee and quantity in each case.
Such records shall be retained for at least 5 years.

3. Any operator of an installation referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c), in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of that installation within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State.

Ore shipment/export reports

By way of derogation from Articles 12 to 19 and Article 21, any operator extracting ores or keeping ores shall report to the Commission, using the form set out in Annex VIII, on:

(a) the amount of material dispatched from each mine, by 31 January of each year for the previous calendar year;
and
(b) exports of ores to third countries, by the date of the dispatch at the latest.

Carriers and temporary storage agents

Any person or undertaking engaged, within the territories of the Member States, in transporting, or temporarily storing during transport, nuclear materials shall accept or hand over such nuclear materials only against a duly signed and dated receipt. This receipt shall state the names of the parties handing over and receiving the nuclear materials and indicate the quantities carried as well as the category, form and composition of the nuclear materials.
If so required for reasons of physical protection, the description of the nuclear materials transferred may be replaced by a suitable identification of the consignment. Such identification shall be traceable to records held by the operators shipping and receiving the nuclear materials.
Those records shall be retained by the contracting parties for at least 5 years.

Substitute records for carriers and temporary storage agents

Records already held by persons or undertakings in accordance with existing regulations which apply to them in the territory of the Member States in which they operate may be considered as being the records referred to in Article 29, provided that such records contain all the information required under that Article.

Intermediaries

Any intermediaries taking part in the conclusion of any contract for the supply of nuclear materials, such as authorised agents, brokers or commission agents, shall keep all records relating to the transactions performed by them or on their behalf for at least 5 years after expiry of the contract. Such records shall contain the names of the contracting parties and indicate the date of the contract as well as the quantity, category, form, composition, origin and destination of the materials.

Transmission of information and data

The Commission may transmit to the International Atomic Energy Agency information and data obtained pursuant to this Regulation.

Waste initial stock list and accounting records

1. Any operator in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union holding nuclear material in conditioned waste on which IAEA safeguards were terminated shall provide to the Commission, within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, an initial stock list of all such nuclear material by category.

2. Any operator treating or storing nuclear material that has previously been declared as retained or conditioned waste, shall keep accounting records thereof.
By way of derogation from Articles 9 to 13, Article 15 and Article 19(1) for material that has been previously declared as retained waste and from Articles 9 to 15 and Article 19(1) for material that has previously been declared as conditioned waste, those records shall include:
(a) the operating data used to determine changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material;
(b) a stock list to be updated yearly after the physical inventory taking;
(c) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for and take a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(d) a description of the actions taken in order to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental loss that might have occurred;
(e) all stock changes, so that the book inventory can be established when requested.
Specific reporting requirements for the processing of waste may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8.

Processing of waste

Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission of any processing campaign of material that has previously been declared as retained or conditioned waste, excluding repackaging or further conditioning without separation of elements.
That advance notification shall include information on the amount of plutonium, high enriched uranium and uranium-233 per batch, the form, such as glass or high active liquid, the expected duration of the campaign, and the location of the material before and after the campaign. Such notification shall be communicated electronically to the Commission using the form set out in Annex XII, at least 200 days before the campaign starts.

Transfers of conditioned waste

Operators shall submit electronically by 31 January annual reports on:

(a) shipments or exports of conditioned waste to an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIII;
(b) receipts or imports of conditioned waste from an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIV;
(c) changes in location of conditioned waste containing plutonium, high enriched uranium or uranium-233, using the form set out in Annex XV.

Termination of safeguards

1. Safeguards under this Regulation may be terminated on nuclear material as follows:
(a) nuclear material which is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge; for this purpose, discards to the environment shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(b) nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes such as alloys or ceramics; for this purpose, termination of use shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(c) nuclear material contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of; for this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(d) nuclear material contained in conditioned waste in very low concentrations, which is already disposed of. For this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14.
2. For termination of safeguards under paragraph 1, points (b), (c) and (d), a reasoned and justified request shall be transmitted by an operator to the Commission. The operator concerned and the relevant Member State shall be informed whether the conditions for termination of safeguards are met.

National LOF

1. A national LOF, comprising individual holders of small amounts of nuclear material (‘smallholders’) within that Member State, may be put in place upon a request by the responsible authority of a Member State to the Commission. Several national LOFs may be put in place in a Member State.

2. The responsible authority shall supervise the national LOF and ensure implementation of Articles 3 to 7, 12 to 19, 21 and 23 to 26.
3. The combined inventory of source material and special fissile material in a national LOF shall not exceed one effective kilogram.

4. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics of the national LOF shall be submitted by the responsible authority to the Commission using the questionnaire in Annex I-M. Any update shall be submitted, at the latest, when transmitting the physical inventory listing referred to in Article 15.
5. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall describe how responsibilities are shared between the responsible authority and individual smallholders for the purpose of implementing Articles 9 to 11.
6. For the purpose of implementing Articles 9, 14 and 15, the responsible authority shall take appropriate measures to ensure that:
(a) the physical inventory is taken by all individual smallholders comprising the national LOF and the data from the smallholders reflect the actual inventory at the date of the physical taking determined by the responsible authority;
(b) the physical inventories of each individual smallholder can be identified in the physical inventory listing transmitted to the Commission;
(c) the accounting reports are substantiated with the relevant operating records referred to in Article 10(1);
(d) the provisions of this Regulation are effectively implemented within the scope of the national LOF.

International obligations

1. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Article 6(1), Article 34 and Article 35, point (c), shall be applied in conformity with the obligations of the Community and non-nuclear weapon Member States under Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom.

2. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Articles 19, 20, 23 and 24 shall be applied in conformity with NCAs in force between the Community and third countries and in such a way that the Commission can fulfil the Community obligations on nuclear materials under such NCAs.

3. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Articles 9 to 18, 22 to 26 and 36, shall be applied in conformity with the obligations of the Community and its Member States under any Safeguards Agreements concluded with the International Atomic Energy Agency.

Specific provisions applicable in the nuclear-weapon Member State

1. This Regulation shall not apply:
(a) to installations or parts of installations which have been assigned to meet defence requirements and which are situated in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State;
nor
(b) to nuclear materials which have been assigned to meet defence requirements by the nuclear-weapon Member State.

2. For nuclear materials, installations or parts of installations which are liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements and which are situated in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State, the extent of the application of this Regulation and the procedures under which it applies are defined in agreement between the Commission and the nuclear-weapon Member State, taking into account Article 84, second paragraph, of the Treaty. Such procedures are without prejudice to the possibility for the Commission’s inspectors to apply safeguards on the civil nuclear materials and to ensure compliance with Article 77 of the Treaty. Such procedures include provisions for installations or parts of installations under decommissioning. By way of derogation, it may be agreed, on a case-by-case basis, that specific records are presented to the Commission’s inspectors instead of the shipping documents referred to in Article 10(1)(a).

3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article:
(a) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply to installations or parts of installations which at certain times are operated exclusively with nuclear materials liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements but which at other times are operated exclusively with civil nuclear materials;
(b) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply, with exceptions for reasons of national security, to installations or parts of installations to which access could be restricted for such reasons but which produce, treat, separate, reprocess, store or use in any other way, simultaneously, both civil nuclear materials and nuclear materials assigned or liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements;
(c) the provisions of Articles 2 and 7, Articles 9 to 37, paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article and Articles 41, 42 and 43 shall apply in relation to all civil nuclear materials situated in the installations or parts of installations referred to in points (a) and (b) of this paragraph;
(d) the provisions of Article 6, Article 34 and Article 35, point (c), shall not apply in the territories of the nuclear-weapon Member State.

Confidentiality of data

1. The information obtained or handled by the Commission under this Regulation is subject to the security rules set out in Decisions (EU, Euratom) 2015/443 and (EU, Euratom) 2015/444, without prejudice to Regulation (Euratom) No 3.
2. The security of information transmission shall be in compliance with the Commission rules and Member State requirements for the transmission of such information.

Installations controlled from outside the Community

Where an installation is controlled by a person or undertaking established outside the Community, any obligation laid down in this Regulation shall be fulfilled by the local management of that installation.

Implementation and monitoring

1. The Commission shall adopt and publish guidelines for the application of this Regulation by means of a recommendation, and, if necessary, update them in the light of the experience gained, in close consultation with the Member States, and after having obtained observations from interested parties.

2. The Commission shall evaluate the application of this Regulation within 10 years of its entry into force. It shall report on the main findings to the Council.

Repeal

Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 is repealed with effect from the date of entry into force of this Regulation.
However, Annexes III to IX and XII to XV shall be repealed with effect from… [40 months after the date of publication of this Regulation], and Annexes I, II and XI shall be repealed with effect from… [6 months after the date of publication of this Regulation].
References to the repealed Regulation shall be construed as references to this Regulation.

Entry into force

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
Annexes III to X and XII to XV shall apply from… [40 months after the date of publication of this Regulation], and Annexes I, II, XI and XVI shall apply from… [6 months after the date of publication of this Regulation].

(draft)
COMMISSION REGULATION (Euratom) …/…
of …
on the application of Euratom safeguards
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community, and in particular Articles 77, 78, 79 and 81 thereof,
Having regard to the approval of the Council (1) (+),
Whereas:
(1) Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 (2) defines the nature and extent of the requirements referred to in Articles 78 and 79 of the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community (hereinafter ‘the Treaty’).
(2) In view of the increasing quantities of nuclear materials produced, used, carried, recycled and designated to be disposed of in the Community, and of the development of trade in these materials, it is essential to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of safeguards. The nature and the extent of the requirements referred to in Article 79 of the Treaty and set out in Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 should therefore be brought up to date in the light of developments, particularly in the fields of nuclear and information technology.
(3) Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Ireland, Greece, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, Sweden and the Community are parties to Agreement 78/164/Euratom (3) with the International Atomic Energy Agency in implementation of Article III(1) and (4) of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. Agreement 78/164/Euratom entered into force on 21 February 1977. It was later supplemented by Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom (4), which entered into force on 30 April 2004. (4) Agreement 78/164/Euratom contains a particular undertaking entered into by the Community concerning the application of safeguards on source and special fissile material in the territories of the States which have no nuclear weapons of their own and which are parties to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons.
(5) The procedures stipulated by Agreement 78/164/Euratom are the result of wide-ranging international negotiations with the International Atomic Energy Agency on the application of Article III(1) and (4) of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. These procedures were approved by the Board of Governors of that Agency.
(6) The Community, France and the International Atomic Energy Agency are parties to an Agreement for the application of safeguards in France (5). That Agreement entered into force on 12 September 1981. It was supplemented by an Additional Protocol (6), which entered into force on 30 April 2004. (7) In the territory of France some installations or parts thereof as well as certain materials are liable to be involved in the production cycle for defence needs. Special safeguard procedures should therefore be applied to take account of these circumstances.
(8) Nuclear Cooperation Agreements (NCAs) are agreements for cooperation on the peaceful use of nuclear energy which are concluded between the Community and third countries. They aim to facilitate nuclear trade, research and development, or other cooperative activities of mutual interest to the parties in connection with the peaceful use of nuclear energy, while abiding by the commitments and policies of the Community. Under Article 77(b) of the Treaty, the Commission should satisfy itself that, in the territories of the Member States, the provisions relating to supply and any particular safeguarding obligations assumed by the Community under such an agreement are complied with. This Regulation addresses specific aspects related to the reporting of nuclear materials as specified in certain NCAs, but does not cover items other than nuclear material.
(9) To ensure the effectiveness of safeguards, it is essential to incorporate safeguard considerations early in the planning and design processes for new installations as well as for major modifications and decommissioning of existing installations.
(10) To ensure the efficiency of safeguards, the nature and extent of the requirements for reporting nuclear materials and declaring the basic technical characteristics of installations should take into account the suitability of the nuclear material and installation to be used for non-peaceful purposes, without prejudice to any particular safeguarding obligations assumed by the Community under an agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation.
(11) The Communication to the Commission of 30 June 2022, ‘European Commission digital strategy – Next generation digital Commission’ (7) stresses the importance of structuring data access and exchange by the Commission and the Member States. As part of that strategy, the Commission aims at enabling cross-border digital interaction, interoperability and digital modernisation of public administrations. Against this background and to enhance the efficiency of safeguards, reports and declarations should be submitted electronically.
(12) This Regulation should provide for a more graded approach and thus for burden reduction for operators. Where relevant, different provisions are included throughout this Regulation, commensurate with the strategic value of nuclear materials and related installations and activities.
(13) The provisions on security rules set out in Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/443 (8) and in Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/444 (9) should apply to information acquired under this Regulation without prejudice to Regulation (Euratom) No 3 of 31 July 1958 (10).
(14) The Commission should make every effort to protect commercial, technological and industrial secrets as well as other confidential information coming to its knowledge in the application of this Regulation.
(15) The inspections and other safeguards related activities performed by the Commission inspectors in accordance with Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty should be confined to the attainment of the objectives under Chapter VII of the Treaty in line with the principles set out in its Article 84, second subparagraph.
(16) The Commission should provide timely relevant feedback on the information provided by operators, such as the installation-specific list of essential equipment and residual structures. Considering that in many cases this depends not only on the Commission, the Commission should strive to obtain the necessary feedback from third parties, as applicable, and share it with the operators and Member States concerned.
(17) Up-to-date particular safeguard provisions at relevant installations are important for the implementation of safeguards. In that light the Commission should continue to adopt particular safeguard provisions after close consultation with the operators and Member States concerned, paying particular attention to ensuring that they are up-to-date. To the extent possible, the Commission should strive to have particular safeguard provisions adopted before the installation is to start its operations.
(18) The application of this Regulation should be evaluated within 10 years of its entry into force in light of the technological progress in the nuclear industry and developments in information technologies. However, under special circumstances, this Regulation might need to be revised before that evaluation, for example, to comply with any particular safeguarding obligation assumed by the Community under an agreement concluded with a third State or an international organisation.
(19) In the interest of legal certainty, Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 should be repealed,
HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
CHAPTER I
Scope and definitions
Article 1
Scope
This Regulation shall apply to any person or undertaking setting up or operating an installation for the production, separation, reprocessing, storage, disposal or other use of nuclear material.
It shall not apply to holders of end products, such as alloys or ceramics, used for non-nuclear purposes which incorporate nuclear materials that are in practice irrecoverable, nor to holders of mineral materials other than ores, and related processed substances, which are used for non-nuclear purposes and not for obtaining source material.
Article 2
Definitions
For the purpose of this Regulation:
(1) ‘non-nuclear-weapon Member States’ means Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Ireland, Greece, Spain, Croatia, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, and Sweden;
(2) ‘nuclear-weapon Member State’ means France;
(3) ‘third country’ means any State which is not a member of the Community;
(4) ‘nuclear material’ means ores, source materials or special fissile materials as defined in Article 197 of the Treaty;
(5) ‘ores’ means ores as defined in Article 197, point 4, of the Treaty and as specified in the EAEC Council Regulation No 9 (11);
(6) ‘categories’ (of nuclear material) are natural uranium, depleted uranium, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to less than 20 %, uranium enriched in uranium-235 or uranium-233 to 20 % and above, thorium, plutonium, and any other material specified by the Council in accordance with the provisions of Art 197 of the Treaty;
(7) ‘waste’ means nuclear material in concentrations or forms which make the nuclear material not recoverable for practical or economic reasons, for which no further use is foreseen and which may be disposed of;
(8) ‘retained waste’ means waste, generated from processing or from an operational accident, that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it can be retrieved, and that is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being;
(9) ‘conditioned waste’ means waste in which nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, has been conditioned in such a way (for example, in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use;
(10) ‘discards to the environment’ means nuclear material, measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, that has been irrevocably discarded into the environment as the result of a planned discharge and in such a way that it is not suitable for further use;
(11) ‘disposal’ means the emplacement of waste, spent fuel or any other nuclear material in an installation without the intention of retrieval;
(12) ‘spent fuel’ means nuclear fuel that has been irradiated in and permanently removed from a reactor core; spent fuel may either be considered as a usable resource that can be reprocessed or may be disposed of if no further use is foreseen;
(13) ‘item’ means an identifiable unit such as a fuel assembly or a fuel pin;
(14) ‘batch’ means a portion of nuclear material handled as a unit for accounting purposes at a key measurement point and for which the composition and quantity are defined by a single set of specifications or measurements; the nuclear material may be in bulk form or contained in a number of items;
(15) ‘batch data’ means the total weight of each category of nuclear material and, in the case of plutonium and uranium, the isotopic composition when appropriate; for reporting purposes the weights of individual items in the batch shall be added together before rounding to the nearest unit;
(16) ‘effective kilogram’ is a special unit used in the context of safeguarding nuclear material, obtained by taking:
(a) for plutonium, its weight in kilograms;
(b) for uranium with an enrichment of 0,01 (1 %) and above, its weight in kilograms multiplied by the square of its enrichment;
(c) for uranium with an enrichment below 0,01 (1 %) and above 0,005 (0,5 %), its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,0001;
and
(d) for depleted uranium with an enrichment of 0,005 (0,5 %) or below, and for thorium, its weight in kilograms multiplied by 0,00005;
(17) ‘material balance area’ (MBA) means an area such that, for the purpose of establishing the material balance:
(a) the quantity of nuclear material in each transfer into or out of each material balance area can be determined;
and
(b) the physical inventory of nuclear material in each material balance area can be determined when necessary in accordance with specified procedures;
(18) ‘key measurement point’ means a location where nuclear material appears in such a form that it may be measured to determine material flow or inventory, including but not limited to, the places where nuclear material enters, leaves or is stored in, material balance areas;
(19) ‘book inventory’ of a material balance area means the algebraic sum of the most recent physical inventory of that material balance area, and of all inventory changes that have occurred since that physical inventory was taken;
(20) ‘physical inventory’ means the sum of all the measured batch quantities or derived estimates of batch quantities of nuclear material on hand at a given time within a material balance area, obtained in accordance with specified procedures;
(21) ‘material unaccounted for’ means the difference between the physical inventory and the book inventory;
(22) ‘shipper/receiver difference’ means the difference between the quantity of nuclear material in a batch as measured at the receiving material balance area and the quantity as stated by the shipping material balance area;
(23) ‘source data’ means those data, recorded during measurement or calibration or used to derive empirical relationships, which identify nuclear material and provide batch data, including: weight of compounds; conversion factors to determine weight of element; specific gravity; element concentration; isotopic ratios; relationship between volume and manometer readings; and relationship between plutonium produced and power generated;
(24) ‘site’ means an area delimited by the Community and a non-nuclear-weapon Member State, comprising one or more installations, including closed-down installations, as defined in their relevant basic technical characteristics, whereby:
(a) in the case of a closed-down installation where source material or special fissile material in quantities of less than one effective kilogram was customarily used, the meaning of ‘site’ is limited to locations with hot cells or where activities related to conversion, enrichment, fuel fabrication or reprocessing were carried out;
(b) ‘site’ also includes all plants co-located with the installations which provide or use essential services including hot cells for processing irradiated materials not containing nuclear material; plants for the treatment, storage and disposal of waste; and buildings associated with activities specified in Annex 1 to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and identified by the State concerned;
(c) in the case of a national Location Outside Facility (LOF), all included holders of small amounts of nuclear material may together constitute one site;
(25) ‘hot cell’ means a cell or interconnected cells totalling at least 6 m3 in volume with shielding equal to or greater than the equivalent of 0,5 m of concrete, with a density of 3,2 g/cm3 or greater, outfitted with equipment for remote operations;
(26) ‘site representative’ means any person, undertaking or entity designated by a non-nuclear-weapon Member State as being responsible for the declaration referred to in Article 6(1);
(27) ‘installation’ means, from the planning stage until it is confirmed as decommissioned:
(a) a reactor, a critical installation, a conversion plant, a fabrication plant, a reprocessing plant, an isotope separation plant, a separate storage installation, an encapsulation plant, a geological repository, a waste treatment, waste storage or waste disposal installation or any other location where source material or special fissile material is held or is customarily used in amounts greater than one effective kilogram;
(b) any LOF;
(c) any location where, in order to obtain source materials, ores are extracted, kept or processed;
(28) ‘Location Outside Facilities’ (LOF) means a location not covered under the definition set out in point 27(a) where source material or special fissile material is held or customarily used in amounts of one effective kilogram or less;
(29) ‘national Location Outside Facilities’ means a particular LOF comprising holders of small amounts of nuclear material in line with criteria agreed between the Member States where the material is held and the Commission;
(30) ‘Catch All MBA’ (CAM) means a particular LOF comprising small amounts of nuclear material according to criteria set out in Annex I-N;
(31) ‘closed-down’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that operations have been stopped and that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed;
(32) ‘under decommissioning’ means, when referring to an installation, that activities on dismantling, or recovery and removal of nuclear material or the removing or rendering inoperable of essential equipment are ongoing with the aim of decommissioning the installation;
(33) ‘decommissioned’ means, when referring to an installation, that it has been verified that all nuclear material subject to Euratom safeguards has been removed and residual structures and equipment essential for using the installation for purposes other than disposal of nuclear material which is no longer subject to Euratom safeguards have been removed or rendered inoperable so that processing or utilization of nuclear material is no longer possible;
(34) ‘operator’ means any person or undertaking, including any organisation, planning to set up or legally responsible for setting up or operating an installation;
(35) ‘equivalence principle’ means that a particular safeguard obligation applying to a quantity of nuclear material may be transferred to another quantity of nuclear material, subject to equivalence criteria;
(36) ‘equivalence criteria’ means specific criteria to be fulfilled with regard to the quantity, category, isotopic composition, physical form, chemical form and material state of nuclear material in order to apply the equivalence principle;
(37) ‘proportionality principle’ means that, when nuclear material subject to a particular safeguard obligation is mixed or transformed in a given proportion with nuclear material not subject thereto, the product, by-product, waste or losses generated from processing is subject to the particular safeguard obligation in the same proportion;
(38) ‘pool accounting’ means a specific accounting method whereby a unique obligation code (pool code) is used to declare book inventories and physical inventory listings to the Commission pursuant to Articles 14 and 15, although the nuclear material may be subject to various particular safeguard obligations;
(39) ‘accountancy pool’ means the scope within which the application of pool accounting has been authorised in one or several material balance areas.
CHAPTER II
Basic technical characteristics and particular safeguard provisions
Article 3
Declaration of the basic technical characteristics 1. Operators shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of their installations.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c), the provisions of Articles 27 and 28 apply.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (29), the provisions of Article 37 apply.
For new installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), a preliminary declaration shall be submitted to the Commission and the Member State concerned as soon as the main design options are defined to enable the inclusion of safeguards considerations early in the installation’s planning stage. 2. Whenever basic technical characteristics are declared for the first time (‘initial declaration of the basic technical characteristics’) or updated, the relevant questionnaire in Annex I shall be used in order to fill in the relevant information applicable to the installation. 3. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall be submitted electronically. 4. The Commission’s inspectors shall transmit initial observations including on essential equipment, where applicable, or request additional initial information within 6 months of the operator’s declaration of the basic technical characteristics. If requested, further explanations in connection with the information submitted in the declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall be provided to the Commission within 30 days, or within a different agreed timeframe.
Article 4
Time-limits for the initial declaration of the basic technical characteristics 1. The complete declaration of the basic technical characteristics of new installations shall be submitted to the Commission in accordance with Article 3(1) at least 200 days before the first consignment of nuclear material is due to be received. 2. For new installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), all available information relating to the owner, operator, location, installation purpose and type, capacity as well as pre-operation information shall be communicated to the Commission as soon as the information is available or within a different timeframe agreed upon by the operator, the Member State and the Commission based on the preliminary declaration of the basic technical characteristics referred to in Article 3(1), fourth subparagraph, which shall not be later than the first submission of the application for a construction licence.
To facilitate the inclusion of safeguards considerations early in the design process of installations, the type, form and expected throughput and inventories of nuclear material as well as drawings indicating expected flows and storage of nuclear materials may also be provided to the Commission as part of the information referred to in the first subparagraph. 3. Any operator of an installation planning to use techniques for the chemical processing of irradiated materials shall provide, at the same time as the information referred to in paragraph 2, any additional information needed to enable the Commission to approve those techniques as required by Article 78 of the Treaty. 4. Information required under paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be provided in the dedicated fields of the relevant questionnaire in Annex I. 5. Any operator of an installation in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of that installation within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, or within a different agreed timeframe.
Article 5
Declaration of changes to the basic technical characteristics 1. Significant changes in the information referred to in Article 4(2) and (3) shall be declared to the Commission and the relevant Member State whenever the notified design of the installation is modified, or within a different agreed timeframe. 2. Significant changes in the basic technical characteristics regarding the purpose, type or layout of the installation and in particular changes affecting the access routes to areas where nuclear materials are used or stored shall be declared as soon as the decision on their implementation is taken, and not later than 20 days before the work on the modification is scheduled to commence. Additional requirements regarding changes in the basic technical characteristics to be declared in advance may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8. 3. Changes in the basic technical characteristics for which advance declaration is not required under paragraph 2 shall be declared within 30 days after the modification is complete.
Decommissioning plans and timeframes for their implementation shall be declared using the dedicated fields of the relevant questionnaire in Annex I when they have been adopted or decided, respectively. Any update shall be declared whenever the information provided in the questionnaire changes. 4. Changes in the basic technical characteristics resulting from decommissioning activities shall be declared monthly, by the end of the following month, but only if the information in the relevant questionnaire in Annex I has changed during the month.
Article 6
Declaration of a general description of the site 1. Each Member State which is a party to Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom shall designate a site representative for each site on its territory, who shall submit to the Commission a declaration containing a general description of the site, in accordance with Annex II of this Regulation.
The declaration of a general description of the site shall be submitted within 120 days of the date of entry into force of Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom in the Member State concerned and an update shall be submitted by 1 April of each year. The declaration of a general description of the site and its update shall be submitted electronically.
The declaration of a general description of the site shall fulfil the requirements of Article 2, point (a) (iii), of Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom and shall be separate from the declaration of the basic technical characteristics. 2. While the site representative carries the responsibility for the timely collection of the relevant information and the submission of the declaration of a general description of the site to the Commission, the responsibility for the correctness and the completeness of that declaration remains with the persons or undertakings setting up or operating the installation; for buildings on a site which do not involve nuclear material, that responsibility remains with the Member State concerned. 3. If requested, further details or explanations in connection with the information submitted in the declaration of a general description of the site shall be provided to the Commission within 15 days.
Article 7
Programme of activities 1. To enable the Commission to plan its safeguards activities, operators shall communicate electronically to the Commission the following information:
(a) an outline programme of activities on the basis of Annex XI, indicating, in particular, provisional dates for taking a physical inventory;
(b) at least 40 days before taking a physical inventory, the programme for such work.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), as a minimum the provisional dates for taking a physical inventory shall be provided.
Changes affecting the outline programme of activities and, in particular, the taking of physical inventories shall be communicated to the Commission without delay. 2. Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8, the programme of activities shall be communicated annually, at the latest on 15 November of the preceding year.
Article 8
Particular safeguard provisions 1. Acting on the basis of the declaration of the basic technical characteristics, the Commission adopts particular safeguard provisions relating to the matters set out in paragraph 2. Those particular safeguard provisions may be revised at the request of the Member State concerned.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), the particular safeguard provisions shall be drawn up by means of a Commission decision addressed to the operator concerned, taking account of operational and technical constraints and after close consultation with the operator concerned and the relevant Member State.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), a single Commission decision addressed to several or all operators concerned may be drawn up, setting out the particular safeguard provisions. These particular safeguard provisions shall be set out after close consultation with the operators concerned and the relevant Member State.
The operator to whom a decision of the Commission is addressed shall be notified thereof, and a copy of such notification shall be transmitted to the relevant Member State. 2. For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), the particular safeguard provisions shall include the following:
(a) the material balance areas and the selection of key measurement points for determining the flow and stocks of nuclear materials;
(b) the changes in basic technical characteristics for which advance notification is required;
(c) the procedures for keeping records of nuclear materials for each material balance area and for drawing up reports;
(d) the frequency of, and procedures for, taking physical inventories for accounting purposes as part of safeguards measures;
(e) the containment and surveillance measures, in accordance with the arrangements agreed upon with the operator concerned;
(f) the arrangements for sample-taking by the operator solely for safeguards purposes;
(g) the list of essential equipment for the installation.
For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(b), the particular safeguard provisions may be limited to points (a), (c) and (d) of the first subparagraph of this paragraph. 3. The particular safeguard provisions may also specify:
(a) the content of subsequent communications required under Article 7 or 16;
(b) the conditions under which the provisions of this Regulation apply, in particular the conditions under which shipments and receipts of nuclear material require advance notification;
(c) other agreed safeguards measures considered necessary to ensure that nuclear materials are not diverted from their intended uses, in accordance with the arrangements with the operator concerned. 4. The Commission shall reimburse the operator concerned the cost of special services which are provided for in the particular safeguard provisions or which are provided as the result of a special request by the Commission or its inspectors, exclusively based on an agreement defining those costs and the conditions of their reimbursement. Works executed by the operator before the signature of the agreement shall not be reimbursable. The reimbursement shall be limited to the amount necessary to balance the costs incurred by the operator for the special services and shall not include any profit. The procedure to be followed for the operator to claim reimbursement of the cost related to the inspections shall be described in the guidelines referred to in Article 42. CHAPTER III
Nuclear material accountancy
Article 9
Accounting system 1. Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material, they shall maintain a system of accountancy and control for nuclear materials, which shall be effective in preventing, detecting and timely fixing irregularities leading to situations where nuclear material is incorrectly accounted for. This system shall include accounting and operating records and, in particular, information on the quantities, category, form and composition of nuclear materials as provided for in Article 21, their actual location and the particular safeguard obligation as provided for in Article 19, together with details of the recipient or shipper when nuclear materials are transferred. 2. The system of measurements on which the records are based shall comply with the most recent international standards or shall be equivalent in quality to those standards. On the basis of those records, it must be possible to draw up and substantiate all accounting declarations made to the Commission. All records related to nuclear materials shall be retained as long as the nuclear materials are present in the installation, and for at least 5 years after the nuclear materials stopped being present in the installation, unless agreed otherwise. Further details may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for each installation. 3. Accounting and operating records shall be made available in electronic form, if they are kept in this form by the installation. For installations referred to in Article 2, point (27)(a), an up-to-date list of inventory items shall be made available to the Commission’s inspectors in electronic form upon reasoned request, using the available information in accordance with the indicative format set out in Annex X.
Article 10
Operating records 1. For each material balance area of an installation, the operating records shall include, where appropriate:
(a) the operating data used to determine all changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material present in the installation, including shipping documents for both received and shipped batches of nuclear material;
(b) a list of inventory items and their location, kept up to date to the best extent possible;
(c) the data, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors, obtained from the calibration of tanks and instruments as well as from sampling and analysis;
(d) the data resulting from quality control measures applied to the nuclear material accountancy system, including derived estimates of random errors and systematic errors;
(e) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for, and take, a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(f) a description of the actions taken to recognise, investigate and solve nuclear material accountancy and control discrepancies that have arisen;
(g) the results from inventory control procedures and, for bulk-handling installations, the results of the tests for acceptance of the material balance, taking into account justified measurement and process uncertainties;
(h) a description of the actions taken to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental or unmeasured loss that might have occurred;
(i) the isotopic composition of plutonium, including its decay isotopes, and reference dates, if recorded at the installation for operational needs. 2. Original operating records shall be made available to the Commission’s inspectors, in electronic form if available. Upon a reasoned request and in compliance with Article 40(2), copies of operating records shall be communicated to the Commission, in electronic form if available. Upon a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the information may be agreed.
Article 11
Accounting records
In respect of each material balance area, the accounting records shall contain the following:
(a) all inventory changes, so that the book inventory can be determined at any time;
(b) all measurement and counting results used to determine the physical inventory;
(c) all corrections made to inventory changes, book inventories and physical inventories.
The accounting records relating to any inventory change and physical inventory shall include the material identification, batch data and source data for each batch. These records shall account separately for uranium, thorium and plutonium, in accordance with the categories listed in Article 21(2), point (b). In addition, for each inventory change, the date of the change and, when appropriate, the dispatching material balance area or the shipper and the receiving material balance area or the recipient shall be indicated.
Article 12
Accounting reports
Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material, they shall provide the Commission with accounting reports.
The accounting reports shall contain the information available on the date of reporting and must be corrected at a later date if necessary. Accounting reports shall be transmitted to the Commission electronically.
Upon a reasoned request, further details or explanations in connection with those accounting reports shall be provided to the Commission within 3 weeks or within a different agreed timeframe.
Article 13
Initial book inventory
Any operator in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall provide the Commission, within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, with an initial book inventory of all nuclear materials it is holding, including nuclear materials previously considered as retained waste and nuclear materials previously exempted from IAEA safeguards, except nuclear material on which IAEA safeguards were terminated. The format set out in Annex V shall be used.
Article 14
Inventory change report 1. Starting from the moment operators hold nuclear material and for each material balance area, they shall provide the Commission with inventory change reports in respect of all nuclear materials using the format set out in Annex III.
Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for an installation, inventory change reports shall be sent monthly, at the latest 15 days after the end of the month, and shall state all inventory changes which have occurred or become known during that month. 2. For months in which a physical inventory is taken, and the physical inventory taking date is not the last day of the month, two separate inventory change reports shall be provided:
(a) a first inventory change report containing any inventory changes up to and including the physical inventory taking date, which shall be sent at the latest, together with the second inventory change report, or together with the physical inventory listing and the material balance report if the latter are sent before the second inventory change report;
(b) a second inventory change report containing all inventory changes from the first day after the physical inventory taking date to the end of the month, which shall be sent within 15 days of the end of the month. 3. For months in which no inventory changes occur, operators concerned shall send the inventory change report, carrying over the ending book inventory of the previous month. 4. In order that they may be reported as a single inventory change, small inventory changes, such as transfers of samples for purposes of analysis, may be grouped together, as laid down in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for the installation concerned. 5. Inventory change reports may be accompanied by comments explaining the inventory changes.
Article 15
Material balance report and physical inventory listing 1. For each material balance area, operators shall transmit to the Commission:
(a) material balance reports, in the format set out in Annex IV, indicating:
(i) beginning physical inventory;
(ii) inventory changes (first increases, then decreases);
(iii) ending book inventory;
(iv) ending physical inventory;
(v) material unaccounted for;
(b) a physical inventory listing, in the format set out in Annex V, showing all batches separately. 2. The reports and the listing referred to in paragraph 1 shall be transmitted as soon as possible and at the latest within 30 days of the date on which a physical inventory was taken. 3. Unless otherwise specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8 for an installation, a physical inventory listing, based on an actual inventory taking of all nuclear materials present in the material balance area, shall be produced every calendar year. The period between two successive physical inventory takings shall not exceed 14 months.
Article 16
Special reports
Operators shall transmit to the Commission a special report whenever any of the circumstances referred to in Article 17 or 25 arise.
The special reports, and further details or explanations requested in connection with those reports, shall be provided to the Commission without delay. If further technical investigations are required, those special reports shall contain the information available on the date of reporting and be completed as soon as possible with the outcome of those investigations.
Article 17
Unusual occurrences
A special report shall be provided, as required in Article 16, in the following cases:
(a) if, as a result of any unusual incident or circumstances, it is considered that there has been or might be an increase or a loss of nuclear material, including during transfer to or from the installation; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, the weights of uranium, thorium and plutonium, in accordance with the categories listed in Article 21(2), point (b), the weight of the fissile isotopes in the case of enriched uranium, as well as a description of how the weights were established, and any further actions taken, including to avoid recurrence of a loss;
(b) if the containment has unexpectedly changed, to a point where an unauthorised removal of nuclear material has become possible; in such case, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances, and it may also include a description of any actions taken to reduce the risk of unauthorised removal and to avoid recurrence.
The operators concerned shall provide those special reports as soon as they have become aware of any such increase or loss or of any such sudden unexpected change, or of anything which leads them to consider that there has been such an occurrence. The causes for such unusual occurrences shall also be stated as soon as they are known.
For each installation, further details on the information to be provided may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8. Article 18
Reporting of nuclear transformations
In respect of reactors, calculated data on nuclear transformations shall be reported in the inventory change report at the latest when irradiated fuel is transferred from the reactor material balance area. In addition, other procedures for recording and reporting nuclear transformations may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8. Article 19
Particular safeguard obligations 1. Nuclear materials subject to particular safeguard obligations entered into by the Community in an agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation shall be identified with the appropriate obligation code, as communicated by the Commission, in the following notifications and records:
(a) initial book inventory provided for in Article 13;
(b) inventory change reports, including ending book inventories, provided for in Article 14;
(c) material balance reports and physical inventory listings provided for in Article 15;
(d) intended exports and imports provided for in Articles 23 and 24;
(e) accounting records provided for in Article 11, first paragraph, points (a) and (c).
Unless specifically prohibited in any of those agreements with a third country or an international organisation, the identification of nuclear materials referred to in the first subparagraph shall not preclude the physical mixing of nuclear materials. 2. Where applicable, the attribution of obligation codes in the records provided for in Article 11 and in the reports provided for in Articles 14 and 15 shall comply with the proportionality principle. 3. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to any agreement concluded by the Community and the Member States with the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Article 20
Pool accounting and obligation exchanges 1. The use, scope, reporting and modalities of pool accounting require prior authorisation by the Commission, which may be granted on a case-by-case basis if such use is justified in view of the type and activities of the installation and in accordance with criteria described in the recommendation referred to in Article 42. The modalities of pool accounting shall not prejudice the fulfilment of the commitments of the Community, such as respect for the equivalence principle and the proportionality principle.
A reasoned and motivated request for authorising the use of pool accounting shall be submitted in writing to the Commission, with a proposal of pool accounting modalities. 2. The pool code, as communicated by the Commission, shall be used to identify all nuclear materials in the accountancy pool in the reports provided for in Articles 14 and 15. The total amounts of nuclear materials assigned to the pool shall be known at all times for each obligation code and shall be provided to the Commission each month in the form of an electronic pool report. 3. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1 may be withdrawn if the provisions of this Regulation or the conditions specified in the authorisation are no longer met. 4. Particular safeguard obligations as referred to in Article 19 may be exchanged between two quantities of nuclear materials, subject to equivalence criteria applicable to the relevant NCA and to specific conditions communicated to the operator within an agreed timeframe after the request and all relevant information is received.
A reasoned and motivated request for an exchange of obligations shall be submitted electronically to the Commission using the form set out in Annex XVI. The operator concerned shall be informed within an agreed timeframe whether the conditions for the exchange of obligations are met.
Article 21
Weight units and categories of nuclear materials 1. In any notification referred to in this Regulation, quantities of materials covered by the Regulation shall be expressed in grams.
The corresponding material accounting records shall be kept in grams or in smaller units. They shall be kept in such a manner as to render them trustworthy and, in particular, to comply with current practices in the Member States.
In the notifications, quantities may be rounded down when the first decimal is 0 to 4 and rounded up when the first decimal is 5 to 9. 2. Unless otherwise provided for in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8, any notification referred to in this Regulation shall include the following:
(a) the total weight of the elements uranium, thorium and plutonium, and also, for enriched uranium, the total weight of the fissile isotopes;
(b) separate material balance reports as well as separate line entries in inventory change reports and in physical inventory listings for the following categories of nuclear material:
(i) depleted uranium;
(ii) natural uranium;
(iii) uranium enriched to less than 20 %;
(iv) uranium enriched to 20 % and above;
(v) plutonium;
(vi) thorium.
Article 22
Derogations 1. An operator may be derogated from the rules governing the frequency of the inventory change reports provided for in Article 14, in order to take account of any particular circumstances in which safeguarded materials are used or produced.
A request for such derogation shall be submitted electronically to the Commission by the operator concerned using the format set out in Annex IX.
Such derogation may only apply to a whole material balance area in which nuclear material is not processed or stored together with nuclear material for which no derogation is granted. 2. A derogation may apply to a material balance area holding:
(a) quantities of nuclear material commensurate with those specified in Annex I-N, which are kept in the same state for long periods;
(b) depleted uranium, natural uranium or thorium which is used exclusively in non-nuclear activities;
(c) special fissile materials when used in gram quantities or less as sensing components in instruments;
(d) plutonium with an isotopic concentration of plutonium-238 exceeding 80 %. 3. The operator and the Member State concerned shall be informed whether the conditions for derogation set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 are met. If those conditions are met, an annual inventory change report shall be transmitted electronically to the Commission by 31 January, using the format set out in Annex III. That report shall describe the situation at 31 December of the previous calendar year. At the same time, a material balance report and a physical inventory listing showing all batches separately shall be transmitted electronically using the formats set out in Annexes IV and V. 4. In addition, in the case of an inventory change occurring during the year in a material balance area to which a derogation applies, the operator concerned shall transmit electronically an inventory change report to the Commission as soon as possible and, at the latest, within 15 days of the end of the month in which the inventory change occurred, using the format set out in Annex III. 5. If the conditions for derogation set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 are no longer met, and after verification with the operator concerned, the operator concerned and the relevant Member State shall be informed that the derogation no longer applies.
CHAPTER IV
Transfers between States
Article 23
Exports and shipments 1. Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission if any source materials or special fissile materials:
(a) are exported to a third country;
(b) are shipped from a non-nuclear-weapon Member State to a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are shipped from a nuclear-weapon Member State to a non nuclear-weapon Member State. 2. Advance notification shall be required only:
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;
or
(b) where an installation transfers a total quantity of materials to the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram. 3. The advance notification shall be given after the conclusion of the contractual arrangements leading to the transfer, using the form set out in Annex VI, and it shall reach the Commission at least 8 working days before the material is to be packed for transfer. 4. Where a prior consent by a third country is required for the transfer, the transfer shall not take place before confirmation by the Commission that such prior consent has been granted. 5. On a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the advance notification may be agreed. 6. Exports and shipments of nuclear material contained in waste or ores are not subject to the provisions of paragraphs 1 to 4. Article 24
Imports and receipts 1. Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission if any source materials or special fissile materials:
(a) are imported from a third country;
(b) are received in a non-nuclear-weapon Member State from a nuclear-weapon Member State; or
(c) are received in a nuclear-weapon Member State from a non nuclear-weapon Member State. 2. Advance notification shall be required only:
(a) where the consignment exceeds one effective kilogram;
or
(b) where an installation imports or receives a total quantity of materials from the same State that exceeds or may exceed one effective kilogram in any consecutive period of 12 months, even though no single consignment exceeds one effective kilogram. 3. The advance notification shall be given as far in advance as possible of the expected arrival of the material and, at the latest, on the date of receipt, using the form set out in Annex VII, and shall reach the Commission at least 5 working days before the material is unpacked. 4. On a reasoned request by the operator, special arrangements concerning the form and transmission of the advance notification may be agreed. 5. This Article shall not apply to imports and receipts of nuclear material contained in waste or ores.
Article 25
Loss or delay during transfer
A special report as referred to in Article 16 shall be submitted by the operators notifying a transfer under Article 23 or 24 where, following exceptional circumstances or an incident, they have received information that nuclear materials have been lost or appear to be lost, or where there has been a considerable delay during transfer. In such cases, the special report shall include a description of the incident or circumstances and may also include any further actions taken.
For each installation, further details on the information to be provided may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8. Article 26
Communication of change of date
Any change of the dates indicated for packing before transfer, transport or unpacking of nuclear materials in the advance notifications referred to in Articles 23 and 24 shall be communicated without delay, with an indication of the revised dates if known, unless that change gives rise to a special report.
CHAPTER V
Specific provisions
Article 27
Ore installations 1. Any operator of an installation referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c) in the territory of a Member State shall declare the basic technical characteristics of the installation to the Commission, using the questionnaire in Annex I-Q, at least 120 days before the extraction of ores commences, and shall communicate the programme of activities in accordance with Article 7. 2. By way of derogation from Articles 9, 10 and 11, any operator extracting or keeping ores shall keep accounting records indicating, in particular, the quantities of ores extracted, with the average uranium and thorium content, and the stock of extracted ores at the mine. The records shall also contain details of shipments, stating the date, consignee and quantity in each case.
Such records shall be retained for at least 5 years. 3. Any operator of an installation referred to in Article 2, point (27)(c), in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union shall declare to the Commission the basic technical characteristics of that installation within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State.
Article 28
Ore shipment/export reports
By way of derogation from Articles 12 to 19 and Article 21, any operator extracting ores or keeping ores shall report to the Commission, using the form set out in Annex VIII, on:
(a) the amount of material dispatched from each mine, by 31 January of each year for the previous calendar year;
and
(b) exports of ores to third countries, by the date of the dispatch at the latest.
Article 29
Carriers and temporary storage agents
Any person or undertaking engaged, within the territories of the Member States, in transporting, or temporarily storing during transport, nuclear materials shall accept or hand over such nuclear materials only against a duly signed and dated receipt. This receipt shall state the names of the parties handing over and receiving the nuclear materials and indicate the quantities carried as well as the category, form and composition of the nuclear materials.
If so required for reasons of physical protection, the description of the nuclear materials transferred may be replaced by a suitable identification of the consignment. Such identification shall be traceable to records held by the operators shipping and receiving the nuclear materials.
Those records shall be retained by the contracting parties for at least 5 years.
Article 30
Substitute records for carriers and temporary storage agents
Records already held by persons or undertakings in accordance with existing regulations which apply to them in the territory of the Member States in which they operate may be considered as being the records referred to in Article 29, provided that such records contain all the information required under that Article.
Article 31
Intermediaries
Any intermediaries taking part in the conclusion of any contract for the supply of nuclear materials, such as authorised agents, brokers or commission agents, shall keep all records relating to the transactions performed by them or on their behalf for at least 5 years after expiry of the contract. Such records shall contain the names of the contracting parties and indicate the date of the contract as well as the quantity, category, form, composition, origin and destination of the materials.
Article 32
Transmission of information and data
The Commission may transmit to the International Atomic Energy Agency information and data obtained pursuant to this Regulation.
Article 33
Waste initial stock list and accounting records 1. Any operator in the territory of a State acceding to the European Union holding nuclear material in conditioned waste on which IAEA safeguards were terminated shall provide to the Commission, within 30 days of the date of entry into force of this Regulation in that State, an initial stock list of all such nuclear material by category. 2. Any operator treating or storing nuclear material that has previously been declared as retained or conditioned waste, shall keep accounting records thereof.
By way of derogation from Articles 9 to 13, Article 15 and Article 19(1) for material that has been previously declared as retained waste and from Articles 9 to 15 and Article 19(1) for material that has previously been declared as conditioned waste, those records shall include:
(a) the operating data used to determine changes in the quantities and composition of nuclear material;
(b) a stock list to be updated yearly after the physical inventory taking;
(c) a description of the sequence of actions taken to prepare for and take a physical inventory, and to ensure that the inventory is correct and complete;
(d) a description of the actions taken in order to ascertain the cause and magnitude of any accidental loss that might have occurred;
(e) all stock changes, so that the book inventory can be established when requested.
Specific reporting requirements for the processing of waste may be specified in the particular safeguard provisions referred to in Article 8. Article 34
Processing of waste
Operators shall give advance notification to the Commission of any processing campaign of material that has previously been declared as retained or conditioned waste, excluding repackaging or further conditioning without separation of elements.
That advance notification shall include information on the amount of plutonium, high enriched uranium and uranium-233 per batch, the form, such as glass or high active liquid, the expected duration of the campaign, and the location of the material before and after the campaign. Such notification shall be communicated electronically to the Commission using the form set out in Annex XII, at least 200 days before the campaign starts.
Article 35
Transfers of conditioned waste
Operators shall submit electronically by 31 January annual reports on:
(a) shipments or exports of conditioned waste to an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIII;
(b) receipts or imports of conditioned waste from an installation within or outside the territories of the Member States, using the form set out in Annex XIV;
(c) changes in location of conditioned waste containing plutonium, high enriched uranium or uranium-233, using the form set out in Annex XV.
Article 36
Termination of safeguards 1. Safeguards under this Regulation may be terminated on nuclear material as follows:
(a) nuclear material which is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge; for this purpose, discards to the environment shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(b) nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes such as alloys or ceramics; for this purpose, termination of use shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(c) nuclear material contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of; for this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14;
(d) nuclear material contained in conditioned waste in very low concentrations, which is already disposed of. For this purpose, termination of safeguards shall be declared in the inventory change report referred to in Article 14. 2. For termination of safeguards under paragraph 1, points (b), (c) and (d), a reasoned and justified request shall be transmitted by an operator to the Commission. The operator concerned and the relevant Member State shall be informed whether the conditions for termination of safeguards are met.
Article 37
National LOF 1. A national LOF, comprising individual holders of small amounts of nuclear material (‘smallholders’) within that Member State, may be put in place upon a request by the responsible authority of a Member State to the Commission. Several national LOFs may be put in place in a Member State. 2. The responsible authority shall supervise the national LOF and ensure implementation of Articles 3 to 7, 12 to 19, 21 and 23 to 26. 3. The combined inventory of source material and special fissile material in a national LOF shall not exceed one effective kilogram. 4. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics of the national LOF shall be submitted by the responsible authority to the Commission using the questionnaire in Annex I-M. Any update shall be submitted, at the latest, when transmitting the physical inventory listing referred to in Article 15. 5. The declaration of the basic technical characteristics shall describe how responsibilities are shared between the responsible authority and individual smallholders for the purpose of implementing Articles 9 to 11. 6. For the purpose of implementing Articles 9, 14 and 15, the responsible authority shall take appropriate measures to ensure that:
(a) the physical inventory is taken by all individual smallholders comprising the national LOF and the data from the smallholders reflect the actual inventory at the date of the physical taking determined by the responsible authority;
(b) the physical inventories of each individual smallholder can be identified in the physical inventory listing transmitted to the Commission;
(c) the accounting reports are substantiated with the relevant operating records referred to in Article 10(1);
(d) the provisions of this Regulation are effectively implemented within the scope of the national LOF.
Article 38
International obligations 1. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Article 6(1), Article 34 and Article 35, point (c), shall be applied in conformity with the obligations of the Community and non-nuclear weapon Member States under Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom. 2. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Articles 19, 20, 23 and 24 shall be applied in conformity with NCAs in force between the Community and third countries and in such a way that the Commission can fulfil the Community obligations on nuclear materials under such NCAs. 3. The provisions of this Regulation, and in particular Articles 9 to 18, 22 to 26 and 36, shall be applied in conformity with the obligations of the Community and its Member States under any Safeguards Agreements concluded with the International Atomic Energy Agency.
CHAPTER VI
Specific provisions applicable in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State
Article 39
Specific provisions applicable in the nuclear-weapon Member State 1. This Regulation shall not apply:
(a) to installations or parts of installations which have been assigned to meet defence requirements and which are situated in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State;
nor
(b) to nuclear materials which have been assigned to meet defence requirements by the nuclear-weapon Member State. 2. For nuclear materials, installations or parts of installations which are liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements and which are situated in the territory of the nuclear-weapon Member State, the extent of the application of this Regulation and the procedures under which it applies are defined in agreement between the Commission and the nuclear-weapon Member State, taking into account Article 84, second paragraph, of the Treaty. Such procedures are without prejudice to the possibility for the Commission’s inspectors to apply safeguards on the civil nuclear materials and to ensure compliance with Article 77 of the Treaty. Such procedures include provisions for installations or parts of installations under decommissioning. By way of derogation, it may be agreed, on a case-by-case basis, that specific records are presented to the Commission’s inspectors instead of the shipping documents referred to in Article 10(1)(a). 3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article:
(a) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply to installations or parts of installations which at certain times are operated exclusively with nuclear materials liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements but which at other times are operated exclusively with civil nuclear materials;
(b) the provisions of Articles 3(1), 4 and 8 shall apply, with exceptions for reasons of national security, to installations or parts of installations to which access could be restricted for such reasons but which produce, treat, separate, reprocess, store or use in any other way, simultaneously, both civil nuclear materials and nuclear materials assigned or liable to be assigned to meet defence requirements;
(c) the provisions of Articles 2 and 7, Articles 9 to 37, paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article and Articles 41, 42 and 43 shall apply in relation to all civil nuclear materials situated in the installations or parts of installations referred to in points (a) and (b) of this paragraph;
(d) the provisions of Article 6, Article 34 and Article 35, point (c), shall not apply in the territories of the nuclear-weapon Member State.
CHAPTER VII
Final provisions
Article 40
Confidentiality of data 1. The information obtained or handled by the Commission under this Regulation is subject to the security rules set out in Decisions (EU, Euratom) 2015/443 and (EU, Euratom) 2015/444, without prejudice to Regulation (Euratom) No 3. 2. The security of information transmission shall be in compliance with the Commission rules and Member State requirements for the transmission of such information.
Article 41
Installations controlled from outside the Community
Where an installation is controlled by a person or undertaking established outside the Community, any obligation laid down in this Regulation shall be fulfilled by the local management of that installation.
Article 42
Implementation and monitoring 1. The Commission shall adopt and publish guidelines for the application of this Regulation by means of a recommendation, and, if necessary, update them in the light of the experience gained, in close consultation with the Member States, and after having obtained observations from interested parties. 2. The Commission shall evaluate the application of this Regulation within 10 years of its entry into force. It shall report on the main findings to the Council.
Article 43
Repeal
Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 is repealed with effect from the date of entry into force of this Regulation.
However, Annexes III to IX and XII to XV shall be repealed with effect from… [40 months after the date of publication of this Regulation], and Annexes I, II and XI shall be repealed with effect from… [6 months after the date of publication of this Regulation].
References to the repealed Regulation shall be construed as references to this Regulation.
Article 44
Entry into force
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
Annexes III to X and XII to XV shall apply from… [40 months after the date of publication of this Regulation], and Annexes I, II, XI and XVI shall apply from… [6 months after the date of publication of this Regulation].
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Brussels,
For the Commission
Member of the Commission

ANNEX I
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR THE DECLARATION OF THE BASIC TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS (BTC) OF THE INSTALLATIONS
NB: 1. Considering the broad variety of installations in the Community, some questions might not be pertinent for some installations. The answer ‘not applicable’ may be given when the question is considered not pertinent in view of the particular situation of the installation. In such case, the reason why the question is considered not applicable must be briefly explained. 2. BTC declared before the entry into force of this Regulation shall remain valid until changed. 3. For declaration updates, please highlight the introduced modifications. In the case of updates, the full BTC shall be transmitted with a new version number. 4. Electronic templates for all questionnaires are made available by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 5. The declaration, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded electronically to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX I-A
POWER AND RESEARCH REACTORS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision in principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, reactor(s) and storage areas, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) incoming-material storage area;
(c) reactor(s) area;
(d) test and experiment area, laboratories;
(e) outgoing-material storage area;
(f) waste storage area. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General reactor data 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment). 14. Rated thermal and electricity output (when applicable). 15. Number of units. 16. Reactor type. 17. Type of refuelling (cycle length, on-load or off-load, percentage of fuel reloading). 18. Core enrichment range and Pu concentration (at equilibrium for on-load reactors, initial and final for off-load reactors). 19. Moderator. 20. Coolant. 21. Blanket, reflector.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description of nuclear material 22. Types of fresh fuel. 23. Fresh fuel enrichment (U-235) and/or Pu content (average enrichment for each type of assembly). 24. Nominal weight of fuel in elements/assemblies with design tolerances. 25. Detailed description of reactor assemblies:
(a) type of fuel assemblies;
(b) number of fuel assemblies, control and shim assemblies, experimental assemblies in the core, in blanket zone(s);
(c) number and types of fuel rods/elements;
(d) average enrichment and/or Pu content per assembly;
(e) general structure;
(f) geometric form;
(g) overall dimensions;
(h) cladding material. 26. Detailed description of each type of fresh fuel:
(a) physical and chemical form of fuel;
(b) nuclear material and its quantity;
(c) enrichment and/or Pu content;
(d) geometric form;
(e) dimensions;
(f) number of rods/pins per element;
(g) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(h) cladding material (thickness, composition of material, bonding). 27. Provision for pin exchange in each type of fuel assemblies. Indicate whether this is foreseen to become a routine operation. 28. Basic operational accounting units (fuel elements/assemblies, etc.). 29. Other types of accounting units. 30. Means of nuclear material and/or fuel identification. 31. Other nuclear material and dummies (e.g. shielding, fission chambers, sources, etc.).
Flow of nuclear material 32. Schematic flow sheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations). 33. Inventory with quantity range including uranium enrichment and plutonium content, number of items in Key Measurement Points (under normal operating conditions) in:
(a) fresh fuel storage;
(b) reactor core;
(c) spent fuel storage;
(d) other locations. 34. Load factor. 35. Reactor core loading (number of elements and assemblies). 36. Refuelling requirements. 37. Burn-up, average and maximum. 38. Indicate the way to handle irradiated fuel assemblies (to be dry/wet stored or reprocessed).
Handling of nuclear material 39. General arrangement for fresh fuel:
(a) layout, storage plan and packaging;
(b) capacity of store;
(c) fuel preparation and assay room and reactor loading area, description and indication of layout and general arrangement. 40. Fuel transfer equipment (including refuelling machine). 41. Routes followed by fresh fuel, irradiated fuel, blanket and other nuclear material. 42. Reactor vessel (showing core location, access to vessel, vessel openings and fuel handling in vessel). 43. Reactor core diagram (showing general disposition, lattice, form, pitch, dimensions of core, reflector, blanket, location, shapes and dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, control elements/assemblies, experimental elements/assemblies). 44. Number and size of channels for fuel elements or assemblies and for control elements in the core. 45. Average mean neutron flux in the core (thermal/fast). 46. Instrumentation for measuring neutron and gamma flux. 47. General arrangement for irradiated fuel:
(a) layout, spent fuel storages;
(b) method of storage;
(c) design capacity of storage;
(d) minimum and normal cooling period prior to shipment;
(e) description of irradiated fuel transport equipment and shipping cask. 48. Maximum radiation level of fuel/blanket after refuelling (dose rate at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter). 49. Methods and equipment used for handling irradiated fuel (pin removal, top nozzle) 50. Nuclear material testing area (if applicable):
(a) brief description of the activities performed;
(b) description of main equipment (e.g. hot cell, fuel assembly decladding and dissolving equipment);
(c) description of shipping and storage containers for nuclear material and of waste and scrap packaging (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible);
(d) description of storage area for non-irradiated and irradiated nuclear material;
(e) layout and general arrangement.
Coolant data 51. Flow diagram (indicating mass flow, temperature and pressure at major points, etc.).
Protection and safety rules 52. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 53. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 54. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments (including waste), nuclear loss and production, including a description of how these changes are determined. The corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 55. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 56. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers and packaging;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment used for item counting, neutron flux, power level, nuclear burn-up and production etc.;
(h) source and level of accuracy;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of methods and techniques used;
(k) method of converting source data to batch data (calculative procedures, constant used, etc.);
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and estimated quantity of nuclear material per batch (average), form of nuclear material and typical isotopic composition;
(p) access to nuclear material and its location.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 57. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 58. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 59. Other optional information and drawings that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-B
CRITICAL AND SUB-CRITICAL INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates. Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage area(s);
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experimental areas, laboratories. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General installation data 13. Number of critical assemblies in the installation and their location. 14. Maximum expected operating power and/or neutron flux. 15. Description of the moderator, reflector, blanket and coolant.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description of nuclear material 16. Main types of nuclear material/fuel and nominal weight of nuclear material in the installation. 17. Range of fuel enrichment and Pu content. 18. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of fuel material (for each type):
(a) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(b) form and dimensions;
(c) number of rods/pins per element;
(d) enrichment;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) composition of alloy, etc. 19. Cladding material (thickness, composition of material and bonding). 20. Sub-assemblies of fuel (number of fuel elements per nuclear assembly, arrangement of fuel elements in sub-assembly, configuration and nominal weight of nuclear material per sub-assembly with design tolerance). 21. Basic operational accounting unit (fuel elements/assemblies, etc.). 22. Other types of units. 23. Means of nuclear material/fuel identification. 24. Other nuclear material and dummies (briefly state material, purpose and method of use, e.g. as booster rods, shielding, fission chambers, sources).
Flow of nuclear material 25. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes). 26. Inventory with quantity range including uranium enrichment and plutonium content, for:
(a) nuclear material storage(s);
(b) core area(s);
(c) assembly core(s) itself;
(d) other locations.
Location and handling of nuclear material (for each accountability area) 27. Core diagram (for each critical assembly showing the general disposition, core support structure, shielding and heat removal arrangements, channels for fuel elements or sub-assemblies, control rods, moderator, reflector, beam tubes, dimensions, etc.). 28. Ranges of critical mass and maximum radius. 29. Description of most common configurations. 30. Average mean neutron flux in the core (thermal/ fast). 31. Instrumentation for measuring neutron and gamma flux (accuracy and type of instruments; location of indicator and recorder). 32. Maximum radiation level outside/inside shielding at specified places (dose rate). 33. Maximum radiation level of fuel after refuelling/operation (dose rate at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter). 34. Nuclear material storage:
(a) description of packaging;
(b) storage plan and arrangements;
(c) capacity of storage;
(d) nuclear material preparation (description and identification of layout and general arrangement). 35. Routes followed by nuclear material. 36. Main equipment used for:
(a) assembling and disassembling of fuel;
(b) nuclear material testing;
(c) nuclear material measuring. 37. Fuel transfer equipment, if any.
Protection and safety rules 38. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 39. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 40. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts and shipments, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 41. Frequency of core disassembling to permit the verification of contained nuclear material. 42. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 43. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibilities to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (measurements);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 44. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 45. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 46. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-C
CONVERSION AND FUEL FABRICATION INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
Overall process parameters 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment). 14. Process description (indicating type of conversion, method of fabrication, sampling methods, etc., indicating also the modification of physical and chemical forms). 15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year). 16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products). 17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND ACCOUNTANCY, CONTAINMENT AND SURVEILLANCE
Description of nuclear material 18. Main material description (feed, intermediate product, product):
(a) chemical and physical form (for product include types of fuel element/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel element/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) maximum value of storage/plant inventory;
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). 19. Scrap material. 20. Waste material (including contaminated equipment and retained waste). For each waste stream, description of:
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.);
(d) estimated enrichment ranges and uranium/plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge. 21. Waste treatment system (attach diagrams). 22. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any. 23. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.). 24. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area. 25. Recycle processes (brief description of any such processes giving source and form of material, method of storage, normal inventory, frequency of processing, duration of temporary storage, schedules for any external recycling, measurement method of fissile content of recycle material). 26. Maximum capacity:
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
Handling of nuclear material 27. Containers, packaging and storage area description.
Describe for feeds, products and wastes: the type and size of storage and shipping containers and packaging used (including nominal capacity and capacity for normal operation, and type of material); method of storage or packing, filling and emptying procedures, shielding; and any special identification features. 28. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used for handling of feed, product, waste). 29. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout). 30. Shielding (for storage, transfer and process area).
Maintenance of the installation 31. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
Protection and safety rules 32. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 33. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 34. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:
(a) General
Source data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 35. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout). 36. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, give the following:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures. 37. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 38. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 39. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 40. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-D
REPROCESSING INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material and/or fuel assemblies. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year. 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
Overall process parameters 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment). 14. Process description (also indicating the modification of physical and chemical forms). 15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year). 16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products). 17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND ACCOUNTANCY, CONTAINMENT AND SURVEILLANCE
Description of nuclear material 18. Main material description (feed, product (U, Pu)):
(a) chemical and physical form (for feed include types of fuel elements/assemblies, give detailed description indicating general structure and overall structure and overall dimensions of fuel elements/assemblies, including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) throughput, enrichment ranges and Pu contents (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(d) storage and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(e) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). 19. Waste material (including contaminated equipment and retained waste). For each waste stream, description of:
(a) major contributions (sources);
(b) types of waste after waste processing;
(c) chemical and physical form (liquid, solid, etc.) of waste feeds, waste in intermediate storage and waste product after processing;
(d) for each material in point (c), uranium content and its enrichment ranges, plutonium content;
(e) estimated quantities per year, period of storing;
(f) waste generated rates (as % of input/ throughput, quantities per month);
(g) store inventory range and maximum capacity;
(h) method and frequency of recovery/discharge. 20. Waste treatment system (attach diagrams). 21. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any. 22. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.). 23. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area. 24. Recycle processes (brief description of any such processes giving source and form of material, method of storage, normal inventory, frequency of processing, duration of temporary storage, schedules for any external recycling, measurement method of fissile content of recycle material). 25. Maximum capacity:
(a) in-process (within plant and equipment during normal operation, indicate quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and principal locations and any significant change in time or throughput; indicate anticipated residual hold-up and mechanism, e.g. plate out, condensation);
(b) feed and product storages;
(c) other locations (quantity, range of enrichment, Pu content, form and location of inventory not already specified).
Handling of nuclear material 26. Containers, packaging and storage area description.
Description for feeds, products and wastes of the type and size of storage and shipping containers and packaging used (including nominal capacity and capacity for normal operation, and type of material). Description of storage, packing, filling and emptying procedures. 27. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used for handling of feed, product, waste). 28. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout). 29. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
Maintenance of the installation 30. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
Protection and safety rules 31. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 32. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 33. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:
(a) General
Source data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 34. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout). 35. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (including enrichment range, Pu content, and cladding materials description);
(d) nuclear material containers, packaging and method of storage;
(e) sampling procedure and equipment used (including number of samples taken, frequency and rejection criteria);
(f) measurement/analytical method(s) and equipment used and corresponding accuracies;
(g) source and level of random and systematic errors for feed, product, scrap, waste (weight, volume, sampling, analytical);
(h) calculative and error propagation techniques;
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used, and standards used;
(j) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling and analytical techniques and measurement methods;
(k) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (i) and (j);
(l) means of batch identification;
(m) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(n) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(o) anticipated number of items per flow and inventory batches;
(p) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch (with indication of batch data, total weight of each element of nuclear material and form of nuclear material);
(q) features related to containment-surveillance measures. 36. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 37. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 38. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 39. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-E
ISOTOPE ENRICHMENT INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable)
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material and/or fuel assemblies. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year. 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) containment of certain parts of the installation;
(c) routes followed by nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material storage areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) waste storage area;
(h) analytical laboratory. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
Overall process parameters 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment). 14. Process description (identifying sampling and key measurement points, MBAs, inventory locations). 15. Design capacity (throughput and energy consumption). 16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products). 17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND ACCOUNTANCY, CONTAINMENT AND SURVEILLANCE
Description of nuclear material 18. Main material description (feed, product, tails):
(a) chemical and physical form;
(b) throughput and enrichment ranges (for normal flowsheet operation indicating if blending and/or recycling takes place);
(c) batch size/flow rate and campaign period;
(d) maximum capability as concentration of top product (nat. U feed);
(e) storage inventory;
(f) frequency of receipt or shipment. 19. Waste material:
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents; enrichment range; include contaminated equipment);
(b) storage inventory range, method and frequency of recovery/discharge. 20. Container and storage area descriptions. 21. Discards to the environment, conditioned waste and retained waste as % of input. 22. In-process inventory (within plant and equipment during normal operation; indicate quantity, form and main location and any significant change with time or throughput).
Maintenance of the installation 23. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out:
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty.
Protection and safety rules 24. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 25. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 26. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:
(a) General
Source data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for the inventory, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 27. Features related to containment and surveillance measures (general description of applied or possible measures in reference to floor plan or plant layout). 28. For each key measurement point provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i). 29. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 30. Decommissioning schedule dates (End of operation and of decommissioning dates). 31. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 32. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-F
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (R & D) INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General installation data 13. Description of the installation (with indication of accountability areas). 14. Estimated total inventory per location and per category. 15. Anticipated annual throughput per category. 16. Description of the use of nuclear material. 17. Important items of equipment which use, produce or process nuclear material.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description of nuclear material 18. Main types of accounting units to be handled in the installation. 19. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of all nuclear material for each accountability area, showing:
(a) chemical and physical form (with cladding materials description);
(b) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(c) estimated nominal weight of nuclear material. 20. Waste material:
(a) source and form (indicating major contributors; liquid or solid; range of constituents, range of enrichment and Pu content including contaminated equipment);
(b) quantities in storage and at other locations;
(c) method and frequency of recovery/discharge. 21. Other nuclear material, not previously mentioned, and its location. 22. Means of nuclear material identification. 23. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified places).
Flow of nuclear material 24. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes). 25. Types, form and range of quantities of nuclear material in operation areas, storage area and other locations (average data for each location).
Location and handling of nuclear material (for each accountability area) 26. Description of each nuclear material storage area (indicating capacity, anticipated inventory and throughput, etc.). 27. Maximum quantity of nuclear material to be handled in accountability areas. 28. Modification of the physical/chemical form during operation. 29. Nuclear material transfer. 30. Frequency of receipt and shipment. 31. Nuclear material transfer equipment (if applicable). 32. Description of containers used for storage and handling. 33. Routes followed by nuclear material. 34. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
Protection and safety rules 35. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 36. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 37. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 38. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 39. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory change;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding materials description);
(e) nuclear material containers, packaging;
(f) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(g) measurement method(s) and equipment used;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow rate per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of nuclear material in item, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 40. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 41. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 42. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-G
STORAGE INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) nuclear material storage areas;
(c) waste storage area;
(d) routes followed by nuclear material;
(e) test and experiment area, laboratories. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General storage data 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment for each storage area). 14. Design capacity. 15. Anticipated annual throughput and inventory.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description of nuclear material 16. Description of the use of nuclear material. 17. Description, by means of drawings or otherwise, of all nuclear material in the installation, showing:
(a) all types of items handled at the installation;
(b) chemical composition or main alloy constituents;
(c) form and dimensions;
(d) range of enrichment and Pu content;
(e) nominal weight of nuclear material, with design tolerances;
(f) cladding materials;
(g) methods of identifying items;
(h) range of radiation levels at nuclear material location (dose rates at specified locations).
Flow of nuclear material 18. Schematic flow sheet for nuclear material (identifying measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc., for operator purposes).
Location and handling of nuclear material 19. Description of each nuclear material storage area (inventory locations). 20. Estimated range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage area. 21. Method of positioning of nuclear material in storage. 22. Routes and equipment used for handling and movement of nuclear material. 23. Frequency of receipt and shipment. 24. Nuclear material storage and/or shipping containers and shielding.
Protection and safety rules 25. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 26. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 27. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with the shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections), shipments and waste related inventory changes, including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of fresh and irradiated nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 28. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 29. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes;
(c) possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(d) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(e) nuclear material containers;
(f) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(g) measurement methods and equipment;
(h) source and level of random and systematic errors (weight, volume, sampling, non-destructive assay);
(i) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(j) method of converting source data to batch data;
(k) means of batch identification;
(l) anticipated batch flow per year;
(m) anticipated number of inventory batches with related storage capacity;
(n) anticipated number of items per flow;
(o) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, estimated weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 30. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 31. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 32. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-H
WASTE TREATMENT, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning, closed (for disposal installations only)). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year. 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of installation:
(a) structural containment, fences and access routes;
(b) routes followed by nuclear material;
(c) waste storage areas;
(d) waste disposal areas;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test or experimental areas;
(g) analytical laboratory. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
Overall process parameters 13. Description of the installation (indicating main items of equipment). 14. Process description (also indicating the modification of physical and chemical forms). 15. Design capacity (in weight of principal products per year). 16. Anticipated throughput (in the form of a forward programme indicating proportion of various feeds and products). 17. Other important items of equipment using, producing or processing nuclear material (such as testing and experimental equipment).
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO MATERIAL USE AND ACCOUNTANCY, CONTAINMENT AND SURVEILLANCE
Description of nuclear material 18. Main material description:
(a) chemical and physical forms (including nuclear material content and enrichment);
(b) batch size/flow rate and campaign period, means of batch identification;
(c) nuclear material storage areas and plant inventory (indicating any change with throughput);
(d) frequency of receipt or shipment (batches/units per month). 19. Other nuclear material in the installation and its location, if any. 20. Schematic flowsheet for nuclear material (identifying sampling points, flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, etc.). 21. Types, form, ranges of nuclear material content (including enrichment, as applicable), ranges of quantities of nuclear material flow for each nuclear material handling area.
Handling of nuclear material 22. Containers, packaging and storage area description. 23. Methods and means of transfer of nuclear material (describe also equipment used). 24. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material (with reference to plant layout). 25. Shielding (for storage and transfer).
Maintenance of the installation 26. Maintenance, decontamination, clean-out (in cases where clean-out and/or sampling is not possible, indicate how the hold-up of nuclear material is measured or calculated):
(a) normal maintenance of the installation;
(b) installation and equipment decontamination and subsequent nuclear material recovery;
(c) installation and equipment clean-out including means of ensuring vessels are empty;
(d) installation start-up and plant shut-down (if different from normal operation).
Protection and safety rules 27. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 28. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance (if extensive, attach separately).
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 29. Description of the NMAC system, the method of recording and reporting accountancy data and establishing material balances, frequency of physical inventory takings, procedures for account adjustment after plant inventory taking, mistakes, etc., under the following headings:
(a) General
Source data (e.g. shipping and receiving forms, internal transfer documents, physical inventory forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets). Procedures for making adjustments and corrections (indicating how the adjustments are authorized and substantiated);
(b) Receipts (including method of dealing with shipper/receiver differences and subsequent accounting corrections; checks and measurements used to confirm nuclear material content);
(c) Shipments (products, waste);
(d) Transfers to retained waste (method of establishing quantities, method and envisaged period of storage, possible subsequent uses of retained waste);
(e) Discards to the environment (method of establishing quantities, method of discharge);
(f) Other inventory changes, e.g. transfers to conditioned waste, unmeasured losses (method of establishing quantities);
(g) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights, including relevant assay method), accessibility and possible verification method for nuclear material, expected accuracy, and access to nuclear material. In particular the description of procedures shall also provide the basic inventory approach to be used, i.e. planning, organizing, and conducting the inventory taking, primary responsibility for inventory taking, process clean-out, accountancy of process residual hold-up;
(h) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records). Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(i) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 30. For each flow and inventory measurement point, and sampling points of accountability areas, provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) expected types of inventory change at this measurement point and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) chemical and physical form of material;
(d) sampling procedure and equipment used;
(e) measurement/analytical method and equipment used;
(f) source and level of random and systematic errors (weighing, volume, sampling, analytical);
(g) calculative and error propagation technique;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) programme for the continuing appraisal of the accuracy of weight, volume, sampling techniques and measurement methods;
(j) programme for statistical evaluation of data from (h) and (i). 31. Overall limit of error. Describe procedures to combine individual measurement error determination to obtain the overall limit of error for:
(a) shipper/receiver differences;
(b) book inventory;
(c) physical inventory;
(d) material unaccounted for (MUF).
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 32. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 33. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 34. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-J
SPENT FUEL ENCAPSULATION INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
indicate MBA code (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of the installation including floor and section drawings:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters and spent fuel casks;
(c) nuclear material and disposal canister storage areas;
(d) waste storage area;
(e) each main processing area and process laboratory;
(f) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General installation data 13. Description of the process and locations indicating:
(a) all process stages;
(b) all receipt, shipment, process and storage areas. 14. Process description including process flow sheet. 15. Design capacity. 16. Anticipated annual throughput and inventory of storage and process areas. 17. Main items of equipment used in the installation including surveillance and measurement equipment, also for testing and experimental purpose.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO NUCLEAR MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description and flow of nuclear material 18. Nuclear material description:
(a) main types of nuclear material, and accounting units to be handled in the installation;
(b) physical (mechanical) form, cladding, and overall dimensions of spent fuel assemblies;
(c) physical (mechanical) form, overall dimensions, and capacity of disposal canisters;
(d) physical form and overall dimensions and capacity of other types of containers and packaging;
(e) means of batch and item identification, batch size, flow rate, and campaign period;
(f) range of initial weights of heavy metal and initial enrichments of fuel assemblies;
(g) range of spent fuel burn-ups, cooling times, and Pu contents of fuel assemblies;
(h) range of radiation levels in nuclear material storage and process areas (dose rates);
(i) range of radiation levels and heat levels at exterior of transport and disposal containers (dose rates and temperatures). 19. Other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel (type, form, quantity, and location). 20. Flow of nuclear material:
(a) schematic flow sheet and drawings;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt and shipment. 21. Nuclear material flow quantities for each nuclear material handling area, including range and maximum quantities of nuclear material:
(a) receipt and shipment areas;
(b) process area (i.e. handling cell);
(c) storage area;
(d) other locations. 22. Design range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage and process area.
Handling of nuclear material 23. Description of container, canister and packaging in which nuclear material is transported (including size, design, internal basket design, material used, capacity, closure etc.) Refer to drawings when available. 24. Description of each nuclear material storage and process area. 25. Shielding in different process, storage and transfer areas. 26. Methods and means of handling and transport of nuclear material and of transport containers in process and storage areas. 27. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material, containers and canisters with reference to installation layout. 28. Maintenance and decontamination:
(a) normal plant maintenance;
(b) plant and equipment decontamination.
Protection and safety rules 29. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 30. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL 31. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the checks and measurements used to confirm spent fuel items), rebatching, shipments of disposal canisters and other nuclear material (including waste), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 32. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 33. For each measurement point of the material balance area, provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) physical and chemical form of nuclear material;
(d) nuclear material containers;
(e) sampling procedures and equipment used;
(f) measurement methods and equipment used including radiation measurement in handling cell;
(g) source and level of accuracy;
(h) technique and frequency of calibration of equipment used;
(i) method of converting source data to batch data;
(j) means of batch identification;
(k) anticipated batch flow per year;
(l) anticipated number of inventory batches;
(m) anticipated number of items per flow;
(n) type, composition and quantity of nuclear material per batch, total weight of each element of nuclear material, the isotopic composition when appropriate and form of nuclear material.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 34. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates). 35. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following:
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material will be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it will be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 36. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant to safeguarding the installation.

ANNEX I-K
GEOLOGICAL REPOSITORIES
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features only). 6. Purpose and type of the installation. 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, post-operational phase). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Normal operating mode (shift system adopted, approximate dates of operating periods in year, etc.). 10. Area layout (map showing the installation, boundaries, buildings, roads, rivers, railways, etc.). 11. Layout of the installation including related drawings:
(a) identification of main areas (structural containment, fences and access routes);
(b) routes followed by nuclear material, disposal canisters;
(c) nuclear material, disposal canister storage areas;
(d) disposal area;
(e) main access routes for vehicles and personnel and ventilation shafts (including shaft and vent size);
(f) access and disposal tunnels;
(g) test and experiment area, analytical laboratories, if applicable;
(h) description of restricted zone and other controlled areas established around the repository. 12. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
General installation data 13. Description of geological data:
(a) information on the host geology of the geological repository (evidence and conclusions on the integrity of the geological formation hosting the disposal);
(b) monitoring systems for excavation activities (including types, exact locations and depths of sensors; other monitoring systems, including safety monitoring; other equipment including testing and experimental equipment);
(c) information on design of the surface areas (including receipt, storage, and preparation of canisters for disposal);
(d) information on the design of the geological repository underground area, (including layout, isolation doors, measures to strengthen or stabilize walls and ceilings of excavations; shaft and vent size and features, etc.);
(e) information on access routes for personnel and materials; provision of utilities; areas for receipt and storage of disposal canisters; 14. Process description, including above and underground operations, ramp, tunnel and shaft excavation, excavated material removal, canister preparation, transportation and storage and backfilling and tunnel closure with nominal schedule of different processes. 15. Design capacity. 16. Anticipated annual disposal plan. 17. Main equipment used in the installation including maximum weight loads of hoist and canister transport vehicle.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AT THE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO NUCLEAR MATERIAL USE AND HANDLING
Description and flow of nuclear material 18. Nuclear material description:
(a) types of nuclear material, including other nuclear material in the installation besides spent fuel if applicable (type, form, quantity, and location);
(b) types of other radioactive materials in the installation;
(c) types of accountability units (e.g. disposal canisters and other containers) to be handled in the installation;
(d) appearance, means of identification, and overall dimensions of accountability units;
(e) number of fuel assemblies or quantity of other nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(f) quantity of other radioactive material per disposal cannister or other container;
(g) number of disposal canisters or other containers per transport container or transport vehicle;
(h) range of weight of nuclear material per disposal canister or other container;
(i) range of radiation and heat levels at exterior of disposal canisters and/or containers (dose rates at the surface and at a distance of 1 meter, and temperatures). 19. Flow of nuclear material:
(a) schematic flow sheet;
(b) flow and inventory measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations;
(c) frequency of receipt of accountancy related units and transfers to underground;
(d) routes followed and emplacement of disposal canisters or other containers. 20. Designed range of inventories of nuclear material in each storage area.
Installation operation and handling of nuclear material 21. Description of container, canister and packaging in which nuclear material is transported (including size, design, internal basket design, material used, capacity, closure etc.). Refer to drawings when available. 22. Shielding in different storage and transfer areas. 23. Methods and means of handling and transfer of nuclear material and canisters in storage and emplacement areas including description of the transfer vehicle. 24. Transportation routes followed by nuclear material with reference to installation layout. 25. Description of each nuclear material storage area. 26. Method of positioning of nuclear material in storage areas. 27. Method of nuclear material emplacement and backfilling. 28. Description and number of nuclear material emplacement area and disposal tunnel. 29. Description of maintenance activities and areas.
Protection and safety rules 30. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 31. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules for inspector compliance.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 32. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts (including method of dealing with accounting corrections, the verifications used) and shipments of disposal canisters, if occurred and transfers as appropriate. Corresponding operational records and source data e.g. receiving and shipping forms shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, method of operator’s inventory taking, scheduled frequency, estimated distribution of nuclear material, accessibility and verification method;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 33. Provisions related to existing or possible containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 34. For each measurement point of the material balance area (e.g. storage area, deposition tunnel), provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type, identification;
(b) anticipated types of inventory changes and possibility to use this measurement point for physical inventory taking;
(c) handling and transfer equipment used;
(d) verification methods and equipment used;
(e) means of batch identification;
(f) anticipated number of inventory batches and flow per year.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 35. Other optional information that the operator considers relevant. This may include amongst others:
—
additional information on the host geology of the geological repository (including geological stratification; geochemistry; geophysics; identification of radionuclides found in the repository environment;
—
geological repository characterization activities (e.g. subsurface excavations and exploratory activities).

ANNEX I-L
LOCATION OUTSIDE FACILITIES (LOF)
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION AND OF THE NUCLEAR MATERIAL 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features). 6. Purpose (intended use of nuclear material). 7. Present status (e.g. under construction, in operation, closed down and/or under decommissioning). 8. Area layout (showing the location of the installation, access roads, rivers, railways etc.). 9. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 10. Categories of nuclear material used in the installation. 11. Description of the nuclear material:
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category. 12. Means of nuclear material identification. 13. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified locations) (if relevant). 14. Description of main containers used for transport, storage and handling. 15. Nuclear material transfer equipment.
Protection and safety rules 16. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 17. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 18. The NMAC system shall be described including a description of the procedures for the nuclear material accountancy and control system including procedures for physical inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights). From the list of inventory items and the Physical Inventory Listing, as well as for the operational and accounting records, the location of every declared item/batch shall be identifiable. 19. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, etc.).
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 20. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.

ANNEX I-M
NATIONAL LOCATION OUTSIDE FACILITIES (NATIONAL LOF)
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION (S) AND OF THE NUCLEAR MATERIAL 1. Name, postal address, email (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number of the entity (e.g. authority) responsible for the national LOF.
—
Indicate MBA code (once attributed). 2. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. List of the different installations belonging to the national LOF. A unique identification number for the identification of every installation is needed.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL 4. Description on how responsibilities are shared between responsible authorities and individual smallholders for the purpose of implementing Articles 9 to 11. 5. Description of the procedures for the nuclear material accountancy and control system including procedures for physical inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights). From the list of inventory items and the PIL, the holder of every declared item/batch shall be identifiable.
In addition, for every installation belonging to the national LOF: 1. Name of the installation and identification number. 2. Location. 3. Operator (legally responsible body or individual). 4. Description of the use of nuclear material.

ANNEX I-N
INSTALLATIONS CANDIDATE MEMBERS OF THE CATCH ALL MBA (CAM)
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
NB:
Information provided under this Annex is not considered as nuclear material accountancy information to be provided as inventory change report and list of inventory items.
The use of a different template is required if the installation is not or no longer entitled to be part of the catch all MBA or if a national LOF is established in the Member State.
For these holders of small amounts of nuclear materials (smallholders), the total inventory is calculated as the sum of the stock of each category of nuclear material held, each expressed as a percentage of the following limits:
depleted uranium
350 000 g or
thorium
200 000 g or
natural uranium
100 000 g or
low enriched uranium
1 000 g or
high enriched uranium
5 g or
plutonium
5 g
For example:
(a) a holder with 4 g of plutonium has a percentage inventory equal to 80 % (4/5);
(b) a holder with 1 g of high enriched uranium plus 20 000 g of natural uranium has a percentage inventory equal to 40 % (1/5 + 20 000/100 000).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION AND OF THE NUCLEAR MATERIAL 1. Name. 2. Owner and/or operator. 3. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 4. Type and quantity of nuclear material. 5. Description of containers used for storage and handling. 6. Description of the use of nuclear material.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC)
The obligations of smallholders have been simplified as follows:
A.
Limits on holdings/movements
If any individual receipt of nuclear material exceeds the quantities indicated above or if the ‘percentage inventory’ of the installation exceeds 100 % at any time, the Commission shall be notified immediately.
B.
Accounting/operating records to be maintained
Accounting/operating records shall be kept in a manner permitting ready verification of reports made to the Commission and of any correction thereto.
C.
Inventory change reports (ICR)
An annual inventory change report shall be transmitted to the Commission by 31 January of each year, provided that no inventory change occurred during the period. This report shall describe the situation on 31 December of the previous calendar year.
In the case of any inventory change occurring during the year, an inventory change report shall be transmitted to the Commission as soon as possible and, at the latest, within 15 days of the end of the month in which the inventory change occurred.
Inventory change reports shall be provided in line with the requirements set out in Annex III, in electronic form using a dedicated ICR excel template to be provided by the Commission.
D.
List of inventory items (LII) An annual list of inventory items showing all items separately shall be transmitted to the Commission by 31 January of the following year, in line with the requirements for the physical inventory listing set out in Annex V. The LII shall be transmitted in electronic form. A dedicated LII excel template is provided by the Commission for this purpose.

ANNEX I-P
OTHER INSTALLATIONS USING NUCLEAR MATERIAL EXCEEDING ONE EFFECTIVE KILOGRAM
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION AND OF THE NUCLEAR MATERIAL 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code(s) (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual) with contact details. 5. Description (main features). 6. Purpose (intended use of nuclear material). 7. Present status (e.g. design phase, under construction, in operation, closed down or under decommissioning). 8. Pre-operation information
Design and construction schedule dates, estimated commissioning and operation starting dates. Requested and/or approved licence dates (e.g. decision of principle, construction and expected operation licence request dates). Information on expected date of receipts of the nuclear material. Installation design drawings to be communicated as soon as these are available. 9. Area layout (showing the location of the installation, access roads, rivers, railways etc.). 10. Installation layout (showing nuclear material handling and storage areas, laboratories, glove boxes, boundaries, fences, etc.). 11. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 12. Categories of nuclear material used in the installation. 13. Description of the nuclear material:
(a) for each category describe typical batches and items;
(b) chemical and physical form;
(c) enrichment range and Pu content;
(d) amount of nuclear material usually kept at the location / per category. 14. Means of nuclear material identification. 15. Range of radiation levels at nuclear material locations (dose rates at specified locations). 16. Description of main containers used for transport, storage and handling. 17. Nuclear material transfer equipment. 18. Identification of measurement points, accountability areas, inventory locations, schematic flowsheet if available.
Protection and safety rules 19. Specific rules for the physical access to the nuclear material for inspector information. 20. Specific radiological protection and health and safety rules.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL (NMAC) 21. The NMAC system shall be described under the following headings:
(a) General
Description of the accountancy system used to record and report accountancy data, including method of recording accountancy data and establishing material balance;
(b) Main inventory changes
Description of typical inventory changes e.g. receipts, shipments, waste related changes, rounding and adjustments (records and source data shall be kept), including a description of how these changes are determined. Corresponding operational records and source data (e.g. receiving and shipping forms, the initial recording of measurements and measurement control sheets) shall be identified;
(c) Physical inventory
Description of procedures, scheduled frequency, methods of operator’s inventory taking (both for the number of items as well as their nuclear material weights), including relevant assay methods and expected accuracy, access to nuclear material, possible methods for the physical verification of nuclear materials;
(d) Operational and accounting records (including internal transfer forms, method of adjustment or correction, control measures and responsibility for records).
Description of how these records are maintained, including when an adjustment or correction is needed, place where the records can be consulted, retention time and language;
(e) Particular accounting provisions
Description of particular provisions, e.g. for the designation of batch IDs and methods for preventing, detecting and timely fixing of accounting discrepancies. 22. Provisions related to existing or foreseen containment and surveillance measures (general description in reference to floor plan and installation layout enabling to install seals, cameras, lasers, remote data transmission, etc.). 23. For each measurement point of the material balance area provide the following information, when applicable:
(a) description of location, type and identification;
(b) physical and chemical form of nuclear material (with cladding material description);
(c) measurement methods and equipment used;
(d) methods of converting source data to batch data;
(e) means of batch identification and data description.
POST- OPERATION INFORMATION 24. Decommissioning schedule dates (end of operation and of decommissioning dates) (where applicable). 25. Decommissioning plan, which shall include the following (where applicable):
(a) key events of the decommissioning plan;
(b) removal and recovery of nuclear material. Provide a plan containing estimates of how, where and when nuclear material shall be recovered and/or removed (e.g. loose material consolidated into items, removal of items, recovery/removal of material from decontamination activities, and recovery/removal of nuclear material in waste) and how it shall be accounted for;
(c) removing or rendering inoperable of equipment essential for the functioning of the installation, for handling or storing nuclear material.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 26. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.

ANNEX I-Q
ORE INSTALLATIONS
Administrative details:
(a) date (date on which the BTC was completed);
(b) version (unique number for reference);
(c) responsible officer (name and contact details).
IDENTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION AND OF THE NUCLEAR MATERIAL 1. Name of the installation (indicate usual abbreviation, if applicable).
—
Indicate MBA code (once attributed). 2. Location, postal and email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number. 3. Owner (legally responsible body or individual). 4. Operator (legally responsible body or individual). 5. Type of nuclear material (uranium ore, thorium ore or both). 6. Description of containers used for storage and handling (e.g. to determine whether sealing is possible). 7. Description of ore extraction, processing and use of source materials, including a layout of the installation. 8. The potential annual throughput of the installation. 9. The current status (e.g. under construction, in operation or closed down). 10. Safeguards responsible, also for nuclear material accountancy, with email address (functional mailbox when available) and telephone number.
NUCLEAR MATERIAL ACCOUNTANCY AND CONTROL 11. Description of the procedures for nuclear material accountancy and control, including procedures for physical inventory taking.
OTHER INFORMATION RELEVANT FOR THE APPLICATION OF SAFEGUARDS 12. Any other information that the operator considers relevant to the application of safeguards.

ANNEX II
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE (1) Site identification
Declaration No (2) Declaration date
Reporting period (3) Name of the site representative
Comments (4) Entry (5) Ref. (6) MBA code (7) Building (8) General description, including use of contents (9) Comments (10)

Explanatory notes
(1) The initial declaration shall include all nuclear installations, and all other buildings on their sites. A separate entry shall be made for each building on the site. Subsequent annual update declarations shall include only those sites and buildings which have undergone a change since the previous declaration. A map of the site shall be attached with the initial declaration and updated when necessary.
(2) The ‘Declaration No’ is a sequential number for each site, starting with ‘1’ for the initial site declaration.
(3) The ‘Reporting period’ for the initial declaration is an ‘as of’ date, while for all subsequent annual updates the appropriate entry is the beginning and the ending date of the time period. It is understood that the information provided is valid as of the ending date.
(4) Comments applicable to the whole of the site.
(5) Each ‘Entry’ in each declaration shall be numbered sequentially, beginning with ‘1’.
(6) The ‘Ref.’ column shall be used to refer to another entry. The contents of the ‘Ref.’ column consist of the relevant declaration and entry numbers (e.g. 10-20 refers to entry 20 of declaration 10). The reference indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier. Several references may be inserted, if necessary.
(7) The ‘MBA code’ column shall make reference to the MBA code to which the building in this entry belongs.
(8) The ‘Building’ column shall include a building number or other designation that provides an unambiguous identification of the building on the schematic map of the site.
(9) The ‘General description’ for each building shall include:
(a) the approximate size of the building in terms of the number of floors and the total square meters of floor space;
(b) the use of the building, including any prior uses of the building that might be relevant to interpreting other information, such as the results of environmental sampling, available to the Commission;
and
(c) the main contents of the building, where this is not readily apparent from the stated use.
However, descriptions of activities previously provided in the Basic Technical Characteristics questionnaire don’t need to be repeated.
(10) Comments applicable to individual entries.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE REPORTS 1. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 2. Reports shall be prepared electronically in an agreed format. They shall be forwarded, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX III
INVENTORY CHANGE REPORT (ICR)
Header
Label/tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA
1
Report type
Character (1) I for Inventory Change Report
2
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
3
Report number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
4
Line count
Number
Total number of lines reported
5
Start report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of first day in reporting period
6
End report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of last day in reporting period
7
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
8
Entries
Label/tag
Content
Comments
#
Transaction ID
Number
Sequential number
9
IC code
Character (2) Type of inventory change
10
Batch
Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material
11
KMP
Character (1) Key measurement point
12
Measurement
Character (1) Measurement code
13
Material form
Character (2) Material form code
14
Material container
Character (1) Material container code
15
Material state
Character (1) Material state code
16
Shipper MBA
Character (4) MBA code of shipping MBA (for IC codes RD and RF only)
17
Receiver MBA
Character (4) MBA code of receiving MBA (for IC codes SD and SF only)
18
Previous batch
Character (20) Name of previous batch (for IC code RB only)
19
Original date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Accounting date of the line to be corrected (always of first line in correction chain)
20
PIT date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of physical inventory taking (PIT) to which MUF adjustment refers (use with IC code MF only)
21
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
22
Accounting date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the inventory change occurred or became known
23
Number of items
Number
Number of items
24
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
25
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
26
Isotope
Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233
27
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight of fissile isotope
28
Isotopic composition
Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope)
U, Pu isotopic weights (only if agreed in particular safeguard provisions)
29
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
30
Previous element category
Character (1) Previous element category of nuclear material (use for IC codes CB, CC and CE only)
31
Previous obligation
Character (5) Previous obligation (use for IC codes BR, CR, PR and SR only)
32
Shipper CAM code
Character (8) Code to identify the shipping small holder
33
Receiver CAM code
Character (8) Code to identify the receiving small holder
34
Document
Character (70) Operator-defined reference to supporting documents
35
Container ID
Character (20) Operator-defined identifier for the container
36
Correction
Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions)
37
Previous report
Number
Report number of line to be corrected
38
Previous line
Number
Line number of line to be corrected
39
Comment
Character (256) Operator comment
40
Burn-up
Number
Burn-up in MWdays/tonne (use for IC codes NL and NP in nuclear reactors only)
41
CRC
Number
Hash code of line for quality control purposes
42
Previous CRC
Number
Hash code of line to be corrected
43
Advance notification reference code
Character (12) Reference code used for the advance notification sent to Euratom (use for IC codes RD, RF, SD and SF only)
44
Campaign
Character (12) Campaign identifier for reprocessing installations
45
Reactor
Character (12) Reactor code for reprocessing campaigns
46
Safeguards info
Character (256) Code for communicating additional information
47
Explanatory notes 1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: I for inventory change reports. 3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 4. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps. 5. Line count: Total number of lines reported. 6. Start report: Date of first day of reporting period. 7. End report: Date of last day of reporting period. 8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 9. Transaction ID: Sequential number. This is used to identify all inventory change lines relating to the same physical transaction. 10. IC code:
One of the following codes shall be used:
Keyword
Code
Explanation
Receipt
RD
Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import
RF
Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity
RN
Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment
SD
Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export
SF
Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity
SN
Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste
TC
Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area
TG
Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Discards to the environment
TE
Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste
TW
Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.
Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste
FC
Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area
FG
Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste
FW
Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area to which it had been transferred, either for any processing in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss
LA
Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain
GA
Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain
GD
Nuclear material arising during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change
CE
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change
CB
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change
CC
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change, such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons, which are neither covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change) nor a correction.
Rebatching
RB
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one batch to another (only one line to be reported per rebatching).
Change in particular obligation
BR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation
PR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation
SR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation
CR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production
NP
Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss
NL
Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference
DI
Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement
NM
Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Material unaccounted for
MF
Book adjustment for material unaccounted for. Shall be equal to the difference between the ending physical inventory (PE) and the ending book inventory (BA) reported in the material balance report (Annex IV). The original date shall be that of the physical inventory taking, while the accounting date shall be after the date of the physical inventory taking.
Roundings
RA
Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment
R5
Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production
MP
Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use
TU
Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).
The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards
TZ
Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not disposed of (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Ending book inventory
BA
Book inventory at the end of a reporting period and at the PIT date, separate for each category of nuclear material and for each particular safeguard obligation. 11. Batch: The batch designation may be chosen by the operator, but:
(a) in the case of the inventory change ‘Receipt (RD)’, the batch designation used by the shipper shall be reported;
(b) a batch designation shall not be used again for another batch in the same material balance area. 12. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used. 13. Measurement: The basis on which the quantity of nuclear material reported was established has to be indicated. One of the following codes shall be used:
Measured
Estimated
Explanation
M
E
In the reporting material balance area.
N
F
In another material balance area.
T
G
In the reporting material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing.
L
H
In another material balance area when the weights have already been given in a previous inventory change report or physical inventory listing for the present material balance area. 14. Material form:
The following codes shall be used:
Main type of material form
Subtype
Code
Ores

OR
Concentrates

YC
Uranium hexafluoride (UF6)

U6
Uranium tetrafluoride (UF4)

U4
Uranium dioxide (UO2)

U2
Uranium trioxide (UO3)

U3
Uranium oxide (U3O8)

U8
Thorium oxide (ThO2)

T2
Solutions
Nitrate
LN
Fluoride
LF
Other
LO
Powder
Homogeneous
PH
Heterogeneous
PN
Ceramics
Pellets
CP
Spheres
CS
Other
CO
Metal
Pure
MP
Alloys
MA
Fuel
Rods, pins
ER
Plates
EP
Bundles
EB
Assemblies
EA
Other
EO
Sealed sources

QS
Small quantities/samples

SS
Scrap
Homogeneous
SH
Heterogeneous (clean-outs, clinkers, sludges, fines, other)
SN
Solid waste
Hulls
AH
Mixed (plastics, gloves, papers, etc.)
AM
Contaminated equipment
AC
Other
AO
Liquid waste
Low active
WL
Medium active
WM
High active
WH
Conditioned waste
Glass
NG
Bitumen
NB
Concrete
NC
Other
NO 15. Material container:
The following codes shall be used:
Type of container
Code
Cylinder
C
Pack
P
Drum
D
Discrete fuel unit
S
Bird cage
B
Bottle
F
Tank
T
Other
O 16. Material state:
The following codes shall be used:
State
Code
Fresh nuclear material
F
Irradiated nuclear material
I
Waste
W
Irrecoverable material
N 17. Shipper MBA: Use only for inventory change codes RD and RF. For inventory change code RD, the code of the shipping material balance area is reported. If this code is unknown, the code ‘F’ or ‘W’ (for the shipping MBA in France or a non-nuclear-weapon State) is reported and the shipper’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). For inventory change code RF, the country code of the exporting state, or the MBA code of the exporting installation if known, is reported, and the shipper’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). 18. Receiver MBA: Use only for inventory change codes SD and SF. For inventory change code SD, the code of the receiving material balance area is reported. If this code is unknown, the code ‘F’ or ‘W’ (for the receiving MBA in France or a non-nuclear-weapon State) is reported and the receiver’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). For inventory change code SF, the country code of the importing state or the MBA code of the importing installation if known, is reported, and the receiver’s full name and address shall be entered in the comment field (40). 19. Previous batch: Batch designation before rebatching. The batch designation after the rebatching shall be reported in field 11. 20. Original date: In the case of a correction, the day, month and year when the line to be corrected was originally entered shall be reported. For correction chains, the original date is always the accounting date of the first line in the chain. For late lines (stand-alone additions), the original date is the date on which the inventory change occurred. 21. PIT date: Date of the physical inventory taking as reported in the material balance report on which the book adjustment for MUF (material unaccounted for) is based. Use only with inventory change code MF. 22. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 23. Accounting date: Date when the inventory change occurred or became known. 24. Number of items: The number of items making up the batch shall be reported. If an inventory change consists of several lines, the sum of the number of items reported shall equal the total number of items belonging to the same transaction ID. If the transaction involves more than one element the number of items shall be declared in the line(s) for the element category of highest safeguards relevance only (in descending order: P, H, L, N, D, T). 25. Element category:
The following codes shall be used:
Category of nuclear material
Code
Plutonium
P
High enriched uranium (20 % enrichment and above)
H
Low enriched uranium (higher than natural but less than 20 % enrichment)
L
Natural uranium
N
Depleted uranium
D
Thorium
T 26. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 25 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 27. Isotope: This code indicates the fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported (28).
The following codes shall be used:
Fissile isotope(s) Code
Uranium-235
G
Uranium-233
K
A mixture of uranium-235 and uranium-233
J 28. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 29. Isotopic composition: If agreed in the particular safeguard provisions the isotopic composition of U and/or Pu shall be reported in the format as a list of weights separated by semi-colons to denote the weight of U-233, U-234, U-235, U-236, U-238 or Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241, Pu-242. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 30. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. 31. Previous element category: Code of the element category of nuclear material before the category change. The corresponding code after the change shall be reported in field 25. Use only with the inventory change codes CE, CB and CC. 32. Previous obligation: Code of the particular safeguard obligation to which the nuclear material was subject before the change. The corresponding obligation code after the change shall be reported in field 30. Use only with the inventory change codes BR, CR, PR and SR. 33. Shipper CAM code: Code of installation of Annex I-N shipping material. The Commission shall communicate to the operator or entity the appropriate code. Simplified reporting procedures apply to these operators. 34. Receiver CAM code: Code of installation of Annex I-N receiving material. The Commission shall communicate to the operator or entity the appropriate code. Simplified reporting procedures apply to these operators. 35. Document: Operator-defined reference to supporting document(s). 36. Container ID: Operator-defined container number. Optional data element which can be used in those cases where the container number does not appear in the batch designation. 37. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.
The following codes shall be used:
Code
Explanation
D
Deletion. The line to be deleted must either be:
—
identified by indicating in field 38 the report number (4) and in field 39 the line number (22), as well as in field 43 the CRC (42) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;
or
—
repeated in its entirety, except for the accounting date (23) which shall show the date on which the deletion was made in the accounting records. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A
Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38) and the ‘previous line’ field (39). The ‘previous line’ field (39) shall repeat the line number (22) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the addition was made in the accounting records
L
Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (38). The ‘previous report’ field (38) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. The accounting date (23) shall show the date on which the late line was introduced in the accounting records 38. Previous report: Indicate the report number (4) of the line to be corrected. 39. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (22) of the line to be corrected. 40. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator. 41. Burn-Up: For inventory changes of type NP or NL in nuclear reactors, burn-up in MWdays/tonne. 42. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used. 43. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected. 44. Advance notification reference code: Reference code used for the advance notification. To be used with inventory codes SF, RF, SD and RD when so required (Articles 23 and 24). 45. Campaign: Unique identifier for the reprocessing campaign. Use only for inventory changes in the process material balance area(s) of spent fuel reprocessing installations. 46. Reactor: Unique identifier for the reactor from which irradiated fuel is being stored or reprocessed. Use only for inventory changes in spent fuel storage or reprocessing installations. 47. Safeguards info: Additional information, if so required by the Commission.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. In the case of transfer of nuclear material, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information for the inventory change report. 2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements are to notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 5. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 6. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX IV
MATERIAL BALANCE REPORT (MBR)
Header
Label/tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA
1
Report type
Character (1) M for Material Balance Report
2
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
3
Start report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Starting date of MBR (date of last PIT + 1 day)
4
End report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
End date of MBR (date of current PIT)
5
Report number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
6
Line count
Number
Total number of lines reported
7
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
8
Entries
Label/tag
Content
Comments
#
IC code
Character (2) Type of inventory change
9
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
10
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
11
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
12
Isotope
Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233
13
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight of fissile isotope
14
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
15
Correction
Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions)
16
Previous report
Number
Report number of line to be corrected
17
Previous line
Number
Line number of line to be corrected
18
Comment
Character (256) Operator comment
19
CRC
Number
Hash code of line for quality control purposes
20
Previous CRC
Number
Hash code of line to be corrected
21
Explanatory notes 1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: M for material balance reports. 3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 4. Start report: Start date of MBR, date of the day immediately following the day of the previous physical inventory taking. 5. End report: End date of MBR, date of current physical inventory taking. 6. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps. 7. Line count: Total number of lines reported. 8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 9. IC code: The different types of inventory information and of inventory change shall be entered in the sequence indicated below.
The following codes shall be used:
Keyword
Code
Explanation
Beginning physical inventory
PB
Physical inventory at the beginning of the reporting period (shall be equal to the physical inventory at the end of the previous reporting period).
Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Inventory changes (only codes in the list below)

For each type of inventory change, one consolidated line (per element and per safeguard obligation) has to be entered for the entire reporting period (first increases, then decreases).
Ending book inventory
BA
Book inventory at the end of the reporting period. It shall be equal to the arithmetic sum of the MBR entries above.
Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Ending physical inventory
PE
Physical inventory at the end of the reporting period.
Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
Material unaccounted for
MF
Material unaccounted for. Shall be calculated as
‘ending physical inventory (PE)’
minus
‘ending book inventory (BA)’.
Separate lines per element and per safeguard obligation
For inventory changes, one of the following codes shall be used:
Keyword
Code
Explanation
Receipt
RD
Receipt of nuclear material from a material balance area within the European Union.
Import
RF
Import of nuclear material from a third country.
Receipt from non-safeguarded activity
RN
Receipt of nuclear material from a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Shipment
SD
Transfer of nuclear material to a material balance area within the European Union.
Export
SF
Export of nuclear material to a third country
Shipment to non-safeguarded activity
SN
Transfer of nuclear material to a non-safeguarded activity (Article 39).
Transfer to conditioned waste
TC
Nuclear material contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been conditioned in such a way (e.g. in glass, cement, concrete or bitumen) that it is not suitable for further nuclear use. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities.
Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Transfer to a geological disposal area
TG
Transfer of nuclear material which is neither considered as retained nor as conditioned waste into a geological disposal area.
Discards to the environment
TE
Nuclear material that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been irrevocably discarded to the environment as the result of a planned discharge (Article 36(1)(a)).
Transfer to retained waste
TW
Nuclear material generated from processing or from an operational accident contained in waste that is measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, and which has been transferred to a specific location within the material balance area from which it could be retrieved and which is deemed to be not recoverable for the time being.
Separate records shall be kept for this type of material.
Retransfer from conditioned waste
FC
Retransfer of conditioned waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever conditioned waste undergoes processing.
Retransfer from a geological disposal area
FG
Retrieval of nuclear material from a geological disposal area after it was declared as transfer to that geological disposal area. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Retransfer from retained waste
FW
Retransfer of retained waste to the inventory of the material balance area. This applies whenever retained waste is retrieved from the specific location within the material balance area, either for any processing involving the separation of elements in the material balance area or for any shipment from the material balance area.
Accidental loss
LA
Irretrievable and inadvertent loss of a quantity of nuclear material as the result of an operational accident. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Accidental gain
GA
Nuclear material unexpectedly found, except when detected in the course of a physical inventory taking. Use of this code requires a special report to be sent to the Commission.
Decommissioning gain
GD
Nuclear material arisen during decommissioning activities or exceptional operations. Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request.
Category change
CE
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of an enrichment process (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change
CB
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another as a result of a blending operation (only one line to be reported per category change).
Category change
CC
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one category (Article 21) to another for all types of category change not covered by codes CE and CB (only one line to be reported per category change), such as during irradiation or for exceptional and justified reasons.
Change in particular obligation
BR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), to balance the total uranium stock following a blending operation (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation
PR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), used when nuclear material enters or leaves an accountancy pool (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Change in particular obligation
SR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), following an obligation exchange or a substitution (only one line to be reported per change of obligation). The use of this code requires prior authorization (Article 20(1)).
Change in particular obligation
CR
Accountancy transfer of a quantity of nuclear material from one particular safeguard obligation to another (Article 19(1)), for all cases not covered by codes BR, PR or SR (only one line to be reported per change of obligation).
Nuclear production
NP
Increase in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Nuclear loss
NL
Decrease in the quantity of nuclear material due to nuclear transformation.
Shipper/receiver difference
DI
Shipper/receiver difference.
New measurement
NM
Quantity of nuclear material, in one particular batch, accounted for in the nuclear material balance area, being the difference between a newly measured quantity and the quantity formerly accounted for, and which is neither a shipper/receiver difference nor a correction.
Roundings
RA
Rounding adjustment to make the sum of the quantities reported in a given period coincide with the ending book inventory of the material balance area.
Isotope adjustment
R5
Adjustment to make the sum of the isotope quantities reported coincide with the ending book inventory for U-235 of the material balance area.
Material production
MP
Quantity of nuclear material, obtained from substances originally not subject to safeguards, which has become subject to safeguards because its concentration now exceeds the minimum levels.
Termination of use
TU
Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is incorporated in end products used for non-nuclear purposes (Article 36(1)(b)).
The use of this code requires prior authorization.
Termination of safeguards
TZ
Quantity of nuclear material considered as irrecoverable for practical or economic reasons which is contained in waste in very low concentrations measured or estimated on the basis of measurements, even if these materials are not discarded to the environment (Article 36(1)(c)). Installations may be authorized to use this code based on a reasoned and justified request and agreed reporting modalities. 10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 11. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 12. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 11 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 13. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. 14. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 15. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. 16. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.
The following codes shall be used:
Code
Explanation
D
Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:
—
identified by indicating in field 17 the report number (6) and in field 18 the line number (11), as well as in field 21 the CRC (20) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;
or
—
repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A
Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17) and the ‘previous line’ field (18). The ‘previous line’ field (18) shall repeat the line number (10) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair
L
Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (17). The ‘previous report’ field (17) shall contain the report number (6) of the report in which the late line should have been included 17. Previous report: Indicate the report number (6) of the line to be corrected. 18. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (10) of the line to be corrected. 19. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator. 20. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used. 21. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS
General remarks 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 at the end of Annex III apply mutatis mutandis.

ANNEX V
PHYSICAL INVENTORY LISTING (PIL)
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA
1
Report type
Character (1) P for physical inventory listings
2
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
3
Report number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
4
PIT date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the physical inventory was taken
5
Line count
Number
Total number of lines reported
6
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
7
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Item ID
Character (20) Sequential number
8
Batch
Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material
9
KMP
Character (1) Key measurement point
10
Measurement
Character (1) Measurement code
11
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
12
Material form
Character (2) Material form code
13
Material container
Character (1) Material container code
14
Material state
Character (1) Material state code
15
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
16
Number of items
Number
Number of items
17
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
18
Isotope
Character (1) G for U-235, K for U-233, J for a mixture of U-235 and U-233
19
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight of fissile isotope
20
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
21
Document
Character (70) Operator-defined reference to supporting documents
22
Container ID
Character (20) Operator-defined identifier for the container
23
Correction
Character (1) D for deletions, A for additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, L for late lines (stand-alone additions)
24
Previous report
Number
Report number of line to be corrected
25
Previous line
Number
Line number of line to be corrected
26
Comment
Character (256) Operator comment
27
CRC
Number
Hash code of line for quality control purposes
28
Previous CRC
Number
Hash code of line to be corrected
29
Explanatory notes 1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: P for physical inventory listings. 3. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 4. Report number: Sequential number used for inventory change reports, material balance reports and physical inventory listings, no gaps. 5. PIT date: Day, month and year when the physical inventory was taken, reflecting the situation at 24:00. 6. Line count: Total number of lines reported. 7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 8. Item ID: Sequential number, common to all PIL lines related to the same physical object. 9. Batch: If batch follow-up is required in the particular safeguard provisions, the batch designation previously used for the batch in an inventory change report or in a previous physical inventory listing shall be used. 10. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used. 11. Measurement: The basis on which the quantity of nuclear material reported was established has to be indicated, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (13) to this Regulation. 12. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 13. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 14. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation. 15. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. 16. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 17. Number of items: Each physical inventory line shall indicate the number of items involved. If a group of items belonging to the same batch are reported as several lines, the sum of the number of items reported shall equal the total number of items in the group. If the lines involve more than one element category, the number of items shall be declared in the line(s) for the element category of highest safeguards relevance only (in descending order: P, H, L, N, D, T). 18. Element weight: The weight of the element category referred to in field 12 shall be reported. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 19. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. 20. Fissile weight: Unless otherwise stated in the particular safeguard provisions, the weight of fissile isotopes shall only be reported for enriched uranium and category changes involving enriched uranium. All weights shall be reported in grams. The decimal digits appearing in the accounting lines can be reported up to a maximum of three decimal places. 21. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. 22. Document: Operator-defined reference to supporting document(s). 23. Container ID: Operator-defined container number. Optional data element which can be used in those cases where the container number does not appear in the batch designation. 24. Correction: Corrections have to be made by deleting the wrong line(s) and adding the correct one(s), where appropriate.
The following codes shall be used:
Code
Explanation
D
Deletion. The line to be deleted shall either be:
—
identified by indicating in field 25 the report number (4) and in field 26 the line number (16), as well as in field 29 the CRC (28) which were declared for the original line. Other fields need not be reported;
or
—
repeated in its entirety. Fields may contain codes no longer in use under this Regulation
A
Addition (forming part of a deletion/addition pair). The correct line shall be reported with all data fields including the ‘previous report’ field (25) and the ‘previous line’ field (26). The ‘previous line’ field (26) shall contain the line number (16) of the line being replaced by the deletion/addition pair.
L
Late line (stand-alone addition). The late line to be added shall be reported with all data fields, including the ‘previous report’ field (25). The ‘previous report’ field (25) shall contain the report number (4) of the report in which the late line should have been included. 25. Previous report: Indicate the report number (4) of the line to be corrected. 26. Previous line: For deletions, or additions forming part of a deletion/addition pair, indicate the line number (16) of the line to be corrected. 27. Comment: Free-text comment field for short comments by operator (replaces separate concise note). 28. CRC: Hash code of line for quality control purposes. The Commission shall inform the operator of the algorithm to be used. 29. Previous CRC: Hash code of the line to be corrected.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. If, on the date the physical inventory was taken, there was no nuclear material in the material balance area, only labels from 1 to 7, 16, 17 and 28 above shall be filled in. In addition, labels 24-26 and 29 shall be filled in where appropriate. 2. General remarks 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 at the end of Annex III apply mutatis mutandis.

ANNEX VI
ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF EXPORTS/SHIPMENTS OF NUCLEAR MATERIAL
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Legal entity or name of installation
Character (256) Legal entity or installation name
1
Report type
Character (4) ANXS to be used for this report type
2
Advance notification reference code
Character (12) Reference code for advance notification
3
Shipper MBA
Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation
4
Receiver MBA
Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation
5
Shipping installation
Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation
6
Receiving installation
Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation
7
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
8
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
9
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
10
Batch
Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material
11
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
12
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
13
Chemical composition
Character (64) Chemical composition
14
Isotope
Character (1) Uranium isotope
15
Enrichment
Number (3,3 )
Percent composition of uranium-235
16
Material state
Character (1) Material state
17
Material form
Character (2) Material form
18
Number of items
Number
Number of items
19
Description of containers and seals
Character (256) Description of containers and sealing options
20
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
21
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Fissile isotope weight
22
Material container
Character (1) Material container code
23
Means of transport
Character (1) (for each means of transport)
Means of transport of nuclear material
24
Location where material will be stored or prepared
Character (256) Location where the nuclear material is prepared for shipping
25
Last date when material can be identified
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Last date when nuclear material can be identified
26
Date of dispatch
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Expected date of dispatch
27
Date of arrival
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Expected date of arrival at destination
28
Intended use
Character (256) Intended use of the nuclear material
29
Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference
Character (64) ESA contractual reference number
30
Explanatory notes 1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation notifying the Commission. 2. Report type: ANXS to be used for this report type. 3. Advance notification reference code: The reference code for advance notifications to be used in the inventory change report. 4. Shipper MBA: The code of the shipper material balance area as notified by the Commission to the installation concerned. 5. Receiver MBA: The code of the receiver material balance area in the case of intra-EU transfer and, if known, in the case of export to a third country. 6. Shipping installation: The name, address and country of the installation shipping the nuclear material. 7. Receiving installation: The name, address and country of the installation receiving the nuclear material. 8. Report date: The date on which the report was completed. 9. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 11. Batch: The identification number of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 12. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 13. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 14. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 15. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the isotope codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 16. Enrichment: Percent composition of U-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 18. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 19. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch, in accordance with Annex III (24) to this Regulation. 20. Description of containers and seals: A description of the containers, including features that would permit sealing. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 21. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 22. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 23. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation. 24. Means of transport: Indicate, where appropriate, the means of transport. More than one code may be used if several means of transport are used. In such cases, the codes shall be separated by semi-colons.
The following codes shall be used:
Means of transport
Code
Air
A
Water
W
Road
R
Train
T
Other
O 25. Location where material will be stored or prepared: The location within the material balance area where the nuclear material is prepared for shipping and can be identified, and where its quantity and composition can be verified. 26. Last date when material can be identified: The last date when nuclear material can be identified and when its quantity and composition can be verified. 27. Date of dispatch: Expected date of dispatch. One date per batch shall be indicated. 28. Date of arrival: Expected date of arrival at destination. One date per batch shall be indicated. 29. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned. 30. Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference: Indicate, where appropriate:
—
ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by the Supply Agency, and any useful references.
—
for jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to ESA and any useful references.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 2. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information. 3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX VII
ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF IMPORTS/RECEIPTS OF NUCLEAR MATERIAL
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Legal entity or name of installation
Character (256) Legal entity or installation name
1
Report type
Character (4) ANIR to be used for this report type
2
Advance notification reference code
Character (12) Reference code for advance notification
3
Shipper MBA
Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation
4
Receiver MBA
Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation
5
Shipping installation
Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation
6
Receiving installation
Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation
7
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
8
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
9
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
10
Batch
Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material
11
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
12
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
13
Chemical composition
Character (64) Chemical composition
14
Isotope
Character (1) Uranium fissile isotope
15
Enrichment
Number (3,3 )
Percent composition of uranium-235
16
Material state
Character (1) Material state
17
Material form
Character (2) Material form
18
Number of items
Number
Number of items
19
Description of containers and seals
Character (256) Description of containers and sealing options
20
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
21
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Fissile isotope weight
22
Means of transport
Character (1) (for each means of transport)
Means of transport of nuclear material
23
Date of arrival
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of arrival of nuclear material
24
Location where materials will be unpacked
Character (256) Location where nuclear material will be unpacked
25
Date when materials will be unpacked
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date when nuclear material will be unpacked
26
Intended use
Character (256) Intended use for nuclear material
27
Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference
Character (64) ESA contractual reference number
28
Explanatory notes 1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation notifying the Commission. 2. Report type: ANIR to be used for this report type. 3. Advance notification reference code: The reference code for advance notifications to be used in the inventory change report. 4. Shipper MBA: The code of the shipper material balance area in the case of intra-EU transfer and, if known, in the case of import from a third country. 5. Receiver MBA: The code of the receiver material balance area as notified by the Commission to the installation concerned. 6. Shipping installation: The name, address and country of the installation shipping the nuclear material. 7. Receiving installation: The name, address and country of the installation receiving the nuclear material. 8. Report date: The date on which the report was completed. 9. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 11. Batch: The Identification number of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 12. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 13. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 14. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batch. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 15. Isotope: This code indicates the kind of fissile isotopes involved and shall be used when the weight of fissile isotopes is reported. Use the isotope codes as laid out in Annex III (27) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 16. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 18. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 19. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch, in accordance with Annex III (24) to this Regulation. 20. Description of containers and seals: A description of the containers, including features that would permit sealing. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 21. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 22. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing enriched uranium. 23. Means of transport: Indicate, where appropriate, the means of transport using the codes as set out in Annex VI, point (24), to this Regulation. 24. Date of arrival: The expected or actual date of arrival in the reporting material balance area. 25. Location where materials will be unpacked: The location within the material balance area where the material will be unpacked and can be identified, and where its quantity and composition can be verified. 26. Date when materials will be unpacked: The expected date when the materials will be unpacked. 27. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned. 28. Euratom Supply Agency (ESA) contractual reference: Indicate, where appropriate:
—
ESA contractual reference or, if not available, the date on which the contract was concluded or considered as concluded by ESA, and any useful references.
—
For jobbing contracts (Article 75 of the Treaty) and for contracts for the supply of small quantities of material (Article 74 of the Treaty, and Commission Regulation No 17/66/Euratom as amended by Regulation (Euratom) No 3137/74), the date of notification to the supply agency and any useful references.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 5. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 6. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX VIII
REPORT OF ORE EXPORTS/SHIPMENTS
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Undertaking
Character (256) Name and address of the reporting undertaking
1
Report type
Character (5) OREXS to be used for this report type
2
Mine name
Character (256) Name of the mine
3
Mine code
Character (4) Code of the mine
4
Report year
Year
The year covered by the report
5
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date when the report is transmitted
6
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
7
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
8
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
9
Date of dispatch
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of individual exports/shipments
10
Consignee
Character (256) The recipient of the import/receipt
11
Uranium weight
Number (24,3 )
Uranium weight
12
Thorium weight
Number (24,3 )
Thorium weight
13
Comment
Character (256) Additional comment
14
Explanatory notes 1. Undertaking: Name and address of the reporting undertaking. 2. Report type: OREXS to be used for this report type. 3. Mine name: Name of the mine in respect of which the report is made. 4. Mine code: Code of the mine as notified to the undertaking by the Commission. 5. Report year: The calendar year that is covered by the report. 6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the report of ore exports/shipments. 9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 10. Date of dispatch: The date of individual exports/shipments. 11. Consignee: The recipient of the imports/receipts. 12. Uranium weight: The uranium weight in the ore, in grams. 13. Thorium weight: The thorium weight in the ore, in grams. 14. Comment: Any additional relevant information regarding the ore exports/shipments.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. The shipment report is to be made at the latest by the end of January of each year for the previous year, with a separate entry for each consignee. A separate line in the report shall be introduced for each export consignment at the date of shipment. 2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 3. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information. 4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX IX
REQUEST FOR A DEROGATION UNDER ARTICLE 22
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Installation
Character (256) Name and address of the installation
1
Report type
Character (5) DERRQ to be used for this report type
2
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of the reporting MBA
3
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
4
Derogation type
Character (1) Type of derogation
5
Intended use
Character (256) Intended use(s) of the nuclear material(s) 6
Request date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the request is transmitted to the Commission
7
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
8
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
9
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
10
Enrichment
Number (3,3 )
Percent composition of uranium-235
11
Isotopic composition
Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope)
Plutonium isotopic weights
12
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
13
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight of the fissile isotope
14
Chemical composition
Character (64) Chemical composition(s) of the items in the inventory
15
Material form
Character (2) Material form
16
Number of items
Number
Number of items
17
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
18
Explanatory Notes 1. Installation: Name and address of the installation. 2. Report type: DERRQ to be used for this report type. 3. MBA: Code of the material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 4. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 5. Derogation type: The type of derogation (Article 22(2)) shall be indicated.
The following codes shall be used:
Type of derogation
Code
Small quantities kept unchanged for a long period of time
A
Exclusive use in non-nuclear activities
B
Use in sensing components
C
Pu with Pu-238 content exceeding 80 %
D 6. Intended use: The intended use of the nuclear materials. 7. Request date: The date on which the request is transmitted to the Commission. 8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 9. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the derogation request. 10. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1 in each report, no gaps. 11. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 12. Isotopic composition: The isotopic composition of Pu shall be reported in the format as a list of weights separated by semi-colons to denote the weight of Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241 and Pu-242. 13. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. 14. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. 15. Chemical composition: The chemical composition(s) of the items in the inventory. 16. Material form: The physical form(s) of the items in the inventory, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 17. Number of items: The number of items in the inventory. 18. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. The information shall be inserted for each batch.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. A separate request shall be submitted for each type of derogation (Article 22(2)) and for each element category. 2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX X
INDICATIVE LIST OF INVENTORY ITEMS (LII) GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE PROVISION OF THE LIST OF INVENTORY ITEMS 1. The information shall be provided for each item whenever it is needed for the normal operation of the installation. 2. The information may be provided as part of a larger set of information agreed between the Commission and the operator. 3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 4. If information is kept electronically by the installation, the list of inventory items shall be provided in electronic form.
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA
1
Report type
Character (3) LII to be used for this report type
2
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the LII is valid
3
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
4
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
5
Report version
Number
Version of the LII provided
6
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
7
Item ID
Character (20) Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material
8
Batch
Character (20) Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material
9
Container ID
Character (20) Unique identifier for a container holding nuclear material
10
KMP
Character (1) Key measurement point (KMP)
11
Area
Character (10) Area indication (or key measurement point)
12
Sub area
Character (10) Sub area indication
13
Element category
Character (1) Category of nuclear material
14
Material form
Character (2) Material form code
15
Material container
Character (1) Material container code
16
Material state
Character (1) Material state code
17
Volume
Number (24,3 )
Volume of fluid in tank
18
Gross weight
Number (24,3 )
Gross weight of the container and the nuclear material
19
Nuclear material weight
Number (24,3 )
Total weight of the nuclear material
20
Uranium weight
Number (24,3 )
Total uranium weight
21
U233 weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight uranium 233 isotope
22
U235 weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight uranium 235 isotope
23
Plutonium weight
Number (24,3 )
Total plutonium weight
24
Thorium weight
Number (24,3 )
Total thorium weight
25
Obligation
Character (5) Safeguard obligation
26
Accessibility for physical verification
Character (1) Indication of the accessibility of the item for physical verification
27
Comment
Character (256) Operator comment
28
Explanatory notes 1. MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: LII to be used for this report type. 3. Report date: Date on which the list of inventory items is valid. 4. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 5. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the list of inventory items. 6. Report version: Version number of the LII. Sequential number, where the initial LII provided shall be version 1, no gaps. 7. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 8. Item ID: Unique identifier for the item. 9. Batch: Unique identifier for a batch of nuclear material comprising one or several items. The same batch identifier may therefore be used for several items. 10. Container ID: Unique identifier for the container. The same container ID may be used for several items. 11. KMP: Key measurement point. The codes are notified to the installation concerned and listed in the particular safeguard provisions. If no specific codes have been notified, ‘&’ shall be used. 12. Area: Area where the item is located. This could be a key measurement point. 13. Sub area: Sub area where the item is located. 14. Element category: The element category of the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 15. Material form: The material form of the batch, using the description of materials as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 16. Material container: The type of container holding the nuclear material, using the category codes as laid out in Annex III (15) to this Regulation. 17. Material state: The material state of the batch, using material state codes as laid out in Annex III (16) to this Regulation. 18. Volume: Volume of fluid in a tank, to be reported in liter, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 19. Gross weight: Gross weight of the container and the nuclear material, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 20. Nuclear material weight: Total weight of the nuclear material, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 21. Uranium weight: The weight of uranium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 22. U233 weight: The weight of uranium-233, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 23. U235 weight: The weight of uranium-235, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 24. Plutonium weight: The weight of plutonium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 25. Thorium weight: The weight of thorium, to be reported in g, with up to a maximum of three decimal places. 26. Obligation: Indication of the particular safeguard obligation assumed by the Community under an Agreement concluded with a third country or an international organisation, to which the material is subject (Article 19). It may also correspond to a pool code, where authorised pursuant to Article 20. The Commission shall communicate the appropriate codes to the installations on request. 27. Accessibility for physical verification: Indication of the accessibility of the item for physical verification by Commission inspectors.
The following codes shall be used:
Accessibility
Code
Easy
E
Difficult
D
Impossible
I
Where ‘difficult’ or ‘impossible’ is used, a justification in the comment field (28) is required. 28. Comment: Optional comment.

ANNEX XI
OUTLINE PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES
The outline programme of activities shall indicate, if applicable:
—
types of operations, e.g. proposed campaigns with indication of type and quantity of fuel elements to be fabricated or reprocessed, enrichment programmes, reactor operating programmes, with planned shutdowns, planned final disposal campaigns;
—
outline of main activities concerning construction or decommissioning of the installation;
—
expected schedule of arrival of materials, stating the amount of material per batch, the form (UF6, UO2, fresh or irradiated fuels, etc.), anticipated type of container or packaging;
—
anticipated schedule of waste processing campaigns (other than repackaging, or further conditioning without separation of elements), stating the amount of material per batch, the form (glass, high active liquid, etc.), anticipated duration and location;
—
dates by which the quantity of material in products is expected to be determined, and dates of dispatch;
—
dates and duration of physical inventory taking.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 2. The outline programme of activities shall be provided in electronic form and shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX XII
ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF FURTHER WASTE PROCESSING ACTIVITIES
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of reporting MBA
1
Report type
Character (5) ANFWP to be used for this report type
2
Installation
Character (256) Name of installation
3
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
4
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
5
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
6
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
7
Item ID
Character (20) Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material
8
Waste type
Character (2) Waste type prior to conditioning
9
Conditioned form
Character (2) Current conditioned form of the waste
10
Number of items
Number
Number of items
11
Plutonium weight
Number (24,3 )
Pu weight
12
HEU weight
Number (24,3 )
HEU weight
13
U233 weight
Number (24,3 )
U233 weight
14
Storage location
Character (256) The location of the waste at the time of the declaration
15
Processing location
Character (256) The location where the planned processing is to take place
16
Processing start date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Processing start date
17
Processing end date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Processing end date
18
Processing purpose
Character (256) The intended result of the processing
19
Previous report
Number
Report to which the current entry refers
20
Previous line
Number
Line in report indicated under 20 to which the current entry refers
21
Explanatory notes: 1. MBA: The MBA code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: ANFWP to be used for this report type. 3. Installation: The name of the installation. 4. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 5. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 6. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the advance notification of further waste processing activities. 7. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 8. Item ID: Unique identifier for an item of nuclear material. 9. Waste type: The type of waste before any conditioning took place. Use the material form codes (those related to scrap, solid waste or liquid waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 10. Conditioned form: The current conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 11. Number of items: The number of items, e.g. glass canisters or cement blocks, to be involved in a single processing campaign. 12. Plutonium weight: The total weight, in grams, of plutonium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item. 13. HEU weight: The total weight, in grams, of high enriched uranium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item. 14. U233 weight: The total weight, in grams, of uranium-233 contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, and does not require a measurement of each item. 15. Storage location: The ‘Location’ column shall include the name and address of the installation and shall show the location of the waste at the time of the declaration. The address shall be sufficiently detailed to indicate the geographical position of the location in relation to other locations specified in this or other declarations, and to indicate how the location may be reached should access be necessary. If a location is on the site of a nuclear installation, the installation code shall be included in the location column. 16. Processing location: The location where the planned processing is to take place. 17. Processing start date: The date on which the further processing campaign is expected to begin. 18. Processing end date: The date on which the further processing campaign is expected to end. 19. Processing purpose: The intended result of the processing, e.g. recovery of plutonium or separation of specified fission products. 20. Previous report: The ‘previous report’ indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred report. 21. Previous line: The ‘previous line’ indicates that the current entry adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred line of the report indicated under point 20. GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. This form shall be used for advance notification when further processing of waste is planned in accordance with Article 34. Any subsequent change in processing dates or processing location shall also be notified. A separate entry shall be made for each campaign of further processing other than repackaging of the waste, or its further conditioning not involving the separation of elements, carried out for storage or disposal purposes. 2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX XIII
ANNUAL REPORT ON EXPORTS/SHIPMENTS OF CONDITIONED WASTE
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Shipping installation
Character (256) Contact details of the shipping installation
1
Shipper MBA
Character (4) MBA code shipping installation
2
Report type
Character (4) CWXS to be used for this report type
3
Start report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of first day in reporting period
4
End report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of last day in reporting period
5
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
6
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
7
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
8
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
9
Date of dispatch
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of individual exports/shipments
10
Receiving installation
Character (256) Contact details of receiving installation
11
Receiver MBA
Character (4) MBA code of receiving installation
12
Conditioned form
Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste
13
Plutonium weight
Number (24,3 )
Plutonium weight
14
U235 weight
Number (24,3 )
U235 weight
15
Uranium weight
Number (24,3 )
Uranium weight
16
Thorium weight
Number (24,3 )
Thorium weight
17
Comment
Character (256) Additional comment
18
Explanatory notes: 1. Shipping installation: Name and address of the shipping installation. 2. Shipper MBA: The MBA code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 3. Report type: CWXS to be used for this report type. 4. Start report: The date of first day in reporting period. 5. End report: The date of last day in reporting period. 6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the annual report on exports/shipments of conditioned waste. 9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 10. Date of dispatch: The date of individual exports/shipments. 11. Receiving installation: Name and address of receiving installation. 12. Receiver MBA: MBA code of the receiving installation, to be filled in for shipments to installations within the territories of the Member States. 13. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 14. Plutonium weight: The plutonium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped. 15. U235 weight: The uranium-235 weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped. 16. Uranium weight: The total uranium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped. 17. Thorium weight: The thorium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items exported/shipped. 18. Comment: Optional comment may be added.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. This report shall include all the exports or shipments of conditioned waste to installations within or outside the territories of the Member States that have occurred during the reporting period. 2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 3. In the case of an intra-EU transfer, the shipper shall provide the receiver with all the necessary information. 4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX XIV
ANNUAL REPORT ON IMPORTS/RECEIPTS OF CONDITIONED WASTE
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Receiving installation
Character (256) Contact details of the receiving installation
1
Receiver MBA
Character (4) MBA code receiving installation
2
Report type
Character (4) CWIR to be used for this report type
3
Start report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of first day in reporting period
4
End report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of last day in reporting period
5
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
6
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
7
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
8
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
9
Date of arrival
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of arrival of the conditioned waste
10
Shipping installation
Character (256) Contact details of shipping installation
11
Shipper MBA
Character (4) MBA code of shipping installation
12
Conditioned form
Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste
13
Plutonium weight
Number (24,3 )
Plutonium weight
14
U235 weight
Number (24,3 )
U235 weight
15
Uranium weight
Number (24,3 )
Uranium weight
16
Thorium weight
Number (24,3 )
Thorium weight
17
Comment
Character (256) Additional comment
18
Explanatory notes: 1. Receiving installation: Name and address of the receiving installation. 2. Receiver MBA: The MBA code of the receiving installation. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 3. Report type: CWIR to be used for this report type. 4. Start report: The date of first day in reporting period. 5. End report: The date of last day in reporting period. 6. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 7. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 8. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the annual report on imports/receipts of conditioned waste. 9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 10. Date of arrival: The date of arrival of the conditioned waste. 11. Shipping installation: Name and address of shipping installation. 12. Shipper MBA: MBA code of the shipping installation, to be filled in for receipts from installations within the territories of the Member States. 13. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 14. Plutonium weight: The plutonium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received. 15. U235 weight: The uranium-235 weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received. 16. Uranium weight: The total uranium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received. 17. Thorium weight: The thorium weight may be based on the weight data recorded at the installation and does not require measurements of the items imported/received. 18. Comment: Optional comment may be added.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. This report shall include all the imports or receipts of conditioned waste from installations within or outside the territories of the Member States that have occurred during the reporting period. 2. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 3. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 4. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 5. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 6. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 7. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX XV
ANNUAL REPORT ON CHANGES IN LOCATION OF CONDITIONED WASTE
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
MBA
Character (4) MBA code of the reporting installation
1
Report type
Character (5) CWLOC to be used for this report type
2
Installation
Character (256) Name of the reporting installation
3
Report number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
4
Start report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of first day in reporting period
5
End report
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of last day in reporting period
6
Report date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date on which the report was completed
7
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
8
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
9
Waste type
Character (2) Waste type prior to conditioning
10
Conditioned form
Character (2) The conditioned form of the waste
11
Number of items
Number
The number of items
12
Plutonium weight
Number (24,3 )
Plutonium weight
13
HEU weight
Number (24,3 )
HEU weight
14
U233 weight
Number (24,3 )
U233 weight
15
Previous location
Character (256) The location of the waste before the change in location
16
New location
Character (256) The location of the waste after the change in location
17
Previous report
Number
Report to which the current entry refers
18
Previous line
Number
Line in report indicated under 18 to which the current entry refers
19
Explanatory notes: 1. MBA: The MBA code of the reporting installation. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 2. Report type: CWLOC to be used for this report type. 3. Installation: The name of the reporting installation. 4. Report number: Sequential number, no gaps. 5. Start report: Date of first day in reporting period. 6. End report: Date of last day in reporting period. 7. Report date: Date on which the report was completed. 8. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 9. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 10. Waste type: The type of waste before any conditioning took place. Use the material form codes (those related to scrap, solid waste or liquid waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 11. Conditioned form: The conditioned form of the waste. Use the material form codes (those related to conditioned waste) as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. 12. Number of items: The number of items, e.g. glass canisters or cement blocks, to be involved in a single processing campaign or the number of items moved during the year from the same originating (‘previous’) location to the same new location. 13. Plutonium weight: The total weight, in grams, of plutonium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item. 14. HEU weight: The total weight, in grams, of high enriched uranium contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item. 15. U233 weight: The total weight, in grams, of uranium-233 contained in all items. The weight may be based on the weight data used in the inventory change reports, e.g. the average weight of nuclear material per item, and does not require a measurement of each item. 16. Previous location: The location of the waste before the change in location. 17. New location: The location after the change in location 18. Previous report: The ‘previous report’ indicates that the current line adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred report. 19. Previous line: The ‘previous line’ indicates that the current line adds to or updates information reported earlier in this referred line of the report indicated under point 18. GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. This annex shall be used for the annual report to declare any changes in location of wastes covered by point (c) of Article 35 that occurred during the preceding calendar year. A separate entry is required for each change of location during the year. 2. All transfers of conditioned waste shall be grouped by type of waste (prior to conditioning and after conditioning) and by previous location. 3. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 4. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 5. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 6. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 7. Reports shall be prepared in xml format using the template provided by the Commission through a dedicated platform. 8. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

ANNEX XVI
REQUEST FOR AUTHORISING AN EXCHANGE OF SAFEGUARD OBLIGATIONS ON NUCLEAR MATERIAL
Header
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Legal entity or name of installation
Character (256) Legal entity or name of installation requesting the authorisation for an obligation exchange
1
Reporting MBA
Character (4) MBA code of the reporting installation
2
Reporting installation
Character (256) Contact details of the reporting installation
3
Corresponding MBA
Character (4) MBA code of the corresponding installation
4
Corresponding installation
Character (256) Contact details of the corresponding installation
5
Nuclear material weight
Number (24,3 )
Total element weight of all batches involved in the obligation exchange
6
Exchange date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date proposed for the obligation exchange
7
Request date
Date (DDMMYYYY)
Date of the request for authorisation
8
Report type
Character (5) OBLRQ to be used for this report type
9
Reporting person
Character (64) Name of person responsible for the report
10
Report number
Number
Unique reference number
11
Justification
Character (256) Justification for the obligation exchange
12
Entries
Label/Tag
Content
Comments
#
Line number
Number
Sequential number, no gaps
13
MBA
Character (4) MBA where the batch is located (either reporting or corresponding MBA)
14
Batch
Character (20) Identification number for the batch involved in the obligation exchange
15
Container ID
Character (20) Identification number for container
16
Element weight
Number (24,3 )
Element weight
17
Fissile weight
Number (24,3 )
Weight of fissile isotope
18
Element category
Character (1) Category of the element
19
Chemical composition
Character (64) Chemical composition
20
Enrichment
Number (3,3 )
Degree of enrichment
21
Isotopic composition
Number (24,3 ) (for each isotope)
Plutonium isotopic weights
22
Material state
Character (1) Material state code
23
Material form
Character (2) Material form code
24
Number of items
Number
Number of items
25
Intended use
Character (256) Use to which the nuclear material is assigned after the obligation exchange
26
Comment
Character (256) Any relevant additional information
27
Explanatory notes: 1. Legal entity or name of installation: The name of the legal entity or the installation requesting the authorisation for the obligation exchange. 2. Reporting MBA: Code of the reporting material balance area. This code is notified to the installation concerned by the Commission. 3. Reporting installation: Name and address of the reporting installation. 4. Corresponding MBA: The code of the corresponding material balance area in the case of intra-EU obligation exchange and, if known, in the case of an obligation exchange with an installation located in a third country. 5. Corresponding installation: Name and address of the corresponding installation. 6. Nuclear material weight: Total element weight of all batches involved in the obligation exchange. 7. Exchange date: The date proposed by the reporting person to perform the obligation exchange. 8. Request date: The date on which the request for authorization is transmitted to the Commission. 9. Report type: OBLRQ to be used for this report type. 10. Reporting person: Name of the person responsible for the report. 11. Report number: Sequential number (no gaps) for the authorization request. 12. Justification: A detailed justification for the need of the obligation exchange. 13. Line number: Sequential number starting with 1, no gaps. 14. MBA: MBA where the batch is located (either reporting or corresponding MBA), to be provided for each batch involved in the obligation exchange. 15. Batch: Identification number for the batch involved in the obligation exchange. The Commission may accept that the batch identification number is provided after the first request, but prior to an agreed date. An exchange not necessarily needs to be item-by-item. 16. Container ID: Unique identifier for the container. The same container ID may be used for several batches. The Commission may accept that the container ID is provided after the first request, but prior to an agreed date. An exchange not necessarily needs to be item-by-item. 17. Element weight: The element weight shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch. 18. Fissile weight: The weight of the fissile isotope(s) (for low enriched uranium and high enriched uranium: weight of isotope U-233 and U-235) shall be given in grams. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 19. Element category: The category of nuclear material. Use the category codes as laid out in Annex III (25) to this Regulation. 20. Chemical composition: The chemical composition of the batches involved in the obligation exchange. The chemical composition shall be the same for all batches involved in the exchange. 21. Enrichment: Percent composition of uranium-235. The information shall be inserted for each batch containing uranium. 22. Isotopic composition: The isotopic composition for batches containing plutonium (weight of Pu-238, Pu-239, Pu-240, Pu-241 and Pu-242). 23. Material state: The following codes must be used.
State
Code
Fresh nuclear material
F
Irradiated nuclear material
I
Reprocessed nuclear material (only applicable to uranium)
P
Waste
W
Irrecoverable material
N 24. Material form: The material form of the batch, using material form codes as laid out in Annex III (14) to this Regulation. The material form shall be the same for all batches involved in the exchange. 25. Number of items: The number of items included in the batch. 26. Intended use: The use to which the nuclear material is assigned after the obligation exchange. 27. Comment: Include any additional relevant information here.
GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE COMPLETION OF THE REPORTS 1. All requested information shall be provided, when applicable. 2. If numerical data contain fractions of units, a point shall precede the decimal digits. 3. The following 55 characters may be used: the 26 capital letters A to Z, figures 0 to 9 and the characters ‘plus’, ‘minus’, ‘slash’, ‘asterisk’, ‘space’, ‘equal’, ‘greater than’, ‘less than’, ‘point’, ‘comma’, ‘open bracket’, ‘close bracket’, ‘colon’, ‘dollar’, ‘percent’, ‘quotation mark’, ‘semi-colon’, ‘question mark’ and ‘ampersand’. 4. Under Article 79 of the Treaty, those subject to safeguards requirements shall notify the authorities of the Member State concerned of any communications they make to the Commission pursuant to Article 78 and the first paragraph of Article 79 of the Treaty. 5. The reports, duly completed and signed (digitally if possible), shall be forwarded to the European Commission, Euratom Safeguards.

(1) Council Decision (Euratom) …/… (OJ L, …, ELI: …).

(+) OJ: Please insert the number, date, title and OJ reference of the Decision contained in document ST 11949/24 in the footnote.

(2) Commission Regulation (Euratom) No 302/2005 of 8 February 2005 on the application of Euratom safeguards (OJ L 54, 28.2.2005, p. 1).

(3) Agreement 78/164/Euratom between the Kingdom of Belgium, the Kingdom of Denmark, the Federal Republic of Germany, Ireland, the Italian Republic, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the European Atomic Energy Community and the International Atomic Energy Agency in implementation of Article III (1) and (4) of the Treaty on the non-proliferation of nuclear weapons (OJ L 51, 22.2.1978, p. 1).

(4) Additional Protocol 1999/188/Euratom to the Agreement between the Republic of Austria, the Kingdom of Belgium, the Kingdom of Denmark, the Republic of Finland, the Federal Republic of Germany, the Hellenic Republic, Ireland, the Italian Republic, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the Portuguese Republic, the Kingdom of Spain, the Kingdom of Sweden, the European Atomic Energy Community and the International Atomic Energy Agency in implementation of Article III(1) and (4) of the Treaty on the Non-proliferation of Nuclear weapons (OJ L 67, 13.3.1999, p. 1).

(5) Agreement of 27 July 1978 between France, the European Atomic Energy Community and the International Atomic Energy Agency for the Application of Safeguards in France (IAEA information circular INFCIRC/290 of December 1981).

(6) Protocol Additional to the Agreement between France, the European Atomic Energy Community and the International Atomic Energy Agency for the Application of Safeguards in France (IAEA information circular INFCIRC/290/Add.1 of 24 February 2005).

(7) C(2022)4388 final.

(8) Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/443 of 13 March 2015 on Security in the Commission (OJ L 72, 17.3.2015, p. 41).

(9) Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/444 of 13 March 2015 on the security rules for protecting EU classified information (OJ L 72, 17.3.2015, p. 53).

(10) Council Regulation (Euratom) No 3 of 31 July 1958 implementing Article 24 of the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community (OJ L 17, 6.10.1958, p. 406).

(11) EAEC Council Regulation No 9 defining the concentrations in ores as provided for in Article 197(4) of the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community (OJ L 12, 22.2.1960, p. 482).

Council Decision (EU) 2025/490 of 18 February 2025 on the conclusion, on behalf of the European Union, of an Agreement on the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area, and of three related agreements

Official Journalof the European Union ENL series
2025/490 18.3.2025
(1) The Agreement on the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area (‘the Agreement’) and three related Additional Protocols, namely (a) the Additional Prototcol to the Agreement between the Kingdom of Norway and the European Union on a Norwegian Financial Mechanism for the period 2009-2014 consequent to the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area, (b) the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and Iceland consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union and (c) the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Norway consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union (‘the related Protocols’) were signed, on behalf of the Union, on 11 April 2014, in accordance with Council Decision No 2014/343/EU(2), subject to their conclusion.
(2) The Agreement and the related Protocols should be concluded,
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 217 in conjunction with Article 218(6) and the second subparagraph of Article 218(8) thereof,
Having regard to the Act of Accession of the Republic of Croatia, and in particular Article 6(2) and 6(5) thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
Having regard to the consent of the European Parliament (1),
Whereas:
(1) The Agreement on the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area (‘the Agreement’) and three related Additional Protocols, namely (a) the Additional Prototcol to the Agreement between the Kingdom of Norway and the European Union on a Norwegian Financial Mechanism for the period 2009-2014 consequent to the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area, (b) the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and Iceland consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union and (c) the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Norway consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union (‘the related Protocols’) were signed, on behalf of the Union, on 11 April 2014, in accordance with Council Decision No 2014/343/EU (2), subject to their conclusion.
(2) The Agreement and the related Protocols should be concluded,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The Agreement on the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area, the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the Kingdom of Norway and the European Union on a Norwegian Financial Mechanism for the period 2009-2014 consequent to the participation of the Republic of Croatia in the European Economic Area, the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and Iceland consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union, and the Additional Protocol to the Agreement between the European Economic Community and the Kingdom of Norway consequent to the accession of the Republic of Croatia to the European Union are hereby approved on behalf of the Union (3).
The President of the Council shall, on behalf of the Union, deposit the instruments of approval provided for in the Agreement and each of the related Protocols.
This Decision shall enter into force on the day of its adoption.